S90me-C9 2

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.
2-TII
Project Guide
Electronically Controlled
Twostroke Engines
This Project Guide is intended to provide the information necessary for the layout of a marine propulsion
plant.
The information is to be considered as preliminary. It is intended for the project stage only and subject to
modification in the interest of technical progress. The Project Guide provides the general technical data
available at the date of issue.
It should be noted that all figures, values, measurements or information about performance stated in this
project guide are for guidance only and should not be used for detailed design purposes or as a substi-
tute for specific drawings and instructions prepared for such purposes.
Data updates
Data not finally calculated at the time of issue is marked Available on request. Such data may be made
available at a later date, however, for a specific project the data can be requested. Pages and table entries
marked Not applicable represent an option, function or selection which is not valid.
The latest, most current version of the individual Project Guide sections are available on the Internet at:
www.mandieselturbo.com under Quicklinks: Marine Engines & Systems Low Speed.
Extent of Delivery
The final and binding design and outlines are to be supplied by our licensee, the engine maker, see Chap-
ter 20 of this Project Guide.
In order to facilitate negotiations between the yard, the engine maker and the customer, a set of Extent of
Delivery forms is available in which the basic and the optional executions are specified.
Electronic versions
This Project Guide book and the Extent of Delivery forms are available on a DVD and can also be found
on the Internet at: www.mandieselturbo.com under Quicklinks: Marine Engines & Systems Low Speed,
where they can be downloaded.
1st Edition
March 2012
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2-TII 198 84 51-8.0

All data provided in this document is non-binding. This data serves informational purposes only and is espe-
cially not guaranteed in any way.
Depending on the subsequent specific individual projects, the relevant data may be subject to changes and will
be assessed and determined individually for each project. This will depend on the particular characteristics of
each individual project, especially specific site and operational conditions.
If this document is delivered in another language than English and doubts arise concerning the translation, the
English text shall prevail.
MAN Diesel & Turbo

Teglholmsgade 41
DK2450 Copenhagen SV
Denmark
Telephone +45 33 85 11 00
Telefax +45 33 85 10 30
mandiesel-cph@mandiesel.com
www.mandieselturbo.com
Copyright 2012 MAN Diesel & Turbo, branch of MAN Diesel & Turbo SE, Germany, registered with the Danish
Commerce and Companies Agency under CVR Nr.: 31611792, (herein referred to as MAN Diesel & Turbo).
This document is the product and property of MAN Diesel & Turbo and is protected by applicable copyright laws.
Subject to modification in the interest of technical progress. Reproduction permitted provided source is given.
7020-0141-00ppr Mar 2012
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2-TII 198 84 51-8.0

MAN B&W Contents
Engine Design ....................................................................... 1

Engine Layout and Load Diagrams, SFOC .............................. 2
Turbocharger Selection & Exhaust Gas By-pass ..................... 3
Electricity Production ............................................................. 4
Installation Aspects . .............................................................. 5
List of Capacities: Pumps, Coolers & Exhaust Gas .................. 6
Fuel ....................................................................................... 7
Lubricating Oil ....................................................................... 8
Cylinder Lubrication . ............................................................. 9
Piston Rod Stuffing Box Drain Oil ........................................... 10
Central Cooling Water System . .............................................. 11
Seawater Cooling System ...................................................... 12
Starting and Control Air . ........................................................ 13
Scavenge Air ......................................................................... 14
Exhaust Gas .......................................................................... 15
Engine Control System . ......................................................... 16
Vibration Aspects ................................................................... 17
Monitoring Systems and Instrumentation ............................... 18
Dispatch Pattern, Testing, Spares and Tools ........................... 19
Project Support and Documentation . ..................................... 20
Appendix ............................................................................... A
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Contents
Chapter Section
1 Engine Design
The fuel optimised ME Tier II .2 engine 1.01 1988365-6.0
Engine type designation 1.02 1983824-3.9
Power, speed, SFOC 1.03 1988192-9.1
Engine power range and fuel oil consumption 1.04 1984634-3.5
Performance curves 1.05 1985331-6.2
ME Engine description 1.06 1988366-8.0
Engine cross section 1.07 1988303-4.0

2 Engine Layout and Load Diagrams, SFOC
Engine layout and load diagrams 2.01 1983833-8.4
Propeller diameter and pitch, influence on optimum propeller speed 2.02 1983878-2.5
Layout diagram sizes 2.03 1988277-0.1
Engine layout and load diagrams, ME/ME-C/ME-B/-GI engines 2.04 1986993-5.2
Diagram for actual project 2.05 1988332-1.0
Specific fuel oil consumption, ME versus MC engines 2.06 1985310-1.0
SFOC for high efficiency turbochargers 2.07 1987017-7.3
SFOC reference conditions and guarantee 2.08 1988341-6.0
Examples of graphic calculation of SFOC 2.08 1988279-4.1
SFOC calculations (80%-90%) 2.09 1988251-7.0
SFOC calculations, example 2.10 1988252-9.0
Fuel consumption at an arbitrary load 2.11 1983843-4.5

3 Turbocharger Selection& Exhaust Gas By-pass
Turbocharger selection 3.01 1988253-0.0
Exhaust gas by-pass 3.02 1985629-0.3
Emission control 3.03 1988447-2.0
NOx reduction by SCR 3.03 1985894-7.3

4 Electricity Production
Electricity production 4.01 1984155-0.2
Designation of PTO 4.01 1984286-7.5
PTO/RCF 4.01 1984300-0.2
Space requirements for side mounted PTO/RCF 4.02 1988290-0.0
Engine preparations for PTO 4.03 1984315-6.2
PTO/BW GCR 4.04 1984758-9.0
Waste Heat Recovery Systems (WHR) 4.05 1985798-9.3
WHR output 4.05 1988289-0.0
WHR element and safety valve 4.05 1988288-9.0
GenSet data 4.06-8 1984792-3.0
L27/38-TII GenSet data 4.09 1988284-1.0
L28/32H-TII GenSet data 4.10 1988285-3.0
L32/40-TII GenSet data 4.11 1988286-5.0

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Contents
Chapter Section
5 Installation Aspects
Space requirements and overhaul heights 5.01 1984375-4.7
Space requirement 5.02 1988301-0.1
Crane beam for overhaul of turbochargers 5.03 1988254-2.0
Crane beam for turbochargers 5.03 1984848-8.3
Engine room crane 5.04 1988300-9.2
Overhaul with Double-Jib crane 5.04 1984534-8.4
Double-Jib crane 5.04 1984541-9.2
Engine outline, galleries and pipe connections 5.05 1984715-8.3
Engine and gallery outline 5.06 1988243-4.0
Centre of gravity 5.07 1988256-6-0
Water and oil in engine 5.08 1988257-8.0
Engine pipe connections 5.09 1988245-8.0
Counterflanges 5.10 1988255-4.0
Counterflanges, Connection D 5.10 1986670-0.2
Counterflanges, Connection E 5.10 1987027-3.0
Engine seating and holding down bolts 5.11 1984176-5.10
Epoxy chocks arrangement 5.12 1988259-1.1
Engine seating profile 5.12 1988248-3.1
Engine top bracing 5.13 1984672-5.8
Mechanical top bracing 5.14 1984764-8.4
Hydraulic top bracing arrangement 5.15 1988247-1.1
Components for Engine Control System 5.16 1984697-7.6
Shaftline earthing device 5.17 1984929-2.4
MAN Diesel's Alpha Controllable Pitch (CP) propeller 5.18 1986157-3.1

6 List of Capacities: Pumps, Coolers & Exhaust Gas
Calculation of capacities 6.01 1988291-2.0
List of capacities and cooling water systems 6.02 1987463-3.0
List of capacities, S90ME-C9.2 6.03 1988239-9.0
Auxiliary system capacities for derated engines 6.04 1988293-6.0
Pump capacities, pressures and flow velocities 6.04 1988294-8.0
Example 1, Pumps and Cooler Capacity 6.04 1988296-1.0
Freshwater generator 6.04 1987145-8.1
Jacket cooling water temperature control 6.04 1987141-0.1
Example 2, Fresh Water Production 6.04 1988298-5.0
Calculation of exhaust gas amount and temperature 6.04 1984318-1.3
Diagram for change of exhaust gas amount 6.04 1988297-3.0
Exhaust gas correction formula 6.04 1987140-9.0
Example 3, Expected Exhaust Gas 6.04 1988299-7.0

7 Fuel
Pressurised fuel oil system 7.01 1984228-2.7
Fuel oil system 7.01 1987660-9.3
Fuel oils 7.02 1983880-4.6
Fuel oil pipes and drain pipes 7.03 1988302-4.0
Fuel oil pipe insulation 7.04 1984051-8.3
Fuel oil pipe heat tracing 7.04 1986768-4.2
Components for fuel oil system 7.05 1983951-2.6
Components for fuel oil system, venting box 7.05 1984735-0.3
Water in fuel emulsification 7.06 1983882-8.4

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Contents
Chapter Section
8 Lubricating Oil
Lubricating and cooling oil system 8.01 1984230-4.3
Hydraulic Power Supply unit 8.02 1984231-6.3
Hydraulic Power Supply unit and lubricating oil pipes 8.02 1988348-9.0
Lubricating oil pipes for turbochargers 8.03 1984232-8.4
Lubricating oil consumption, centrifuges and list of lubricating oils 8.04 1983886-5.7
Components for lube oil system 8.05 1984237-7.6
Flushing of lubricating oil components and piping system 8.05 1988026-6.0
Lubricating oil outlet 8.05 1987034-4.1
Lubricating oil tank 8.06 1988304-6.0
Crankcase venting and bedplate drain pipes 8.07 1984259-3.3
Hydraulic oil back-flushing 8.08 1984829-7.3
Separate system for hydraulic control unit 8.09 1984852-3.4
Hydraulic control oil system 8.09 1987929-6.0

9 Cylinder Lubrication
Cylinder lubricating oil system 9.01 1984822-4.8
MAN B&W Alpha cylinder lubrication system 9.02 1983889-0.9
Cylinder oil pipe heating 9.02 1987612-0.1
MAN B&W Alpha cylinder lubrication system 9.02 1985520-9.4
Small heating box with filter, suggestion for 9.02 1987937-9.0

10 Piston Rod Stuffing Box Drain Oil
Stuffing box drain oil system 10.01 1988345-3.0

11 Central Cooling Water System
Central cooling water system 11.01 1984696-5.4
Central cooling water system 11.02 1984057-9.5
Components for central cooling water system 11.03 1983987-2.6

12 Seawater Cooling
Seawater systems 12.01 1983892-4.4
Seawater cooling system 12.02 1983893-6.5
Cooling water pipes 12.03 1988305-8.0
Components for seawater cooling system 12.04 1983981-1.3
Jacket cooling water system 12.05 1983894-8.6
Jacket cooling water pipes 12.06 1983983-5.4
Components for jacket cooling water system 12.07 1984056-7.3
Deaerating tank 12.07 1984061-4.3
Temperature at start of engine 12.08 1983986-0.3

13 Starting and Control Air
Starting and control air systems 13.01 1983996-7.4
Components for starting air system 13.02 1986057-8.1
Starting and control air pipes 13.03 1984000-4.7
Electric motor for turning gear 13.04 1988308-3.0

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Contents
Chapter Section
14 Scavenge Air
Scavenge air system 14.01 1984002-8.4
Auxiliary blowers 14.02 1984009-0.4
Scavenge air pipes 14.03 1984013-6.3
Electric motor for auxiliary blower 14.04 1988309-5.0
Scavenge air cooler cleaning system 14.05 1987684-9.1
Scavenge air box drain system 14.06 1988313-0.0
Fire extinguishing system for scavenge air space 14.07 1984036-4.6
Fire extinguishing pipes in scavenge air space 14.07 1988314-2.0

15 Exhaust Gas
Exhaust gas system 15.01 1984047-2.6
Exhaust gas pipes 15.02 1984070-9.4
Cleaning systems, water 15.02 1984071-0.6
Soft blast cleaning systems 15.02 1984072-2.4
Exhaust gas system for main engine 15.03 1984074-6.3
Components of the exhaust gas system 15.04 1984075-8.7
Exhaust gas silencer 15.04 1988316-6.0
Calculation of exhaust gas back-pressure 15.05 1984094-9.3
Forces and moments at turbocharger 15.06 1988311-7.0
Diameter of exhaust gas pipe 15.07 1984101-1.3

16 Engine Control System
Engine Control System ME/ME-C 16.01 1984847-6.7
Engine Control System layout 16.01 1987923-5.2
Mechanical-hydraulic system with HPS 16.01 1987924-7.1
Engine Control System interface to surrounding systems 16.01 1987925-9.1
Pneumatic manoeuvring diagram 16.01 1987926-0.1

17 Vibration Aspects
Vibration aspects 17.01 1984140-5.3
2nd order moments on 5 and 6-cylinder engines 17.02 1988361-9.0
Electrically driven moment compensator 17.03 1984222-1.6
Power Related Unbalance (PRU) 17.04 1988276-9.0
Guide force moments 17.05 1984223-3.5
Guide force moments, data 17.05 1984517-0.9
Vibration limits valid for single order harmonics 17.05 1988264-9.0
Axial vibrations 17.06 1984224-5.4
Critical running 17.06 1984226-9.3
External forces and moments in layout point 17.07 1988275-7.0

18 Monitoring Systems and Instrumentation
Monitoring systems and instrumentation 18.01 1984580-2.4
PMI Offline system 18.02 1984581-4.5
CoCoS-EDS systems 18.03 1984582-6.8
Alarm - slow down and shut down system 18.04 1987040-3.2
Class and MAN Diesel & Turbo requirements 18.04 1984583-8.7
Local instruments 18.05 1984586-3.6
Other alarm functions 18.06 1984587-5.8
Control devices 18.06 1986728-9.1
Identification of instruments 18.07 1984585-1.5

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Contents
Chapter Section
19 Dispatch Pattern, Testing, Spares and Tools
Dispatch pattern, testing, spares and tools 19.01 1987620-3.1
Specification for painting of main engine 19.02 1984516-9.4
Dispatch pattern 19.03 1987632-3.1
Dispatch pattern, list of masses and dimensions 19.04 1984763-6.0
Shop test 19.05 1984612-7.6
List of spare parts, unrestricted service 19.06 1986416-2.5
Additional spares 19.07 1984636-7.8
Wearing parts 19.08 1984637-9.4
Large spare parts, dimension and masses 19.09 1988269-8.1
List of standard tools for maintenance 19.10 1988317-8.0
Tool panels 19.11 1988319-1.0

20 Project Support and Documentation
Project support and documentation 20.01 1984588-7.5
Installation data application 20.02 1984590-9.3
Extent of Delivery 20.03 1984591-0.4
Installation documentation for piping 20.04 1984592-2.4

A Appendix
Symbols for piping A 1983866-2.3
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Index
Subject Section Subject Section

2nd order moment compensators............................17.02 Calculation of exhaust gas back-pressure . ............15.05
2nd order moments on 5 and 6-cylinder engines....17.02 Calculation of list of capacities for derated engine....6.04
Capacities of the engine, calculation of.....................6.04
A Capacities, calculation of...........................................6.01
ACU, Auxiliary Control Unit......................................16.01 CCU, Cylinder Control Unit......................................16.01
Additional spares . ...................................................19.07 CEAS (Computerised Engine Application System)..20.02
Air cooler cleaning pipes..........................................14.05 Central cooler...........................................................11.03
Air cooler cleaning unit.............................................14.05 Central cooling system, advantages of....................11.01
Air spring, exhaust valve..........................................13.03 Central cooling system, disadvantages of...............11.01
Alarm - slow down and shut down system..............18.04 Central cooling water pumps...................................11.03
Alarm system............................................................16.01 Central cooling water system . ............................ 11.01-2
Alarms for UMS Class and MAN Diesel & Turbo Central cooling water thermostatic valve.................11.03
requirements........................................................18.04 Centre of gravity.........................................................5.07
Alpha ACC, Alpha Adaptive Cylinder Oil Control.......9.02 Centrifuges, fuel oil.....................................................7.05
Alpha ACC, basic and minimum setting with.............9.02 Class and MAN Diesel & Turbo requirements,
Alpha Adaptive Cylinder Oil Control (Alpha ACC)......9.02 alarms, slow and shut down................................18.04
Alpha Controllable Pitch (CP) propeller, Classes A and B, dispatch pattern...........................19.03
MAN Diesels..........................................................5.18 Cleaning systems, water..........................................15.02
Arctic running condition.............................................3.02 Climate conditions and exhaust gas by-pass............3.02
Auto Pump Overboard System................................14.05 CoCoS-EDS sensor list............................................18.03
Auxiliary blower..........................................................1.06 CoCoS-EDS systems...............................................18.03
Auxiliary blower control............................................14.02 Combined turbines.....................................................4.05
Auxiliary blower, electric motor for...........................14.04 Common Control Cabinet, Engine Control
Auxiliary blower, operation panel for........................14.02 System Layout with.............................................16.01
Auxiliary blowers......................................................14.02 Compensator solutions, 2nd order moments..........17.02
Auxiliary blowers, emergency running......................14.02 Compensators (2nd order moments),
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU).....................................16.01 preparation for.....................................................17.02
Auxiliary equipment system.....................................16.01 Components for central cooling water system .......11.03
Auxiliary system capacities for derated engines........6.04 Components for Engine Control System....................5.16
Axial vibration damper................................................1.06 Components for fuel oil system.................................7.05
Axial vibrations.........................................................17.06 Components for fuel oil system, venting box.............7.05
Components for jacket cooling water system . .......12.07
B Components for lube oil system................................8.05
Back-flushing, hydraulic oil........................................8.08 Components for seawater cooling system .............12.04
Balancing other forces and moments......................17.03 Components for starting air system ........................13.02
Basic and minimum setting with Alpha ACC.............9.02 Components of the exhaust gas system ................15.04
Bearing condition monitoring...................................18.06 Concept of the ME engine.........................................1.01
Bearing Temperature Monitoring system (BTM).......18.06 Condition monitoring system CoCoS-EDS..............18.03
Bearing Wear Monitoring system (BWM).................18.06 Connecting rod...........................................................1.06
Bedplate.....................................................................1.06 Constant ship speed lines...................................... 2.01-2
Bedplate drain pipes..................................................8.07 Consumption, lubricating oil......................................8.04
Boiler, exhaust gas...................................................15.04 Continuous service rating (S).....................................2.04
BWIII/RCF units, extent of delivery for.......................4.02 Control devices .......................................................18.06
Control network, for ECS.........................................16.01
C Cooler heat dissipations.............................................6.04
Cabinet for EICU, Engine Control System Cooler, central cooling..............................................11.03
Layout with..........................................................16.01 Cooler, jacket water......................................11.03 , 12.04
Calculation of capacities............................................6.01 Cooler, lubricating oil.......................................8.05, 11.03
Calculation of exhaust data for derated engine.........6.04 Cooler, scavenge air.....................................11.03 , 12.04
Calculation of exhaust gas amount Cooling water pipes.................................................12.03
and temperature....................................................6.04 Cooling water systems, list of capacities and............6.02
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Index

Cooling water temperature, recommended...............2.08 Documentation, Project Guides...............................20.01
Copenhagen Standard Extent of Delivery................20.03 Documentation, symbols for piping................................A
Counterflanges...........................................................5.10 Documentation, tools...............................................20.04
Counterflanges, Connection D...................................5.10 Double-Jib crane........................................................5.04
Counterflanges, Connection E...................................5.10 Drain box for fuel oil leakage alarm..........................18.06
Crane beam for overhaul of air cooler . .....................5.03 Drain from water mist catcher..................................14.05
Crane beam for overhaul of turbochargers................5.03 Drain of clean fuel oil from HCU, pumps, pipes.........7.01
Crane beam for turbochargers...................................5.03 Drain of contaminated fuel etc...................................7.01
Crankcase venting and bedplate drain pipes.............8.07 Drain oil system, stuffing box...................................10.01
Crankshaft..................................................................1.06 Drains, bedplate.........................................................8.07
Critical running ........................................................17.06
Cross section, engine.................................................1.07 E
Crosshead..................................................................1.06 Earthing device, shaftline...........................................5.17
Cylinder Control Unit (CCU).....................................16.01 ECS, Engine Control System....................................16.01
Cylinder cover............................................................1.06 ECU, Engine Control Unit.........................................16.01
Cylinder frame............................................................1.06 EIAPP certificate.......................................................19.05
Cylinder liner...............................................................1.06 EICU, Engine Interface Control Unit.........................16.01
Cylinder lubricating oil pipes......................................9.02 Electric motor for auxiliary blower............................14.04
Cylinder lubricating oil system ..................................9.01 Electric motor for turning gear.................................13.04
Cylinder lubricating system with dual service tanks..9.02 Electrical system, general outline.............................18.04
Cylinder Lubrication System, MAN B&W Alpha.........9.02 Electrically driven HPS, mechanical-hydraulic
Cylinder oil feed rate, dosage....................................9.01 system with..........................................................16.01
Cylinder oil pipe heating . ..........................................9.02 Electrically driven moment compensator.................17.03
Cylinder oils................................................................9.01 Electricity production.................................................4.01
Emission control.........................................................3.03
D Emission limits, IMO NOx...........................................3.03
Damper, axial vibration...............................................1.06 Emulsification, Water In Fuel (WIF).............................7.06
Damper, torsional vibration........................................1.06 Engine and gallery outline..........................................5.06
Deaerating tank .......................................................12.07 Engine configurations related to SFOC......................6.01
Delivery test..............................................................19.01 Engine Control System interface to surrounding
Delivery test, minimum.............................................19.05 systems................................................................16.01
Designation of PTO....................................................4.01 Engine Control System layout..................................16.01
Diagram for actual project..........................................2.05 Engine Control System ME/ME-C . .........................16.01
Diagram for change of exhaust gas amount..............6.04 Engine Control System, components for...................5.16
Diagrams of manoeuvring system............................16.01 Engine Control Unit (ECU)........................................16.01
Diameter of exhaust gas pipe..................................15.07 Engine cross section..................................................1.07
Differences between MC/MC-C and ME/ME-C Engine design and IMO regulation compliance.........1.01
engines..................................................................1.01 Engine Interface Control Unit (EICU)........................16.01
Dimensions and masses of tools.............................19.10 Engine layout (heavy propeller)..................................2.01
Dimensions and masses, large spare parts.............19.09 Engine layout and load diagrams......................2.01, 2.04
Dispatch pattern.......................................................19.03 Engine load diagram..................................................2.04
Dispatch pattern, list of masses and dimensions....19.04 Engine margin.............................................................2.01
Dispatch pattern, testing, spares and tools.............19.01 Engine masses and centre of gravity.........................5.05
DMG/CFE Generators................................................4.03 Engine outline.............................................................5.05
DMG/CFE units, extent of delivery for.......................4.03 Engine outline, galleries and pipe connections..........5.05
Documentation, engine production..........................20.04 Engine pipe connections...................................5.05, 5.09
Documentation, engine room-relevant.....................20.04 Engine power.............................................................1.04
Documentation, Engine Selection Guides................20.01 Engine power range and fuel oil consumption...........1.04
Documentation, engine-relevant..............................20.04 Engine preparations for PTO......................................4.03
Documentation, Extent of Delivery...........................20.03 Engine room crane.....................................................5.04
Documentation, installation-relevant........................20.04 Engine running points, propulsion..............................2.01
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Index

Engine seating and holding down bolts.....................5.11 Forces and moments at turbocharger......................15.06
Engine seating profile.................................................5.12 Fouled hull..................................................................2.01
Engine Selection Guides..........................................20.01 Frame box..................................................................1.06
Engine space requirements........................................5.01 Fresh water treatment..............................................12.07
Engine top bracing.....................................................5.13 Freshwater generator.......................................6.04 12.07
Engine type designation.............................................1.02 Freshwater production for derated engine,
EoD (Extent of Delivery)............................................20.03 calculation of..........................................................6.04
Epoxy chocks arrangement.......................................5.12 Fuel considerations....................................................7.01
Example 1, Pumps and Cooler Capacity...................6.04 Fuel consumption at an arbitrary load.......................2.11
Example 2, Fresh Water Production...........................6.04 Fuel oil centrifuges.....................................................7.05
Example 3, Expected Exhaust Gas............................6.04 Fuel oil circulating pumps..........................................7.05
Examples of graphic calculation of SFOC.................2.08 Fuel oil consumption..................................................1.03
Exhaust data for derated engine, calculation of.........6.04 Fuel oil filter................................................................7.05
Exhaust gas amount and temperature.......................6.04 Fuel oil flow meter......................................................7.05
Exhaust gas back pressure, calculation of...............15.05 Fuel oil flow velocity and viscosity.............................7.01
Exhaust gas boiler....................................................15.04 Fuel oil heater.............................................................7.05
Exhaust gas by-pass, climate conditions and...........3.02 Fuel oil leakage alarm, drain box..............................18.06
Exhaust gas compensator after turbocharger..........15.04 Fuel oil pipe heat tracing.............................................007
Exhaust gas correction formula.................................6.04 Fuel oil pipe insulation................................................7.04
Exhaust gas data......................................................15.05 Fuel oil pipes and drain pipes....................................7.03
Exhaust gas data at specified MCR (ISO)..................6.04 Fuel oil pressure booster............................................1.06
Exhaust gas data, calculation of................................6.01 Fuel oil supply pumps................................................7.05
Exhaust gas pipes....................................................15.02 Fuel oil system............................................................7.01
Exhaust gas pipes, diameter of................................15.07 Fuel oil system components......................................7.05
Exhaust gas pipes, mass flow at various velocities.15.07 Fuel oil system, flushing of.........................................7.05
Exhaust gas receiver with variable by-pass...............3.02 Fuel oil venting box....................................................7.05
Exhaust gas silencer................................................15.04 Fuel oils......................................................................7.02
Exhaust gas system........................................1.06, 15.01 Fuel valves..................................................................1.06
Exhaust gas system for main engine.......................15.03
Exhaust gas velocity.................................................15.05 G
Exhaust gas, mass density of..................................15.05 Gallery arrangement...................................................1.06
Exhaust turbocharger.................................................1.06 Gallery outline....................................................5.05, 5.06
Exhaust valve.............................................................1.06 GenSet data........................................................... 4.06-8
Exhaust valve air spring pipes..................................13.03 Governor tests, etc...................................................19.05
Expansion tank, jacket water system.......................12.07 Graphic calculation of SFOC, examples....................2.08
Extended load diagram for speed derated engines...2.04 Guide force moments . ............................................17.05
Extent of Delivery.....................................................20.03 Guide force moments, data ....................................17.05
External forces and moments in layout point...........17.07 Guiding heavy fuel oil specification............................7.02
External unbalanced moments.................................17.01
Extreme ambient conditions.......................................3.02 H
HCU, Hydraulic Cylinder Unit.....................................1.06
F Heat loss in piping......................................................7.04
Filter, fuel oil...............................................................7.05 Heat radiation and air consumption...........................6.02
Fire extinguishing pipes in scavenge air space........14.07 Heat tracing, fuel oil pipe...........................................7.04
Fire extinguishing system for scavenge air space...14.07 Heater, fuel oil.............................................................7.05
Flow meter, fuel oil.....................................................7.05 Heating of fuel drain pipes.........................................7.01
Flow velocities............................................................6.04 Heating, cylinder oil pipe............................................9.02
Flushing of lube oil system.........................................8.05 Heavy fuel oil (HFO)....................................................7.01
Flushing of lubricating oil components and Heavy fuel oil specification, guiding...........................7.02
piping system.........................................................8.05 Heavy propeller, engine layout...................................2.01
Flushing of the fuel oil system....................................7.05 Holding down bolts, engine seating and....................5.11
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Index

HPS, Hydraulic Power Supply..................................16.01 Local Operating Panel (LOP)....................................16.01
H-type guide force moment.....................................17.05 LOP, Local Operating Panel.....................................16.01
Hydraulic control oil system.......................................8.09 Low load operation, limits..........................................2.04
Hydraulic control unit, separate system for...............8.09 Low load, SFOC.........................................................1.03
Hydraulic Cylinder Unit, HCU.....................................1.06 Lube oil system, flushing of........................................8.05
Hydraulic oil back-flushing.........................................8.08 Lubricating and cooling oil system.............................8.01
Hydraulic Power Supply.............................................1.06 Lubricating oil centrifuges..........................................8.04
Hydraulic Power Supply (HPS).................................16.01 Lubricating oil consumption, centrifuges and
Hydraulic Power Supply unit......................................8.02 list of lubricating oils..............................................8.04
Hydraulic Power Supply unit and lubricating Lubricating oil cooler.......................................8.05, 11.03
oil pipes..................................................................8.02 Lubricating oil data.....................................................1.04
Hydraulic top bracing.................................................5.13 Lubricating oil full flow filter........................................8.05
Hydraulic top bracing arrangement............................5.15 Lubricating oil outlet...................................................8.05
Lubricating oil pipes for turbochargers......................8.03
I Lubricating oil pipes, Hydraulic Power Supply unit
Identification of instruments.....................................18.07 and.........................................................................8.02
IMO NOx emission limits............................................3.03 Lubricating oil pump...................................................8.05
Indicator cock.............................................................1.06 Lubricating oil tank.....................................................8.06
Influence on the optimum propeller speed................2.02 Lubricating oil temperature control valve...................8.05
Installation data application.....................................20.02 Lubricating oils, list of................................................8.04
Installation documentation.......................................20.04 Lubrication of turbochargers......................................8.01
Instrumentation, monitoring systems and................18.01 Lubricator control system..........................................9.02
Instruments, identification........................................18.07
Insulation, fuel oil pipe................................................7.04 M
Main bearing...............................................................1.06
J Main Operating Panel (MOP)....................................16.01
Jacket cooling water pipes .....................................12.06 MAN B&W Alpha Cylinder Lubrication.......................1.06
Jacket cooling water system . .................................12.05 MAN B&W Alpha cylinder lubrication system ...........9.02
Jacket cooling water temperature control .................006 MAN B&W Alpha Cylinder Lubrication, wiring
Jacket water cooler.......................................11.03, 12.04 diagram..................................................................9.02
Jacket water cooling pump...........................11.03, 12.07 MAN B&W Alpha Cylinder Lubricators on engine......9.02
Jacket water preheater.............................................12.07 MAN Diesels Alpha Controllable Pitch (CP)
Jacket water system................................................11.03 propeller.................................................................5.18
Jacket water thermostatic valve...............................12.07 Manoeuvring diagram, pneumatic............................16.01
Marine diesel oil.........................................................7.01
L Mass of tools and panels, total................................19.11
L27/38-TII GenSet data..............................................4.09 Mass of water and oil.................................................5.08
L28/32H-TII GenSet data...........................................4.10 Masses and dimensions, list of, for dispatch
L32/40-TII GenSet data..............................................4.11 pattern.................................................................19.04
Large spare parts, dimension and masses..............19.09 ME advantages...........................................................1.01
Layout diagram sizes.................................................2.03 ME Engine description...............................................1.06
Limits for continuous operation, operating curves.....2.04 Measuring Back Pressure, exhaust..........................15.05
Liner Wall Monitoring system (LWM)........................18.06 Mechanical top bracing.....................................5.13, 5.14
List of capacities and cooling water systems............6.02 Mechanical-hydraulic system with HPS...................16.01
List of capacities for derated engine, calculation of..6.04 Mechanically driven HPS, mechanical-hydraulic
List of capacities........................................................6.03 system with..........................................................16.01
List of lubricating oils.................................................8.04 Moment compensators (2nd order), basic design
List of spare parts, unrestricted service...................19.06 regarding..............................................................17.02
List of standard tools for maintenance.....................19.10 Moment compensators (2nd order), determine
Load diagram, examples of the use of.......................2.04 the need...............................................................17.02
Local instruments.....................................................18.05
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Index

Monitoring systems and instrumentation.................18.01 Power Take Off (PTO).................................................4.01
MOP, Main Operating Panel.....................................16.01 Power Turbine Generator (PTG).................................4.05
Power, speed, SFOC..................................................1.03
N Preheater, jacket water.............................................12.07
Nodes and Compensators.......................................17.03 Preheating of diesel engine......................................12.08
NOx reduction............................................................3.03 Pressure losses across components, exhaust.........15.05
NOx reduction by SCR...............................................3.03 Pressure losses and coefficients of resistance,
NOx reduction methods.............................................3.03 exhaust pipes.......................................................15.05
Pressure losses in pipes, exhaust............................15.05
O Pressurised fuel oil system.........................................7.01
Oil mist detector.......................................................18.06 Project Guides..........................................................20.01
Oil, masses of.............................................................5.08 Project support and documentation........................20.01
Operating curves and limits for continuous Propeller curve...........................................................2.01
operation................................................................2.04 Propeller design point................................................2.01
Operation, recommendation for.................................2.04 Propeller diameter and pitch, influence on
Other alarm functions...............................................18.06 optimum propeller speed.......................................2.02
Outline, engine...........................................................5.05 Propulsion and engine running points........................2.01
Overcritical running..................................................17.06 Propulsion Control System, Alphatronic 2000...........5.18
Overhaul of engine, space requirements....................5.01 PTG, Power Turbine Generator..................................4.05
Overhaul with Double-Jib crane.................................5.04 PTO, engine preparations for.....................................4.03
Overload operation, limits..........................................2.04 PTO/BW GCR.............................................................4.04
PTO/RCF....................................................................4.01
P Pump capacities, pressures and flow velocities........6.04
Painting of main engine............................................19.01 Pump, jacket water cooling...........................11.03, 12.04
Painting specification, for engine.............................19.02 Pump, seawater cooling...........................................12.04
Part load SFOC curve, example.................................2.07 Pumps, central cooling.............................................11.03
Part load, SFOC.........................................................1.03 Pumps, fuel oil circulating..........................................7.05
Performance curves...................................................1.05 Pumps, fuel oil supply................................................7.05
Pipe connections, engine..................................5.05, 5.09 Pumps, jacket water cooling....................................12.07
Pipes, air cooler cleaning.........................................14.05 Pumps, lubricating oil.................................................8.05
Pipes, bedplate drain.................................................8.07 Pumps, seawater cooling.........................................11.03
Pipes, cooling water.................................................12.03
Pipes, exhaust gas...................................................15.02 R
Pipes, exhaust valve air spring.................................13.03 RCF gear, lubricating oil system for...........................4.03
Pipes, fire extinguishing for scavenge air space......14.07 Reduction station, control and safety air.................13.02
Pipes, jacket water cooling......................................12.06 Reduction valve, turbocharger cleaning etc.............13.02
Pipes, scavenge air..................................................14.03 Remote control system............................................16.01
Pipes, starting air......................................................13.03 Remote indication sensors, alarm, slow down
Pipes, turbocharger lubricating oil.............................8.03 and.......................................................................18.04
Piping arrangements..................................................1.06 Remote sensors.......................................................18.05
Piping, symbols for..........................................................A Reversing....................................................................1.06
Piston.........................................................................1.06
Piston rod...................................................................1.06 S
PMI Auto-tuning system...........................................18.02 Safety system...........................................................16.01
PMI Offline system...................................................18.02 Safety system design and supply, basic..................18.04
PMI System, Offline and Auto-tuning.......................18.02 Scavenge air box drain system ...............................14.06
PMI-DAU..................................................................18.02 Scavenge air cooler..............................1.06, 11.03, 12.04
Pneumatic manoeuvring diagram............................16.01 Scavenge air cooler cleaning system . ....................14.05
Power management system.....................................16.01 Scavenge air cooler requirements............................14.02
Power Related Unbalance (PRU) ............................17.04 Scavenge air pipes . ................................................14.03
Power supply, for ECS.............................................16.01 Scavenge air system ......................................1.06, 14.01
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Index

Sea margin and heavy weather..................................2.01 Starting air systems, components for......................13.02
Seawater cooling pumps...............................11.03, 12.04 Starting air valve.........................................................1.06
Seawater cooling system.........................................12.02 Starting and control air pipes ..................................13.03
Seawater systems....................................................12.01 Starting and control air systems .............................13.01
Seawater thermostatic valve....................................12.04 Static converter, frequency........................................4.03
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)..........................3.03 Steam Turbine Generator (STG).................................4.05
Separate system for hydraulic control unit ...............8.09 Step-up gear..............................................................1.06
SFOC calculations (80%-90%)..................................2.09 STG, Steam Turbine Generator..................................4.05
SFOC calculations, example......................................2.10 Stuffing box................................................................1.06
SFOC for engines with layout on L1 - L3 line.............1.03 Stuffing box drain oil system....................................10.01
SFOC for engines with layout on L2 - L4 line.............1.03 Symbols for piping..........................................................A
SFOC for high efficiency turbochargers.....................2.07 System, cylinder lubricating oil..................................9.01
SFOC guarantee.........................................................2.08 System, Engine Control............................................16.01
SFOC reference conditions and guarantee................2.08 System, exhaust gas................................................15.01
SFOC, engine configurations related to.....................6.01 System, exhaust gas for main engine .....................15.03
SFOC, with constant speed.......................................2.09 System, exhaust gas for main engine .....................15.04
SFOC, with fixed pitch propeller................................2.09 System, fire extinguishing for scavenge air space...14.07
Shaftline earthing device............................................5.17 System, fuel oil...........................................................7.01
Ship speed lines, constant..................................... 2.01-2 System, jacket cooling water...................................12.05
Shop test .................................................................19.05 System, jacket water................................................11.03
Shop trials................................................................19.01 System, lubricating and cooling oil............................8.01
Shut down for AMS and UMS Class and System, MAN B&W Alpha Cylinder Lubrication.........9.02
MAN Diesel & Turbo requirements.......................18.04 System, manoeuvring...............................................16.01
Side mounted PTO/RCF, space requirement.............4.02 System, scavenge air...............................................14.01
Silencer, exhaust gas...............................................15.04 System, scavenge air box drain...............................14.06
Slow down and shut down system, alarm...............18.04 System, scavenge air cooler cleaning......................14.05
Slow down for UMS Class and System, seawater.....................................................12.01
MAN Diesel & Turbo requirements.......................18.04 System, seawater cooling........................................12.02
Slow down system...................................................16.01 System, stuffing box drain oil...................................10.01
SMCR point (M)..........................................................2.04 Systems, control and starting air.............................13.01
SMG/CFE Generators................................................4.03 Systems, monitoring and instrumentation...............18.01
Soft blast cleaning systems.....................................15.02 Systems, starting air.................................................13.01
Space requirement.....................................................5.02 Systems, turbocharger cleaning...............................15.02
Space requirements and overhaul heights.................5.01
Space requirements for side mounted PTO/RCF......4.02 T
Spare parts...............................................................19.01 Tank, deaerating.......................................................12.07
Spare parts, additional parts....................................19.07 Tank, lubricating oil.....................................................8.06
Spare parts, unrestricted service.............................19.06 Telegraph system.....................................................16.01
Spare parts, wearing parts.......................................19.08 Temperature at start of engine.................................12.08
Spark arrester, exhaust gas......................................15.04 Temperature control valve, lubricating oil...................8.05
Specific Fuel Oil Consumption (SFOC)......................1.04 Temperature control, jacket cooling water.................6.04
Specific fuel oil consumption, ME versus MC The fuel optimised ME Tier II .2 engine......................1.01
engines..................................................................2.06 Thermostatic valve, central cooling..........................11.03
Specification for painting of main engine . ..............19.02 Thermostatic valve, jacket water..............................12.07
Specified maximum continuous rating (M).................2.04 Thermostatic valve, seawater...................................12.04
Spray shields, fuel oil and lubricating oil pipe............7.04 Thrust bearing............................................................1.06
Standard tools for maintenance, list of....................19.10 Tier II fuel optimisation...............................................1.01
Standard tools, dimensions and masses.................19.10 Tool panels ..............................................................19.11
Start of engine, temperature at................................12.08 Tools.........................................................................19.01
Starting air compressors..........................................13.02 Tools, dimensions and masses of............................19.10
Starting air receivers.................................................13.02 Top bracing...............................................................17.05
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Index

Top bracing, engine....................................................5.13
Torsional vibration damper.........................................1.06
Torsional vibrations...................................................17.06
Total back-pressure, exhaust...................................15.05
Tuning wheel...............................................................1.06
Turbines, combined....................................................4.05
Turbocharger arrangement and cleaning.................15.01
Turbocharger selection...............................................3.01
Turbocharger, exhaust................................................1.06
Turbochargers, lubricating of......................................8.01
Turning gear.....................................................1.06, 13.02
Turning gear, electric motor for................................13.04
Turning wheel.............................................................1.06

U
Undercritical running................................................17.06

V
Vectors of thermal expansion, turbocharger
outlet flange.........................................................15.06
Venting box, fuel oil....................................................7.05
Vibration aspects . ...................................................17.01
Vibration limits valid for single order harmonics......17.05

W
Waste Heat Recovery Systems (WHR).......................4.05
Water and oil in engine...............................................5.08
Water in fuel emulsification........................................7.06
Water In Oil Monitoring system (WIO)......................18.06
Water mist catcher, drain from.................................14.05
Water washing, turbocharger cleaning.....................15.02
Water, masses of........................................................5.08
Wearing parts...........................................................19.08
WHR element and safety valve..................................4.05
WHR output................................................................4.05
Wiring diagram, MAN B&W Alpha Cylinder
Lubrication.............................................................9.02

X
X-type guide force moment......................................17.05
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel
MAN B&W
Engine Design

1
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 1.01
Page 1 of 3
The Fuel Optimised ME Tier II .2 Engine
The ever valid requirement of ship operators is The starting valves are opened pneumatically by
to obtain the lowest total operational costs, and electronically controlled On/Off valves, which
especially the lowest possible specific fuel oil make it possible to dispense with the mechani
consumption at any load, and under the prevailing cally activated starting air distributor.
operating conditions.
By electronic control of the above valves accord
However, lowspeed twostroke main engines of ing to the measured instantaneous crankshaft po
the MC type, with a chain driven camshaft, have sition, the Engine Control System fully controls the
limited flexibility with regard to fuel injection and combustion process.
exhaust valve activation, which are the two most
important factors in adjusting the engine to match System flexibility is obtained by means of different
the prevailing operating conditions. Engine running modes, which are selected either
automatically, depending on the operating condi
A system with electronically controlled hydraulic tions, or manually by the operator to meet specific
activation provides the required flexibility, and goals. The basic running mode is Fuel economy
such systems form the core of the ME Engine mode to comply with IMO NOx emission limita
Control System, described later in detail in Chap tion.
ter 16.
Engine design and IMO regulation compli-

Concept of the ME engine ance
The ME engine concept consists of a hydraulic The ME-C engine is the shorter, more compact
mechanical system for activation of the fuel injec version of the MCE engine. It is well suited wher
tion and the exhaust valves. The actuators are ever a small engine room is requested, for in
electronically controlled by a number of control stance in container vessels.
units forming the complete Engine Control Sys
tem. All ME/ME-C engines are available for natural gas
operation as dual fuel engines with high-pressure
MAN Diesel & Turbo has specifically developed gas injection, designated -GI (Gas Injection). Pow
both the hardware and the software inhouse, in er, speed and gross efficiency are the same as for
order to obtain an integrated solution for the En the corresponding ME-C engines.
gine Control System.
For MAN B&W ME/ME-C/ME-GI-TII designated
The fuel pressure booster consists of a simple engines, the design and performance parameters
plunger powered by a hydraulic piston activated have been upgraded and optimised to comply
by oil pressure. The oil pressure is controlled by with the International Maritime Organisation (IMO)
an electronically controlled proportional valve. Tier II emission regulations.
The exhaust valve is opened hydraulically by For engines built to comply with IMO Tier I emis
means of a twostage exhaust valve actuator sion regulations, please refer to the Marine Engine
activated by the control oil from an electronically IMO Tier I Project Guide.
controlled proportional valve. The exhaust valves
are closed by the air spring.
In the hydraulic system, the normal lube oil is used

as the medium. It is filtered and pressurised by a
Hydraulic Power Supply unit mounted on the en
gine or placed in the engine room.
MAN B&W ME/ME-C/-GI TII .2 engines

MAN Diesel 198 83 65-6.0
MAN B&W 1.01
Page 2 of 3
Tier II fuel optimisation ME Advantages
NOx regulations place a limit on the SFOC on The advantages of the ME range of engines are
two-stroke engines. In general, NOx emissions will quite comprehensive, as seen below:
increase if SFOC is decreased and vice versa. In
the standard configuration, MAN B&W engines are Lower SFOC and better performance param
optimised close to the IMO NOx limit and, there eters thanks to variable electronically controlled
fore, NOx emissions may not be further increased. timing of fuel injection and exhaust valves at any
load
The IMO NOx limit is given as a weighted average
of the NOx emission at 25, 50, 75 and 100% load. Appropriate fuel injection pressure and rate
This relationship can be utilised to tilt the SFOC shaping at any load
profile over the load range. This means that SFOC
can be reduced at part load or low load at the Improved emission characteristics, with smoke
expense of a higher SFOC in the high-load range less operation
without exceeding the IMO NOx limit.
Easy change of operating mode during opera
Optimisation of SFOC in the part-load (50-85%) tion
or low-load (25-70%) range requires selection of a
tuning method: Simplicity of mechanical system with well-
proven simple fuel injection technology familiar
ECT: Engine Control Tuning to any crew
VT: Variable Turbine Area
EGB: Exhaust Gas Bypass Control system with more precise timing, giving
better engine balance with equalized thermal
Each tuning method makes it possible to optimise load in and between cylinders
the fuel consumption when normally operating at
low loads, while maintaining the possibility of op System comprising performance, adequate
erating at high load when needed. monitoring and diagnostics of engine for longer
time between overhauls
The tuning methods EGB, VT and ECT are avail
able for all SMCR in the specific engine layout Lower rpm possible for manoeuvring
diagram. The specific SFOC reduction potential of
each tuning method together with full rated (L1/L3) Better acceleration, astern and crash stop per
and maximum derated (L 2/L4) is shown in Section formance
1.03.
Integrated Alpha Cylinder Lubricators
Otherwise, data in this project guide is based on
high-load optimisation unless explicitly noted. For Upgradable to software development over the
part- and low-load optimisation, calculations can lifetime of the engine
be made in the CEAS application described in
Section 20.02. It is a natural consequence of the above that more
features and operating modes are feasible with
our fully integrated control system and, as such,
will be retrofittable and eventually offered to own
ers of ME engines.

MAN Diesel 198 83 65-6.0
MAN B&W 1.01
Page 3 of 3
Differences between MC/MC-C and Local Operating Panel (LOP)

ME/ME-C engines
MAN Diesel & Turbo PMI Offline system, cylin
The electrohydraulic control mechanisms of the der pressure monitoring system.
ME engine replace the following components of
the conventional MC engine: MAN Diesel & Turbo Condition Monitoring Sys
tem, CoCoSEDS ME basic with data logging,
Chain drive for camshaft monitoring, trending and reporting.
Camshaft with fuel cams, exhaust cams and The system can be further extended by optional
indicator cams systems, such as:
Fuel pump actuating gear, including roller PMI Auto-tuning system that adjusts combustion
guides and reversing mechanism pressures for optimum performance
Conventional fuel pressure booster and VIT system Condition Monitoring System, CoCoSEDS Full
version with AMS interface and reference curves
Exhaust valve actuating gear and roller guides for diagnostic functions.
Engine driven starting air distributor The main features of the ME engine are described
on the following pages.
Electronic governor with actuator
Regulating shaft
Engine side control console
Mechanical cylinder lubricators.
The Engine Control System of the ME engine

comprises:
Control units
Hydraulic power supply unit
Hydraulic cylinder units, including:

Electronically controlled fuel injection, and
Electronically controlled exhaust valve activa
tion
Electronically controlled starting air valves
Electronically controlled auxiliary blowers
Integrated electronic governor functions
Tacho system
Electronically controlled Alpha lubricators

MAN Diesel 198 83 65-6.0
MAN B&W 1.02
Page 1 of 1
Engine Type Designation
6 S 90 M E C 9 .2 -GI -TII
Emission regulation TII IMO Tier level
(blank) Fuel oil only

Fuel injection concept GI Gas injection
Version number
Mark number
B Exhaust valve controlled

Design by camshaft
C Compact engine
Concept E Electronically controlled

C Camshaft controlled
Engine programme
Diameter of piston in cm
G Green Ultra long stroke

S Super long stroke
Stroke/bore ratio
L Long stroke
K Short stroke
Number of cylinders
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/MEC/MEB/-GI engines 198 38 243.9

MAN B&W 1.03
Page 1 of 1
Power, Speed and Fuel Oil
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2-TII
MAN B&W S90ME-C9

Cyl. L1 kW L1 MEP: 20.0 bar Stroke: 3,260 mm
5 29,050
kW/cyl.
6 34,860 L1
5,810
7 40,670
L3
8 46,480 5,250
9 52,290 4,650
L2
10 58,100
11 63,910 4,200 L4
12 69,720
14 81,340 76 84 r/min
SFOC for engines with layout on L1 - L3 line [g/kWh]

SFOC optimised load range Tuning 50% 75% 100%
High load (85%-100%) - 165.5 163.0 167.0
ECT 164.5 162.0 170.0
Part load (50%-85%) VT 162.5 161.5 167.5
EGB 162.5 161.5 168.5
ECT 163.0 162.5 168.5
Low load (25%-70%) VT 160.5 162.5 167.5
EGB 160.5 162.5 168.5
SFOC for engines with layout on L2 - L4 line [g/kWh]

SFOC optimised load range Tuning 50% 75% 100%
High load (85%-100%) - 161.5 157.0 161.0
ECT 160.5 156.0 164.0
Part load (50%-85%) VT 158.5 155.5 161.5
EGB 158.5 155.5 162.5
ECT 159.0 156.5 162.5
Low load (25%-70%) VT 156.5 156.5 161.5
EGB 156.5 156.5 162.5
Specifications
Dimensions: A B C H1 H2 H3
mm 1,590 5,140 1,900 15,000 * *
Cylinders: 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14
Lmin mm 10,715 12,305 13,895 15,485 18,885 20,855 22,445 24,225 27,595
Dry mass t 925 1,070 1,215 1,360 1,595 1,765 1,920 2,070 2,370
* Data is available on request
Fig 1.03.01: Power, speed and fuel

MAN Diesel 198 81 92-9.0
20
MAN B&W 1.04
Page 1 of 1
Engine Power Range and Fuel Oil Consumption
Engine Power Specific Fuel Oil Consumption (SFOC)
The following tables contain data regarding the The figures given in this folder represent the val-
power, speed and specific fuel oil consumption of ues obtained when the engine and turbocharger
the engine. are matched with a view to obtaining the lowest
possible SFOC values while also fulfilling the IMO
Engine power is specified in kW for each cylinder NOX Tier II emission limitations.
number and layout points L1, L2, L3 and L4.
Stricter emission limits can be met on request, us-
Discrepancies between kW and metric horsepow- ing proven technologies.
er (1 BHP = 75 kpm/s = 0.7355 kW) are a conse-
quence of the rounding off of the BHP values. The SFOC figures are given in g/kWh with a tol-
erance of 5% (at 100% SMCR) and are based
L1 designates nominal maximum continuous rating on the use of fuel with a lower calorific value of
(nominal MCR), at 100% engine power and 100% 42,700 kJ/kg (~10,200 kcal/kg) at ISO conditions:
engine speed.
Ambient air pressure..............................1,000 mbar
L2, L3 and L4 designate layout points at the other Ambient air temperature................................. 25 C
three corners of the layout area, chosen for easy Cooling water temperature............................. 25 C
reference.
Although the engine will develop the power speci-
Power L1 fied up to tropical ambient conditions, specific
fuel oil consumption varies with ambient condi-
tions and fuel oil lower calorific value. For calcula-
L3 tion of these changes, see Chapter 2.
L2
Lubricating oil data
L4
Speed The cylinder oil consumption figures stated in the
tables are valid under normal conditions.
178 51 489.0
During runningin periods and under special con-

Fig. 1.04.01: Layout diagram for engine power and speed ditions, feed rates of up to 1.5 times the stated
values should be used.
Overload corresponds to 110% of the power at
MCR, and may be permitted for a limited period of
one hour every 12 hours.
The engine power figures given in the tables re-

main valid up to tropical conditions at sea level as
stated in IACS M28 (1978), i.e.:
Blower inlet temperature................................. 45 C

Blower inlet pressure.............................1,000 mbar
Seawater temperature..................................... 32 C
Relative humidity...............................................60%
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/ME-C/MEB engines

MAN Diesel 198 46 343.5
MAN B&W 1.05
Page 1 of 1
Performance Curves
Updated engine and capacities data is

available from the CEAS program on
www.mandieselturbo.com under Products
Marine Engines & Systems Low Speed
CEAS - Engine Room Dimensioning.
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/ME-C/MEB/GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 53 31-6.2
MAN B&W 1.06
Page 1 of 6
ME Engine Description
Please note that engines built by our licensees Frame Box

are in accordance with MAN Diesel drawings and
standards but, in certain cases, some local stand- The frame box is of welded design. On the ex-
ards may be applied; however, all spare parts are haust side, it is provided with relief valves for each
interchangeable with MAN Diesel designed parts. cylinder while, on the manoeuvring side, it is pro-
vided with a large hinged door for each cylinder.
Some components may differ from MAN Diesels The crosshead guides are welded on to the frame
design because of local production facilities or box.
the application of local standard components.
The frame box is bolted to the bedplate. The bed-
In the following, reference is made to the item plate, frame box and cylinder frame are tightened
numbers specified in the Extent of Delivery (EoD) together by stay bolts.
forms, both for the Basic delivery extent and for
some Options.
Cylinder Frame and Stuffing Box
Bedplate and Main Bearing The cylinder frame is cast and provided with ac-
cess covers for cleaning the scavenge air space,
The bedplate is made with the thrust bearing in if required, and for inspection of scavenge ports
the aft end of the engine. The bedplate consists and piston rings from the manoeuvring side. To-
of high, welded, longitudinal girders and welded gether with the cylinder liner it forms the scavenge
cross girders with cast steel bearing supports. air space.
For fitting to the engine seating in the ship, long, The cylinder frame is fitted with pipes for the pis-
elastic holdingdown bolts, and hydraulic tighten- ton cooling oil inlet. The scavenge air receiver, tur-
ing tools are used. bocharger, air cooler box and gallery brackets are
located on the cylinder frame. At the bottom of the
The bedplate is made without taper for engines cylinder frame there is a piston rod stuffing box,
mounted on epoxy chocks. provided with sealing rings for scavenge air, and
with oil scraper rings which prevent crankcase oil
The oil pan, which is made of steel plate and is from coming up into the scavenge air space.
welded to the bedplate, collects the return oil from
the forced lubricating and cooling oil system. The Drains from the scavenge air space and the piston
oil outlets from the oil pan are vertical as standard rod stuffing box are located at the bottom of the
and provided with gratings. cylinder frame.
The main bearings consist of thin walled steel

shells lined with white metal. The main bearing
bottom shell can be rotated out and in by means
of special tools in combination with hydraulic tools
for lifting the crankshaft. The shells are kept in po-
sition by a bearing cap.
MAN B&W TII .2 engines: S90ME-C9,

G80-60ME-C9 MAN Diesel 198 83 66-8.0
MAN B&W 1.06
Page 2 of 6
Cylinder Liner Thrust Bearing
The cylinder liner is made of alloyed cast iron The propeller thrust is transferred through the
and is suspended in the cylinder frame with a thrust collar, the segments, and the bedplate, to
lowsituated flange. The top of the cylinder liner the end chocks and engine seating, and thus to
is fitted with a cooling jacket. The cylinder liner the ships hull.
has scavenge ports and drilled holes for cylinder
lubrication. The thrust bearing is located in the aft end of the
engine. The thrust bearing is of the B&WMichell
Cylinder liners prepared for installation of temper- type, and consists primarily of a thrust collar on
ature sensors is basic execution on engines type the crankshaft, a bearing support, and segments
90 while an option on all other engines. of steel lined with white metal.
Engines type 60 and larger with 9 cylinders or

Cylinder Cover more will be specified with the 360 degree type
thrust bearing, while the 240 degree type is used
The cylinder cover is of forged steel, made in one in all other engines. MAN Diesels flexible thrust
piece, and has bores for cooling water. It has a cam design is used for the thrust collar on a range
central bore for the exhaust valve, and bores for of engine types.
the fuel valves, a starting valve and an indicator
valve. The thrust shaft is an integrated part of the crank-
shaft and it is lubricated by the engines lubricat-
The cylinder cover is attached to the cylinder ing oil system.
frame with studs and nuts tightened with hydraulic
jacks.
Stepup Gear
Crankshaft In case of mechanically, engine driven Hydraulic

Power Supply, the main hydraulic oil pumps are
The crankshaft is of the semibuilt type, made driven from the crankshaft via a stepup gear. The
from forged or cast steel throws. For engines with stepup gear is lubricated from the main engine
9 cylinders or more, the crankshaft is supplied in system.
two parts.
At the aft end, the crankshaft is provided with the Turning Gear and Turning Wheel
collar for the thrust bearing, a flange for fitting the
gear wheel for the stepup gear to the hydraulic The turning wheel is fitted to the thrust shaft, and
power supply unit if fitted on the engine, and the it is driven by a pinion on the terminal shaft of the
flange for the turning wheel and for the coupling turning gear, which is mounted on the bedplate.
bolts to an intermediate shaft. The turning gear is driven by an electric motor
with builtin brake.
At the front end, the crankshaft is fitted with the
collar for the axial vibration damper and a flange A blocking device prevents the main engine from
for the fitting of a tuning wheel. The flange can starting when the turning gear is engaged. En-
also be used for a Power Take Off, if so desired. gagement and disengagement of the turning gear
is effected manually by an axial movement of the
Coupling bolts and nuts for joining the crankshaft pinion.
together with the intermediate shaft are not nor-
mally supplied. The control device for the turning gear, consisting
of starter and manual control box, can be ordered
as an option.

G80-60ME-C9 MAN Diesel 198 83 66-8.0
MAN B&W 1.06
Page 3 of 6
Axial Vibration Damper The piston has four ring grooves which are
hardchrome plated on both the upper and lower
The engine is fitted with an axial vibration damper, surfaces of the grooves. The uppermost piston
mounted on the fore end of the crankshaft. The ring is of the CPR type (Controlled Pressure Re-
damper consists of a piston and a splittype hous- lief), whereas the other three piston rings all have
ing located forward of the foremost main bearing. an oblique cut. The uppermost piston ring is high-
er than the others. All four rings are alu-coated on
The piston is made as an integrated collar on the the outer surface for running-in.
main crank journal, and the housing is fixed to
the main bearing support. For functional check of The piston skirt is made of cast iron with a bronze
the vibration damper a mechanical guide is fitted, band or Mo coating.
while an electronic vibration monitor can be sup-
plied as an option.
Piston Rod
Tuning Wheel / Torsional Vibration Damper The piston rod is of forged steel and is surface-
hardened on the running surface for the stuffing
A tuning wheel or torsional vibration damper may box. The piston rod is connected to the crosshead
have to be ordered separately, depending on the with four bolts. The piston rod has a central bore
final torsional vibration calculations. which, in conjunction with a cooling oil pipe, forms
the inlet and outlet for cooling oil.
Connecting Rod
Crosshead
The connecting rod is made of forged or cast
steel and provided with bearing caps for the The crosshead is of forged steel and is provided
crosshead and crankpin bearings. with cast steel guide shoes with white metal on
the running surface. The guide shoe is of the low
The crosshead and crankpin bearing caps are friction type and crosshead bearings of the wide
secured to the connecting rod with studs and nuts pad design.
tightened by means of hydraulic jacks.
The telescopic pipe for oil inlet and the pipe for oil
The crosshead bearing consists of a set of outlet are mounted on the guide shoes.
thinwalled steel shells, lined with bearing metal.
The crosshead bearing cap is in one piece, with
an angular cutout for the piston rod. Scavenge Air System
The crankpin bearing is provided with thinwalled The air intake to the turbocharger takes place
steel shells, lined with bearing metal. Lube oil is directly from the engine room through the turbo-
supplied through ducts in the crosshead and con- charger intake silencer. From the turbocharger,
necting rod. the air is led via the charging air pipe, air cooler
and scavenge air receiver to the scavenge ports
of the cylinder liners, see Chapter 14. The scav-
Piston enge air receiver is of the D-shape design.
The piston consists of a piston crown and piston

skirt. The piston crown is made of heatresistant
steel. A piston cleaning ring located in the very
top of the cylinder liner scrapes off excessive ash
and carbon formations on the piston topland.

G80-60ME-C9 MAN Diesel 198 83 66-8.0
MAN B&W 1.06
Page 4 of 6
Scavenge Air Cooler A protective grating is installed between the ex-

haust gas receiver and the turbocharger.
For each turbocharger is fitted a scavenge air
cooler of the monoblock type designed for sea-
water cooling, alternatively, a central cooling sys- Exhaust Turbocharger
tem with freshwater can be chosen. The working
pressure is up to 4.5 bar. The engines can be fitted with either MAN, ABB or
MHI turbochargers. As an option, MAN TCA and
The scavenge air cooler is so designed that the ABB A100-L turbochargers can be delivered with
difference between the scavenge air temperature variable nozzle technology that reduces the fuel
and the water inlet temperature at specified MCR consumption at part load by controlling the scav-
can be kept at about 12 C. enge air pressure.
The turbocharger selection is described in Chap-

Auxiliary Blower ter 3, and the exhaust gas system in Chapter 15.
The engine is provided with electricallydriven

scavenge air blowers integrated in the scavenge Reversing
air cooler. The suction side of the blowers is con-
nected to the scavenge air space after the air Reversing of the engine is performed electronical-
cooler. ly and controlled by the Engine Control System,
by changing the timing of the fuel injection, the
Between the air cooler and the scavenge air re- exhaust valve activation and the starting valves.
ceiver, nonreturn valves are fitted which auto-
matically close when the auxiliary blowers supply
the air. The Hydraulic Power Supply
The auxiliary blowers will start operating con- The Hydraulic Power Supply (HPS) filters and
secutively before the engine is started in order to pressurises the lube oil for use in the hydraulic
ensure sufficient scavenge air pressure to obtain a system. The HPS consists of either mechanically
safe start. driven (by the engine) main pumps with electrically
driven start-up pumps or electrically driven com-
Further information is given in Chapter 14. bined main and start-up pumps. The hydraulic
pressure is 300 bar.
Exhaust Gas System The mechanically driven HPS is engine driven and
mounted aft for engines with chain drive aft (8 cyl-
From the exhaust valves, exhaust gas is led to inders or less), and at the middle for engines with
the exhaust gas receiver where the fluctuating chain drive located in the middle (9 cylinders or
pressure from the individual cylinders is equal- more). An electrically driven HPS is usually mount-
ised, and the total volume of gas is led to the ed aft on the engine.
turbocharger(s). After the turbocharger(s), the gas
is led to the external exhaust pipe system. A combined HPS, mechanically driven with elec-
trically driven start-up/back-up pumps with back-
Compensators are fitted between the exhaust up capacity, is available as an option.
valves and the receiver, and between the receiver
and the turbocharger(s).
The exhaust gas receiver and exhaust pipes are

provided with insulation, covered by galvanised
steel plating.

G80-60ME-C9 MAN Diesel 198 83 66-8.0
MAN B&W 1.06
Page 5 of 6
Hydraulic Cylinder Unit The fuel oil highpressure pipes are of the double-
wall type with built-in conical support. The pipes
The hydraulic cylinder unit (HCU), one per cylin- are insulated but not heated. On S90ME-C9 and
der, consists of a base plate on which a distributor G80ME-C9, a fuel oil leakage system for each
block is mounted. The distributor block is fitted cylinder detects fuel oil leakages and immediately
with one or more accumulators to ensure that the stops the injection on the actual cylinder.
necessary hydraulic oil peak flow is available dur-
ing the fuel injection sequence. The mechanically driven starting air distributor
used on the MC engines has been replaced by
The distributor block serves as a mechanical sup- one solenoid valve per cylinder, controlled by the
port for the hydraulically activated fuel pressure CCUs of the Engine Control System.
booster and the hydraulically activated exhaust
valve actuator. Single-wall piping has been intro- Slow turning before starting is a program incorpo-
duced with the 300 bar hydraulic systems. rated in the basic Engine Control System.
The starting air system is described in detail in

Fuel Oil Pressure Booster Section 13.01.
The engine is provided with one hydraulically acti- The starting valve is opened by control air and is
vated fuel oil pressure booster for each cylinder. closed by a spring. The integrated Engine Control
System controls the starting valve timing.
Fuel injection is activated by a multi-way valve
(FIVA), which is electronically controlled by the
Cylinder Control Unit (CCU) of the Engine Control Exhaust Valve
System.
The exhaust valve consists of the valve housing
Further information is given in Section 7.01. and the valve spindle. The valve housing is of the
un-cooled Millenium type and made of cast iron.
The housing is provided with a water cooled bot-
Fuel Valves and Starting Air Valve tom piece of steel with a flame hardened seat of
the W-seat design. The exhaust valve spindle is a
The cylinder cover is equipped with two or three DuraSpindle, the housing provided with a spindle
fuel valves, starting air valve, and indicator cock. guide.
The opening of the fuel valves is controlled by The exhaust valve is tightened to the cylinder
the high pressure fuel oil created by the fuel oil cover with studs and nuts. The exhaust valve is
pressure booster, and the valves are closed by a opened hydraulically by the electronic valve acti-
spring. vation system and is closed by an air spring.
An automatic vent slide allows circulation of fuel The exhaust valve is of the low-force design and
oil through the valve and high pressure pipes the operation of the exhaust valve controlled by
when the engine is stopped. The vent slide also the FIVA valve, which also activates the fuel injec-
prevents the compression chamber from being tion.
filled up with fuel oil in the event that the valve
spindle sticks. Oil from the vent slide and other In operation, the valve spindle slowly rotates,
drains is led away in a closed system. driven by the exhaust gas acting on a vane wheel
fixed to the spindle.

G80-60ME-C9 MAN Diesel 198 83 66-8.0
MAN B&W 1.06
Page 6 of 6
Sealing of the exhaust valve spindle guide is pro- Piping Arrangements

vided by means of Controlled Oil Level (COL), an
oil bath in the bottom of the air cylinder, above the The engine is delivered with piping arrangements
sealing ring. This oil bath lubricates the exhaust for:
valve spindle guide and sealing ring as well.
Fuel oil
Heating of fuel oil pipes
Indicator Cock Lubricating oil, piston cooling oil and
hydraulic oil pipes
The engine is fitted with an indicator cock to Cylinder lubricating oil
which the PMI pressure transducer can be con- Cooling water to scavenge air cooler
nected. Jacket and turbocharger cooling water
Cleaning of turbocharger
Fire extinguishing in scavenge air space
MAN B&W Alpha Cylinder Lubrication Starting air
Control air
The electronically controlled MAN B&W Alpha Oil mist detector (required only for make
cylinder lubrication system is applied to the ME Schaller Automation)
engines, and controlled by the ME Engine Control Various drain pipes.
System.
All piping arrangements are made of steel piping,
The main advantages of the MAN B&W Alpha cyl- except the control air and steam heating of fuel
inder lubrication system, compared with the con- pipes, which are made of copper.
ventional mechanical lubricator, are:
The pipes are provided with sockets for local
Improved injection timing instruments, alarm and safety equipment and,
Increased dosage flexibility furthermore, with a number of sockets for supple-
Constant injection pressure mentary signal equipment. Chapter 18 deals with
Improved oil distribution in the cylinder liner the instrumentation.
Possibility for prelubrication before starting.
More details about the cylinder lubrication system

can be found in Chapter 9.
Gallery Arrangement
The engine is provided with gallery brackets,

stanchions, railings and platforms (exclusive of
ladders). The brackets are placed at such a height
as to provide the best possible overhauling and
inspection conditions.
Some main pipes of the engine are suspended

from the gallery brackets, and the topmost gallery
platform on the manoeuvring side is provided with
overhauling holes for the pistons.
The engine is prepared for top bracings on the ex-

haust side, or on the manoeuvring side.

G80-60ME-C9 MAN Diesel 198 83 66-8.0
MAN B&W 1.07
Page 1 of 1
Engine Cross Section of S90MEC9.2
515 45 11-4.1.0
Fig.: 1.07.01
MAN B&W S90MEC9.2 198 83 03-4.0

MAN B&W
Engine Layout and Load

Diagrams, SFOC
2
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 2.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine Layout and Load Diagrams

y=log(P)
Introduction i
P=n xc
i=0
The effective power P of a diesel engine is pro- log (P) = i x log (n) + log (c)
portional to the mean effective pressure pe and
engine speed n, i.e. when using c as a constant: i=1
P = c x pe x n
i=2
so, for constant mep, the power is proportional to
the speed:
P = c x n1 (for constant mep) i=3

x = log (n)
178 05 403.1
When running with a Fixed Pitch Propeller (FPP),
the power may be expressed according to the Fig. 2.01.02: Power function curves in logarithmic scales
propeller law as:
Thus, propeller curves will be parallel to lines hav-
P = c x n3 (propeller law) ing the inclination i = 3, and lines with constant
mep will be parallel to lines with the inclination i = 1.
Thus, for the above examples, the power P may
be expressed as a power function of the speed n Therefore, in the Layout Diagrams and Load Dia-
to the power of i, i.e.: grams for diesel engines, logarithmic scales are
used, giving simple diagrams with straight lines.
P = c x ni
Fig. 2.01.01 shows the relationship for the linear Propulsion and Engine Running Points
functions, y = ax + b, using linear scales.
Propeller curve
The power functions P = c x ni will be linear func-
tions when using logarithmic scales: The relation between power and propeller speed
for a fixed pitch propeller is as mentioned above
log (P) = i x log (n) + log (c) described by means of the propeller law, i.e. the
y third power curve:
P = c x n3, in which:
y=ax+b P = engine power for propulsion

2
n = propeller speed
c = constant
a
Propeller design point
1
Normally, estimates of the necessary propeller

b power and speed are based on theoretical cal-
culations for loaded ship, and often experimental
0 x tank tests, both assuming optimum operating
0 1 2
conditions, i.e. a clean hull and good weather. The
178 05 403.0 combination of speed and power obtained may
Fig. 2.01.01: Straight lines in linear scales be called the ships propeller design point (PD),
MAN B&W MC/MCC, ME/MEGI/ME-B engines

MAN Diesel 198 38 338.4
MAN B&W 2.01
Page 2 of 2
placed on the light running propeller curve 6. See the socalled sea margin, which is traditionally
below figure. On the other hand, some shipyards, about 15% of the propeller design (PD) power.
and/or propeller manufacturers sometimes use a
propeller design point (PD) that incorporates all or Engine layout (heavy propeller)
part of the socalled sea margin described below.
When determining the necessary engine layout
Power, % af L1 speed that considers the influence of a heavy run-
100%
= 0,20
= 0,15 L1 ning propeller for operating at high extra ship resis-
= 0,25 = 0,30
tance, it is (compared to line 6) recommended to
choose a heavier propeller line 2. The propeller
L3 MP
curve for clean hull and calm weather line 6 may
Engine margin
(SP=90% of MP)
SP
PD
then be said to represent a light running (LR)
Sea margin
L2 (15% of PD) propeller.
PD
Compared to the heavy engine layout line 2, we

L4
HR
recommend using a light running of 3.07.0% for
2 6 LR
design of the propeller.
Engine speed, % of L 1
100% Engine margin

Line 2 Propulsion curve, fouled hull and heavy weather
(heavy running), recommended for engine layout
Line 6 Propulsion curve, clean hull and calm weather (light
Besides the sea margin, a socalled engine mar-
running), for propeller layout gin of some 10% or 15% is frequently added. The
MP Specified MCR for propulsion corresponding point is called the specified MCR
SP Continuous service rating for propulsion
PD Propeller design point
for propulsion (MP), and refers to the fact that the
HR Heavy running power for point SP is 10% or 15% lower than for
LR Light running
178 05 415.3
point MP.
Fig. 2.01.03: Ship propulsion running points and engine
Point MP is identical to the engines specified
layout
MCR point (M) unless a main engine driven shaft
generator is installed. In such a case, the extra
Fouled hull power demand of the shaft generator must also
be considered.
When the ship has sailed for some time, the hull
and propeller become fouled and the hulls re- Constant ship speed lines
sistance will increase. Consequently, the ships
speed will be reduced unless the engine delivers The constant ship speed lines , are shown at
more power to the propeller, i.e. the propeller will the very top of the figure. They indicate the power
be further loaded and will be heavy running (HR). required at various propeller speeds in order to
keep the same ship speed. It is assumed that, for
As modern vessels with a relatively high service each ship speed, the optimum propeller diameter
speed are prepared with very smooth propeller is used, taking into consideration the total propul-
and hull surfaces, the gradual fouling after sea sion efficiency. See definition of in Section 2.02.
trial will increase the hulls resistance and make
the propeller heavier running. Note:
Light/heavy running, fouling and sea margin are
Sea margin and heavy weather overlapping terms. Light/heavy running of the
propeller refers to hull and propeller deterioration
If, at the same time the weather is bad, with head and heavy weather, whereas sea margin i.e. extra
winds, the ships resistance may increase com- power to the propeller, refers to the influence of
pared to operating in calm weather conditions. the wind and the sea. However, the degree of light
When determining the necessary engine power, it running must be decided upon experience from
is normal practice to add an extra power margin, the actual trade and hull design of the vessel.
MAN B&W MC/MCC, ME/MEGI/ME-B engines

MAN Diesel 198 38 338.4
MAN B&W 2.02
Page 1 of 2
Propeller diameter and pitch, influence on the optimum propeller speed
In general, the larger the propeller diameter D, Once an optimum propeller diameter of maximum
the lower is the optimum propeller speed and the 7.2 m has been chosen, the corresponding op-
kW required for a certain design draught and ship timum pitch in this point is given for the design
speed, see curve D in the figure below. speed of 14.5 knots, i.e. P/D = 0.70.
The maximum possible propeller diameter de- However, if the optimum propeller speed of 100
pends on the given design draught of the ship, r/min does not suit the preferred / selected main
and the clearance needed between the propeller engine speed, a change of pitch away from opti-
and the aft body hull and the keel. mum will only cause a relatively small extra power
demand, keeping the same maximum propeller
The example shown in the figure is an 80,000 dwt diameter:
crude oil tanker with a design draught of 12.2 m
and a design speed of 14.5 knots. going from 100 to 110 r/min (P/D = 0.62) requires
8,900 kW i.e. an extra power demand of 80 kW.
When the optimum propeller diameter D is in-
creased from 6.6 m to 7.2. m, the power demand going from 100 to 91 r/min (P/D = 0.81) requires
is reduced from about 9,290 kW to 8,820 kW, and 8,900 kW i.e. an extra power demand of 80 kW.
the optimum propeller speed is reduced from 120
r/min to 100 r/min, corresponding to the constant In both cases the extra power demand is only
ship speed coefficient = 0.28 (see definition of of 0.9%, and the corresponding equal speed
in Section 2.02, page 2). curves are =+0.1 and =0.1, respectively, so
there is a certain interval of propeller speeds in
which the power penalty is very limited.
Shaft power
kW
9.500
D = Optimum propeller diameters
9.400 P/D = Pitch/diameter ratio
D P/D
0.50
9.300 6.6m
P/D
1.00
9.200
6.8m
0.95
9.100
0.55
0.90
9.000
7.0m
0.85
8.900 0.60
0.80 7.2m
0.75 0.65
8.800 0.70
8.700 7.4m
8.600 D
Propeller
8.500
speed
70 80 90 100 110 120 130 r/min
178 47 032.0
Fig. 2.02.01: Influence of diameter and pitch on propeller design
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/ME-GI/ME-B engines

MAN Diesel 198 38 782.5
MAN B&W 2.02
Page 2 of 2
Constant ship speed lines area and parallel to one of the lines, another
specified propulsion MCR point MP2 upon this
The constant ship speed lines , are shown at line can be chosen to give the ship the same
the very top of Fig. 2.02.02. These lines indicate speed for the new combination of engine power
the power required at various propeller speeds to and speed.
keep the same ship speed provided that the op-
timum propeller diameter with an optimum pitch Fig. 2.02.02 shows an example of the required
diameter ratio is used at any given speed, taking power speed point MP1, through which a constant
into consideration the total propulsion efficiency. ship speed curve = 0.25 is drawn, obtaining
point MP2 with a lower engine power and a lower
Normally, the following relation between neces- engine speed but achieving the same ship speed.
sary power and propeller speed can be assumed:
Provided the optimum pitch/diameter ratio is used
P2 = P1 x (n2 /n1) for a given propeller diameter the following data
applies when changing the propeller diameter:
where:
P = Propulsion power for general cargo, bulk carriers and tankers
n = Propeller speed, and = 0.25 0.30
= the constant ship speed coefficient.
and for reefers and container vessels
For any combination of power and speed, each = 0.15 0.25
point on lines parallel to the ship speed lines gives
the same ship speed. When changing the propeller speed by changing
the pitch diameter ratio, the constant will be dif-
When such a constant ship speed line is drawn ferent, see above.
into the layout diagram through a specified pro-
pulsion MCR point MP1, selected in the layout
Power
110%
=0,15
speed lines
=0,20
=0,25 Constant ship 100%
=0,30 1
90%
MP1
=0,25 80%
MP2
3
me p
% 70%
100
95%
90%
2
85% 60%
80%
75%
70% 50%
4 Nominal propeller curve
40%
75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105%

Engine speed
178 05 667.0
Fig. 2.02.02: Layout diagram and constant ship speed lines
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/ME-GI/ME-B engines

MAN Diesel 198 38 782.5
MAN B&W 2.03
Page 1 of 1
Layout Diagram Sizes
Power Power 100 80% power and Power Power 100 80% power and
L1 100 79%
L
1 speed range L1 L1 100 86% speed range
valid for the types: L3 L3 valid for the types:
L3 L3
L2 G70ME-C9.2
L
2 L2 L2 S80ME-C8.2
G60ME-C9.2 L4 L4
L4 L4
Speed Speed Speed Speed
L1 100 84%
L
1
speed range L1 L1 100 90% speed range
L3 L3
L3 L3 valid for the types: valid for the types:
L2 L70MC-C/ME-C8.2
L
2 L2 L2 K80ME-C9.2
L4 L4
L4 L4 S90ME-C9.2
Speed Speed Speed Speed
L1 100 85%
L
1
speed range L1 L1 100 92% speed range
L3 L3
L3 L3 valid for the types: valid for the types:
L2 G80ME-C9.2
L
2 L2 L2 S80ME-C9.2
L4 L4
L4 L4 S70MC-C/ME-C8.2 S90ME-C8.2
S65MC-C/ME-C8.2
S60MC-C/ME-C/ME-B8.2
L60MC-C/ME-C8.2
Speed Speed Speed
G50ME-B9.2 Speed
S50ME-B9.2
Power Power 100 80% power and
S50MC-C/ME-C8.2/ME-B8.2 L1 L1 100 93% speed range
S46MC-C/ME-B8.2 L3 L3
valid for the types:
S40MC-C/ME-B9.2 L2 L2 K98ME/ME-C7.1
L4 L4
S35MC-C/ME-B9.2
Speed Speed
178 62 22-5.0
See also Section 2.05 for actual project.
Fig. 2.03.01 Layout diagram sizes
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/ME-C/ME-B/-GI.2-TII engines

MAN Diesel 198 82 77-0.1
MAN B&W 2.04
Page 1 of 9
Engine Layout and Load Diagram
Engine Layout Diagram Continuous service rating (S)
An engines layout diagram is limited by two con- The continuous service rating is the power need-
stant mean effective pressure (mep) lines L1 L3 ed in service including the specified sea margin
and L2 L4, and by two constant engine speed and heavy/light running factor of the propeller
lines L1 L2 and L3 L4. The L1 point refers to the at which the engine is to operate, and point S
engines nominal maximum continuous rating, see is identical to the service propulsion point (SP)
Fig. 2.04.01. unless a main engine driven shaft generator is in-
stalled.
Within the layout area there is full freedom to se-
lect the engines specified SMCR point M which
suits the demand for propeller power and speed
for the ship. Power
L1
On the horizontal axis the engine speed and on
M
the vertical axis the engine power are shown on
percentage scales. The scales are logarithmic L3
S
which means that, in this diagram, power function
curves like propeller curves (3rd power), constant
1 L2
mean effective pressure curves (1st power) and
constant ship speed curves (0.15 to 0.30 power)
are straight lines. L4
Speed
Specified maximum continuous rating (M) 178 60 85-8.1
Fig. 2.04.01: Engine layout diagram

Based on the propulsion and engine running
points, as previously found, the layout diagram
of a relevant main engine may be drawnin. The
SMCR point (M) must be inside the limitation lines
of the layout diagram; if it is not, the propeller
speed will have to be changed or another main
engine type must be chosen. The selected SMCR
has an influence on the turbocharger and its
matching and the compression ratio.
For ME and ME-C/-GI engines, the timing of the

fuel injection and the exhaust valve activation are
electronically optimised over a wide operating
range of the engine.
For ME-B engines, only the fuel injection (and not

the exhaust valve activation) is electronically con-
trolled over a wide operating range of the engine.
For a standard high-load optimised engine,

the lowest specific fuel oil consumption for the
ME and ME-C/-GI engines is optained at 70%
and for MC/MC-C/ME-B engines at 80% of the
SMCR point (M).
MAN B&W MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C/ME-B/-GI-TII engines

MAN Diesel 198 69 93-5.2
MAN B&W 2.04
Page 2 of 9
Engine Load Diagram
Definitions Engine shaft power, % of A
110
The engines load diagram, see Fig. 2.04.02, de- 105 7
M
100 7
fines the power and speed limits for continuous as 95 5 5
well as overload operation of an installed engine 90 4

85 1 2 6
having a specified MCR point M that confirms the
80
ships specification. 75
70
The service points of the installed engine incorpo- 65
rate the engine power required for ship propulsion 60
and shaft generator, if installed.
55
8 4 1 6 3
50
2 9
Operating curves and limits for continuous 45
operation
40
60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110
The continuous service range is limited by four
Engine speed, % of A
lines: 4, 5, 7 and 3 (9), see Fig. 2.04.02. The pro-
peller curves, line 1, 2 and 6 in the load diagram
are also described below. Regarding i in the power function P = c x ni, see page 2.01.
M Specified MCR point

Line 1:
Propeller curve through specified MCR (M), en- Line 1 Propeller curve through point M (i = 3)
(engine layout curve)
gine layout curve. Line 2 Propeller curve, fouled hull and heavy weather
heavy running (i = 3)
Line 2: Line 3 Speed limit
Line 4 Torque/speed limit (i = 2)
Propeller curve, fouled hull and heavy weather Line 5 Mean effective pressure limit (i = 1)
heavy running. Line 6 Propeller curve, clean hull and calm weather
light running (i = 3), for propeller layout
Line 7 Power limit for continuous running (i = 0)
Line 3 and line 9: Line 8 Overload limit
Line 3 represents the maximum acceptable speed Line 9 Speed limit at sea trial
for continuous operation, i.e. 105% of M. 178 05 427.6
Fig. 2.04.02: Standard engine load diagram

During trial conditions the maximum speed may
be extended to 107% of M, see line 9.
The above limits may in general be extended to Running at low load above 100% of the nominal L1
105% and during trial conditions to 107% of the speed of the engine is, however, to be avoided for
nominal L1 speed of the engine, provided the tor- extended periods. Only plants with controllable
sional vibration conditions permit. pitch propellers can reach this light running area.
The overspeed setpoint is 109% of the speed Line 4:

in M, however, it may be moved to 109% of the Represents the limit at which an ample air supply
nominal speed in L1, provided that torsional vibra- is available for combustion and imposes a limita-
tion conditions permit. tion on the maximum combination of torque and
speed.

MAN Diesel 198 69 93-5.2
MAN B&W 2.04
Page 3 of 9
Line 5: Recommendation
Represents the maximum mean effective pres-
sure level (mep), which can be accepted for con- Continuous operation without limitations is al-
tinuous operation. lowed only within the area limited by lines 4, 5,
7 and 3 of the load diagram, except on low load
Line 6: operation for CP propeller plants mentioned in the
Propeller curve, clean hull and calm weather light previous section.
running, used for propeller layout/design.
The area between lines 4 and 1 is available for
Line 7: operation in shallow waters, heavy weather and
Represents the maximum power for continuous during acceleration, i.e. for nonsteady operation
operation. without any strict time limitation.
After some time in operation, the ships hull and

Limits for overload operation propeller will be fouled, resulting in heavier run-
ning of the propeller, i.e. the propeller curve will
The overload service range is limited as follows: move to the left from line 6 towards line 2, and
extra power is required for propulsion in order to
Line 8: keep the ships speed.
Represents the overload operation limitations.
In calm weather conditions, the extent of heavy
The area between lines 4, 5, 7 and the heavy running of the propeller will indicate the need for
dashed line 8 is available for overload running for cleaning the hull and possibly polishing the pro-
limited periods only (1 hour per 12 hours). peller.
Line 9: Once the specified MCR has been chosen, the

Speed limit at sea trial. capacities of the auxiliary equipment will be
adapted to the specified MCR, and the turbo-
charger specification and the compression ratio
Limits for low load running will be selected.
As the fuel injection for ME engines is automati- If the specified MCR is to be increased later on,
cally controlled over the entire power range, the this may involve a change of the pump and cooler
engine is able to operate down to around 15-20% capacities, change of the fuel valve nozzles, ad-
of the nominal L1 speed, whereas for MC/MC-C justing of the cylinder liner cooling, as well as
engines it is around 20-25% (electronic governor). rematching of the turbocharger or even a change
to a larger size of turbocharger. In some cases it
can also require larger dimensions of the piping
systems.
It is therefore of utmost importance to consider,

already at the project stage, if the specification
should be prepared for a later power increase.
This is to be indicated in the Extent of Delivery.

MAN Diesel 198 69 93-5.2
MAN B&W 2.04
Page 4 of 9
Extended load diagram for ships operating in extreme heavy running conditions
When a ship with fixed pitch propeller is operat- Extended load diagram for speed derated en-
ing in normal sea service, it will in general be gines with increased light running
operating in the hatched area around the design
propeller curve 6, as shown on the standard load The maximum speed limit (line 3) of the engines is
diagram in Fig. 2.04.02. 105% of the SMCR (Specified Maximum Continu-
ous Rating) speed, as shown in Fig. 2.04.02.
Sometimes, when operating in heavy weather, the
fixed pitch propeller performance will be more However, for speed and, thereby, power derated
heavy running, i.e. for equal power absorption of engines it is possible to extend the maximum
the propeller, the propeller speed will be lower speed limit to 105% of the engines nominal MCR
and the propeller curve will move to the left. speed, line 3, but only provided that the torsional
vibration conditions permit this. Thus, the shaft-
As the low speed main engines are directly cou- ing, with regard to torsional vibrations, has to be
pled to the propeller, the engine has to follow the approved by the classification society in question,
propeller performance, i.e. also in heavy running based on the extended maximum speed limit.
propeller situations. For this type of operation,
there is normally enough margin in the load area When choosing an increased light running to be
between line 6 and the normal torque/speed limi- used for the design of the propeller, the load dia-
tation line 4, see Fig. 2.04.02. To the left of line 4 gram area may be extended from line 3 to line 3,
in torquerich operation, the engine will lack air as shown in Fig. 2.04.03, and the propeller/main
from the turbocharger to the combustion process, engine operating curve 6 may have a correspond-
i.e. the heat load limits may be exceeded and ingly increased heavy running margin before ex-
bearing loads might also become too high. ceeding the torque/speed limit, line 4.
For some special ships and operating conditions, A corresponding slight reduction of the propel-
it would be an advantage when occasionally ler efficiency may be the result, due to the higher
needed to be able to operate the propeller/main propeller design speed used.
engine as much as possible to the left of line 6,
but inside the torque/speed limit, line 4.
Such cases could be for:
ships sailing in areas with very heavy weather

ships operating in ice
ships with two fixed pitch propellers/two main
engines, where one propeller/one engine is de-
clutched for one or the other reason.
The increase of the operating speed range be-

tween line 6 and line 4 of the standard load dia-
gram, see Fig. 2.04.02, may be carried out as
shown for the following engine Example with an
extended load diagram for speed derated engine
with increased light running.

MAN Diesel 198 69 93-5.2
MAN B&W 2.04
Page 5 of 9
Engine shaft power, % A L1
110 M Specified engine MCR Examples of the use of the Load Diagram
5%
M
100 5 7
L2
90 L3
Heavy
In the following are some examples illustrating the
80
running Normal flexibility of the layout and load diagrams.
operation L4 operation
70
Example 1 shows how to place the load diagram

60
4 for an engine without shaft generator coupled to
1 6 3 3 a fixed pitch propeller.
50
2
Example 2 shows the same layout for an engine
40 with fixed pitch propeller (example 1), but with a
55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
Engine speed, % A
shaft generator.
Normal load Extended light
Example 3 is a special case of example 2, where

diagram area running area
the specified MCR is placed near the top of the

Line 1: Propeller curve through SMCR point (M) layout diagram.
layout curve for engine
Line 2: Heavy propeller curve
In this case the shaft generator is cut off,
fouled hull and heavy seas and the GenSets used when the engine runs
Line 3: Speed limit at specified MCR. This makes it possible to
Line 3: Extended speed limit, provided torsional vibration choose a smaller engine with a lower power out-
conditions permit
Line 4: Torque/speed limit put, and with changed specified MCR.
Line 5: Mean effective pressure limit
Line 6: Increased light running propeller curve
clean hull and calm weather
Example 4 shows diagrams for an engine
layout curve for propeller coupled to a controllable pitch propeller, with
Line 7: Power limit for continuous running or without a shaft generator, constant speed or
178 60 79-9.1 combinator curve operation.
Fig. 2.04.03: Extended load diagram for speed derated For a specific project, the layout diagram for actu-
engine with increased light running al project shown later in this chapter may be used
for construction of the actual load diagram.

MAN Diesel 198 69 93-5.2
MAN B&W 2.04
Page 6 of 9
Example 1: Normal running conditions.

Engine coupled to fixed pitch propeller (FPP) and without shaft generator
Layout diagram Load diagram
Power, % of L1 Power, % of L1 3.3%M 5%M

100% 7
L1 100%
L1
5
4
1 2 6
L3 M=MP
7 L3 5
M
7
S=SP 5%L1
S
1 6 L2 4 1 6 L2
2 2
3 3
L4 Propulsion and engine L4 Propulsion and engine

service curve for fouled service curve for fouled
hull and heavy weather hull and heavy weather
Engine speed, % of L1 100% Engine speed, % of L1 100%
M Specified MCR of engine

S Continuous service rating of engine
MP Specified MCR for propulsion
SP Continuous service rating of propulsion
The specified MCR (M) and its propeller curve 1 will normally be selected on the engine service curve 2.
Once point M has been selected in the layout diagram, the load diagram can be drawn, as shown in the figure, and hence the actual
load limitation lines of the diesel engine may be found by using the inclinations from the construction lines and the %figures stated.
178 05 440.9
Fig. 2.04.04: Normal running conditions. Engine coupled to a fixed pitch propeller (FPP) and without a shaft generator

MAN Diesel 198 69 93-5.2
MAN B&W 2.04
Page 7 of 9
Example 2: Normal running conditions.

Engine coupled to fixed pitch propeller (FPP) and with shaft generator
Layout diagram Load diagram
3.3%M 5%M
Power, % of L 1 Power, % of L 1
100% 7
L1
100%
L1
5 Engine service curve for
fouled hull and heavy
4 M M
7 weather incl. shaft 7
generator 5
1 2 6
S SG 5%L 1
L3 L3 S
SG MP MP
Engine
service 4
curve SP SP
1 2 6
L2 1 2 6
L2
3 3
L4 L4
Propulsion curve for fouled Propulsion curve for fouled
hull and heavy weather hull and heavy weather
Engine speed, % of L 1 100% Engine speed, % of L 1 100%
M Specified MCR of engine

S Continuous service rating of engine
MP Specified MCR for propulsion
SG Shaft generator power
In example 2 a shaft generator (SG) is installed, and therefore the service power of the engine also has to incorporate the extra shaft
power required for the shaft generators electrical power production.
In the figure, the engine service curve shown for heavy running incorporates this extra power.
The specified MCR M will then be chosen and the load diagram can be drawn as shown in the figure.
178 05 488.9
Fig. 2.04.06: Normal running conditions. Engine coupled to a fixed pitch propeller (FPP) and with a shaft generator

MAN Diesel 198 69 93-5.2
MAN B&W 2.04
Page 8 of 9
Example 3: Special running conditions.

Engine coupled to fixed pitch propeller (FPP) and with shaft generator
Layout diagram Load diagram 3.3%M 5%M
Power, % of L 1 L1 Power, % of L 1 L1
M M
100% 7 100%
M Engine service curve for fouled M
5 7 7
S hull and heavy weather S
4 incl. shaft generator
MP MP
SG SG
1 2 6
5%L 1
L3 SP
L3 4
SP
1 2 6 1 2 6 L2
L2
3 3
L4 Propulsion curve
L4 Propulsion curve
for fouled hull for fouled hull
and heavy weather and heavy weather
Engine speed, % of L 1 100% Engine speed, % of L 1 100%
M Specified MCR of engine Point M of the load diagram is found:

S Continuous service rating of engine Line 1 Propeller curve through point S
MP Specified MCR for propulsion Point M Intersection between line 1 and line L1 L3
SG Shaft generator
Also for this special case in example 3, a shaft generator is installed but, compared to example 2, this case has a specified MCR for
propulsion, MP, placed at the top of the layout diagram.
This involves that the intended specified MCR of the engine M will be placed outside the top of the layout diagram.
One solution could be to choose a larger diesel engine with an extra cylinder, but another and cheaper solution is to reduce the
electrical power production of the shaft generator when running in the upper propulsion power range.
In choosing the latter solution, the required specified MCR power can be reduced from point M to point M as shown. Therefore,
when running in the upper propulsion power range, a diesel generator has to take over all or part of the electrical power production.
However, such a situation will seldom occur, as ships are rather infrequently running in the upper propulsion power range.
Point M, having the highest possible power, is then found at the intersection of line L1 L3 with line 1 and the corresponding load
diagram is drawn.
178 06 351.9
Fig. 2.04.07: Special running conditions. Engine coupled to a fixed pitch propeller (FPP) and with a shaft generator

MAN Diesel 198 69 93-5.2
MAN B&W 2.04
Page 9 of 9
Example 4: Engine coupled to controllable pitch propeller (CPP) with or without shaft generator
Power
7
Layout diagram with shaft generator
5
3.3%M 5%M The hatched area shows the recommended speed
4 L1 range between 100% and 96.7% of the specified
1 2 6 MCR speed for an engine with shaft generator
running at constant speed.
L3 5
M
7 The service point S can be located at any point
5%L1 within the hatched area.
S
4 1
L2 The procedure shown in examples 2 and 3 for
engines with FPP can also be applied here for en-
3
gines with CPP running with a combinator curve.
L4 Load diagram
Therefore, when the engines specified MCR point
Min. speed Max. speed
(M) has been chosen including engine margin, sea
Combinator curve for Recommended range for margin and the power for a shaft generator, if in-
loaded ship and incl. shaft generator operation
sea margin with constant speed stalled, point M may be used in the load diagram,
which can then be drawn.
Engine speed
M Specified MCR of engine The position of the combinator curve ensures the
S Continous service rating of engine maximum load range within the permitted speed
range for engine operation, and it still leaves a
178 39 314.5 reasonable margin to the limit indicated by curves
4 and 5.
Fig. 2.04.08: Engine with Controllable Pitch Propeller
(CPP), with or without a shaft generator
Layout diagram without shaft generator

If a controllable pitch propeller (CPP) is applied,
the combinator curve (of the propeller) will nor-
mally be selected for loaded ship including sea
margin.
The combinator curve may for a given propeller

speed have a given propeller pitch, and this may
be heavy running in heavy weather like for a fixed
pitch propeller.
Therefore it is recommended to use a light run-

ning combinator curve (the dotted curve which
includes the sea power margin) as shown in the
figure to obtain an increased operation margin of
the diesel engine in heavy weather to the limit indi-
cated by curves 4 and 5.

MAN Diesel 198 69 93-5.2
MAN B&W 2.05
Page 1 of 1
Diagram for actual project
This figure contains a layout diagram that can

be used for constructing the load diagram for an
actual project, using the %figures stated and the
inclinations of the lines.
3.3%A 5%A
7 A
5 7
5
4 5
1 2 6
Power, % of L 1
110%
100%
L1
90% L3
5%L1
80%
L2
70% L4
60%
50%
40%
70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110%
Engine speed, % of L 1
178 62 36-9.0
Fig. 2.05.01: Construction of layout diagram
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2, K80ME-C9.2-TII

MAN Diesel 198 83 32-1.0
MAN B&W 2.06
Page of 1
Specific Fuel Oil Consumption, ME versus MC engines
This section is not applicable
MAN Diesel 198 53 10-1.0

MAN B&W 2.07
Page 1 of 1
SFOC for High Efficiency Turbochargers
All engines types 50 bore and above are as stan-

dard fitted with high efficiency turbochargers, For standard high load optimised ME/ME-C
option: 4 59 104. engines the lowest SFOC at part-load running
may be obtained at 70% of the specified MCR.
The high efficiency turbocharger is applied to
the engine in the basic design with the view to For more information visit: www.mandieselturbo.
obtaining the lowest possible Specific Fuel Oil com Products Marine Engines & Systems
Consumption (SFOC) values, see example in Low Speed Turbocharger Selection.
Fig. 2.07.01.
SFOC
g/kWh
+2
High efficiency turbocharger
2
4
50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Engine power, % of specified MCR
178 60 95-4.3
Fig. 2.07.01: Example of part load SFOC curves for high efficiency turbochargers
MAN B&W ME/ME-C/-GI-TII engines

MAN Diesel 198 70 17-7.3
MAN B&W 2.08
Page 1 of 2
SFOC reference conditions and guarantee
SFOC at reference conditions All engine design criteria, e.g. heat load, bearing
load and mechanical stresses on the construc-
The SFOC is given in g/kWh based on tion are defined at 100% load independent of the
the reference ambient conditions stated in guarantee point selected. This means that turbo-
ISO 3046-1:2002(E) and ISO 15550:2002(E): charger matching, engine adjustment and engine
load calibration must also be performed at 100%
1,000 mbar ambient air pressure independent of guarantee point. At 100% load,
25 C ambient air temperature the SFOC tolerance is 5%.
25 C scavenge air coolant temperature
When choosing an SFOC guarantee below 100%,
and is related to a fuel oil with a lower calorific the tolerances, which were previously compensat-
value of 42,700 kJ/kg (~10,200 kcal/kg). ed for by the matching, adjustment and calibration
at 100%, will affect engine running at the lower
Any discrepancies between g/kWh and g/BHPh SFOC guarantee load point. This includes toler-
are due to the rounding of numbers for the latter. ances on measurement equipment, engine proc-
ess control and turbocharger performance.
For lower calorific values and for ambient condi-
tions that are different from the ISO reference Consequently, SFOC guarantee tolerances are:
conditions, the SFOC will be adjusted according
to the conversion factors in the table below. 100% 85%: 5% tolerance
84% 65%: 6% tolerance
With Without 64% 50%: 7% tolerance
pmax pmax
adjusted adjusted
Condition SFOC SFOC
Please note that the SFOC guarantee can only be
Parameter change change change given in one (1) load point.
Scav. air coolant
per 10 C rise + 0.60% + 0.41%
temperature
Blower inlet tem- Recommended cooling water temperature
per 10 C rise + 0.20% + 0.71%
perature during normal operation
Blower inlet per 10 mbar
0.02% 0.05%
pressure rise In general, it is recommended to operate the main
Fuel oil lower rise 1% engine with the lowest possible cooling water
1.00% 1.00%
calorific value (42,700 kJ/kg) temperature to the air coolers, as this will reduce
the fuel consumption of the engine, i.e. the engine
With for instance 1 C increase of the scavenge performance will be improved.
air coolant temperature, a corresponding 1 C in-
crease of the scavenge air temperature will occur However, shipyards often specify a constant
and involves an SFOC increase of 0.06% if pmax is (maximum) central cooling water temperature of
adjusted to the same value. 36 C, not only for tropical ambient temperature
conditions, but also for lower ambient temperature
conditions. The purpose is probably to reduce the
SFOC guarantee electric power consumption of the cooling water
pumps and/or to reduce water condensation in
The Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) has the air coolers.
increased the focus on part- load SFOC. We
therefore offer the option of selecting the SFOC Thus, when operating with 36 C cooling water
guarantee at a load point in the range between instead of for example 10 C (to the air coolers),
50% and 100%, EoD: 4 02 002. the specific fuel oil consumption will increase by
approx. 2 g/kWh.
MAN B&W TII .2 engines: S90ME-C,

80-46ME-C/ME-B/-GI, 70-46MC-C MAN Diesel 198 83 41-6.0
MAN B&W TII .1 engines: K98ME/ME-C7

MAN B&W 2.08
Page 2 of 2
Examples of Graphic Calculation of SFOC
The examples shown in Fig. 2.09 and 2.10 are

valid for a standard high-load optimised engine.
The following Diagrams a, b and c, valid for fixed

pitch propeller (b) and constant speed (c), respec-
tively, show the reduction of SFOC in g/kWh, rela-
tive to the SFOC for the nominal MCR L1 rating.
The solid lines are valid at 100%, 70% and 50% of

SMCR point M.
Point M is drawn into the abovementioned Dia-

grams b or c. A straight line along the constant
mep curves (parallel to L1L3) is drawn through
point M. The intersections of this line and the
curves indicate the reduction in specific fuel oil
consumption at 100, 70 and 50% of the SMCR
point M, related to the SFOC stated for the nomi-
nal MCR L1 rating.
An example of the calculated SFOC curves are

shown in Diagram a, and is valid for an engine
with fixed pitch propeller, see Fig. 2.10.01.
For examples based on part-load and low-load

optimised engines, please refer to our publication:
SFOC Optimisation Methods

For MAN B&W Two-stroke IMO Tier II Engines
which is available at www.mandieselturbo.com

under Products Marine Engines & Systems
Low Speed Technical Papers.
SFOC calculations can be made in the CEAS ap-

plication, see Section 20.02.

MAN Diesel 198 82 79-4.1
MAN B&W 2.09
Page 1 of 2
SFOC Calculations for S90ME-C9.2

Valid for standard high-load optimised engine
Data at nominel MCR (L1) SFOC at nominal MCR (L1)
High efficiency TC
Engine kW r/min g/kWh
5 S90ME-C9.2 29,050
6 S90ME-C9.2 34,860
7 S90ME-C9.2 40,670
8 S90ME-C9.2 46,480
9 S90ME-C9.2 52,290 84 167
10 S90ME-C9.2 58,100
11 S90ME-C9.2 63,910
12 S90ME-C9.2 69,720
14 S90ME-C9.2 81,340
Data SMCR point (M): Diagram a

SFOC SFOC
cyl. No. g/kWh Part Load SFOC curve g/kWh
+4
Power: 100% of (O) kW
+3 170
Speed: 100% of (O) r/min
+2
SFOC found: g/kWh
+1
0 Nominal SFOC 167
2 165
7 160
10
11
12 155
13
14
15
16
40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% 110%
% of SMCR
178 62 19-1.0
Fig. 2.09.01
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 82 51-7.0
MAN B&W 2.09
Page 2 of 2
SFOC for S90ME-C9.2 with fixed pitch propeller
Power, % of L1
=0.15 lines
ship speed
=0.20 Constant 100%
=0.25 =0.30
90%
Diagram b 80%
L1
a l in
min
e no SMC
R mep
o th % 10 0% 70%
ive t 10 0 6
5
hr elat 2 3
4 95%
1
g / kW R 0 9 0%
FO C in 70%
S MC
10
of S 9 85% 60%
n 8
u c ti o 5
6 7
80%
Re d
R
SMC 4
50% 5
4
3
2
1 50%
Nominal propeller curve
40%
75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105%
Speed, % of L1
178 62 14-2.0
Fig. 2.09.02
SFOC for S90ME-C9.2 with constant speed
Power, % of L1
=0.15 lines
ship speed
=0.20 Constant 100%
=0.25 =0.30
90%
80%
Diagram c L1
a l in
min
e no SMC
R mep
o th % 10 0% 70%
ive t 10 0 6
5
t 4
h re la 2
3 95%
g / kW R 0
1 9 0%
FO C in 70%
S MC
10
n of S 8
9 85% 60%
u c ti o 5
6 7
80%
Re d SMC
R
4
50% 4
3
1 2
0 50%
40%
75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105%
Speed, % of L1
178 62 15-4.0
Fig. 2.09.03
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 82 51-7.0
MAN B&W 2.10
Page 1 of 2
SFOC calculations, example
Valid for standard high-load optimised engine

Data at nominel MCR (L1): 6S90ME-C9.2
Power 100% 34,860 kW
Speed 100% 84 r/min
Nominal SFOC:
High efficiency turbocharger 167 g/kWh
Example of specified MCR = M

Power 31,374 kW (90% L1)
Speed 79.8 r/min (95% L1)
Turbocharger type High efficiency
SFOC found in M 165.4 g/kWh
The SMCR point M used in the above example for the

SFOC calculations:
M = 90% L1 power and 95% L1 speed

MAN Diesel 198 82 52-9.0
MAN B&W 2.10
Page 2 of 2
Power, % of L1
=0.15 lines
ship speed
=0.20 Constant 100%
=0.25 =0.30
90% 90%
Diagram b 80%
in L1
m ina l
e no mep
R
SMC
et o th 10 0
%
5
6 10 0% 70%
re l a tiv 3
4 95%
kWh
2
/ 1
in g MC
R 0 9 0%
S
fS FO C 70% 9
10 85% 60%
ti on o 6
7
8
uc 5 80%
Re d SM CR
4
50% 5
4
3
2 50%
1
40%
75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105%
95%
Speed, % of L1
178 62 16-6.0
The reductions, see diagram b, in g/kWh compared to Diagram a

SFOC in L1: SFOC SFOC
g/kWh Part Load SFOC curve g/kWh
SFOC SFOC
Part load points +6
g/kWh g/kWh
+5
1 100% M -1.6 165.4 +4
2 70% M -5.6 161.4 +3 170
3 50% M -2.6 164.4 +2
+1
0 Nominal SFOC 167
2 165
3
4
5
6
7 160
8
9
10
11
30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% 110%
% of SMCR
178 62 17-8.0
Fig. 2.10.01: Example of SFOC for derated 6S90ME-C9.2 with fixed pitch propeller and high efficiency turbocharger

MAN Diesel 198 82 52-9.0
MAN B&W 2.11
Page 1 of 1
Fuel Consumption at an Arbitrary Load
Once the specified MCR (M) of the engine has The SFOC curve through points S2, on the left
been chosen, the specific fuel oil consumption at of point 1, is symmetrical about point 1, i.e. at
an arbitrary point S1, S2 or S3 can be estimated speeds lower than that of point 1, the SFOC will
based on the SFOC at point 1 and 2. also increase.
These SFOC values can be calculated by using The abovementioned method provides only an
the graphs for the relevant engine type for the approximate value. A more precise indication of
propeller curve I and for the constant speed curve the expected SFOC at any load can be calculated
II, giving the SFOC at points 1 and 2, respectively. by using our computer program. This is a service
which is available to our customers on request.
Next the SFOC for point S1 can be calculated as
an interpolation between the SFOC in points 1
and 2, and for point S3 as an extrapolation.
Power, % of M
110%
7 100%
1 2
90%
S2 S1 S3
4 3
80%
I II
70%
80% 90% 100% 110%

Speed, % of M
198 95 962.2
Fig. 2.11.01: SFOC at an arbitrary load
MAN B&W MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C/ME-B/-GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 38 43-4.5
MAN B&W 2.12
Page 1 of 1
Emission Control
This section has been moved to 3.03
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/MEC/ME-B/-GI TII engines

MAN Diesel 198 84 49-6.0
MAN B&W
Turbocharger Selection &

Exhaust Gas By-pass
3
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 3.01
Page 1 of 1
Turbocharger Selection
Updated turbocharger data based on the latest The engines are, as standard, equipped with as
information from the turbocharger makers are few turbochargers as possible, see Table 3.01.01.
available from the Turbocharger Selection
program on www.mandieselturbo.com under One more turbocharger can be applied, than the
Products Marine Engines & Systems Low number stated in the tables, if this is desirable due
Speed Turbocharger Selection. to space requirements, or for other reasons. Ad-
ditional costs are to be expected.
The data specified in the printed edition are valid
at the time of publishing. However, we recommend the Turbocharger Se-
lection program on the Internet, which can be
The MC/ME engines are designed for the applica- used to identify a list of applicable turbochargers
tion of either MAN, ABB or Mitsubishi (MHI) turbo- for a specific engine layout.
chargers.
For information about turbocharger arrangement
The turbocharger choice is made with a view to and cleaning systems, see Section 15.01.
obtaining the lowest possible Specific Fuel Oil
Consumption (SFOC) values at the nominal MCR
by applying high efficiency turbochargers.
High efficiency turbochargers for the S90ME-C9.2-TII engines L1 output

Cyl. MAN (TCA) ABB (A100) MHI (MET)
5 2 x TCA77-21 2 x A180-L35 2 x MET71MB
6 2 x TCA77-26 2 x A180-L37 2 x MET83MB
7 2 x TCA88-21 2 x A185-L37 2 x MET83MB
8 2 x TCA88-26 2 x A190-L37 2 x MET90MB
9 2 x TCA88-26 2 x A190-L37 2 x MET90MB
10 3 x TCA88-21 3 x A185-L37 3 x MET83MB
11 3 x TCA88-21 3 x A185-L37 3 x MET83MB
12 3 x TCA88-26 3 x A190-L37 3 x MET90MB
14 4 x TCA88-21 4 x A185-L37 4 x MET83MB
Table 3.01.01: High efficiency turbochargers

MAN Diesel 198 82 53-0.0
MAN B&W 3.02
Page 1 of 1
Climate Conditions and Exhaust Gas Bypass
Extreme ambient conditions Exhaust gas receiver with variable bypass

Option: 4 60 118
As mentioned in Chapter 1, the engine power
figures are valid for tropical conditions at sea Compensation for low ambient temperature can
level: 45 C air at 1,000 mbar and 32 C seawater, be obtained by using exhaust gas bypass system.
whereas the reference fuel consumption is given
at ISO conditions: 25 C air at 1,000 mbar and This arrangement ensures that only part of the
25 C charge air coolant temperature. exhaust gas goes via the turbine of the turbo-
charger, thus supplying less energy to the com-
Marine diesel engines are, however, exposed to pressor which, in turn, reduces the air supply to
greatly varying climatic temperatures winter and the engine.
summer in arctic as well as tropical areas. These
variations cause changes of the scavenge air Please note that if an exhaust gas bypass is ap-
pressure, the maximum combustion pressure, the plied the turbocharger size and specification has
exhaust gas amount and temperatures as well as to be determined by other means than stated in
the specific fuel oil consumption. this Chapter.
For further information about the possible coun-

termeasures, please refer to our publication titled:
Influence of Ambient Temperature Conditions
The publication is available at

Technical Papers.
Arctic running condition
For air inlet temperatures below 10 C the pre-

cautions to be taken depend very much on the
operating profile of the vessel. The following al-
ternative is one of the possible countermeasures.
The selection of countermeasures, however, must
be evaluated in each individual case.
MAN B&W 98-90MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C/-GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 56 29-0.3
MAN B&W 3.03
Page 1 of 2
Emission Control
IMO NOx emission limits 3050% NOx reduction
All ME, ME-B and ME-C/-GI engines are, as Water emulsification of the heavy fuel oil is a well
standard, delivered in compliance with the IMO proven primary method. The type of homogeni-
speed dependent NOx limit, measured accord- zer is either ultrasonic or mechanical, using water
ing to ISO 8178 Test Cycles E2/E3 for Heavy Duty from the freshwater generator and the water mist
Diesel Engines. These are referred to in the Extent catcher.
of Delivery as EoD: 4 06 060 Economy mode with
the options: 4 06 060a Engine test cycle E3 or 4 The pressure of the homogenised fuel has to be
06 060b Engine test cycle E2. increased to prevent the formation of steam and
cavitation. It may be necessary to modify some of
the engine components such as the fuel oil pres-
NOx reduction methods sure booster, fuel injection valves and the engine
control system.
The NOx content in the exhaust gas can be re-
duced with primary and/or secondary reduction
methods. Up to 9598% NOx reduction
Primary methods affect the combustion process This reduction can be achieved by means of
directly by reducing the maximum combustion secondary methods, such as the SCR (Selec-
temperature, whereas the secondary methods tive Catalytic Reduction), which involves an
reduce the emission level without changing the aftertreatment of the exhaust gas.
engine performance, using equipment that does
not form part of the engine itself. Plants designed according to this method have
been in service since 1990, using Haldor Topse
catalysts and ammonia as the reducing agent,
030% NOx reduction urea can also be used, see Fig. 3.03.01.
The ME engines can be delivered with several The SCR unit can be located separately in the
operation modes, options: 4 06 063 Port load, 4 engine room or horizontally on top of the engine.
06 064 Special emission, 4 06 065 Other emission The compact SCR reactor is mounted before
limit, and 4 06 066 Dual fuel. the turbocharger(s) in order to have the optimum
working temperature for the catalyst. However at-
These operation modes may include a Low NOx tention have to be given to the type of HFO to be
mode for operation in, for instance, areas with re- used.
striction in NOx emission.
For further information about emission control,
For further information on engine operation please refer to our publication:
modes, see Extent of Delivery.
Exhaust Gas Emission Control Today and Tomorrow
The publications are available at

Technical Papers.
MAN B&W ME/MEC/ME-B/-GI TII engines

MAN Diesel 198 84 47-2.0
MAN B&W 3.03
Page 2 of 2
NOx reduction by SCR This means that the SCR unit has to be located
before the turbocharger on twostroke engines
Selective Catalytic Reduction system for engine because of their high thermal efficiency and there-
Option: 4 60 135 by a relatively low exhaust gas temperature.
For 50 to 98% NOx reduction, the Selective Cata- The amount of ammonia injected into the exhaust
lytic Reduction (SCR) system can be applied. In gas is controlled by a process computer and is
this process, ammonia or urea are added to the ex- based on the NOx production at different loads
haust gas before it enters a catalytic converter. measured during the testbed running. Fig. 3.03.01.
The exhaust gas must be mixed with ammonia be- As the ammonia is a combustible gas, it is sup-
fore passing through the catalyst, and in order to plied through a doublewalled pipe system, with
encourage the chemical reaction the temperature appropriate venting and fitted with an ammonia
level has to be between 300 and 400 C. During leak detector (Fig. 3.03.01) which shows a simpli-
this process the NOx is reduced to N2 and water. fied system layout of the SCR installation.
Air
Process
computer
Ammonia
Evaporator tank
SCR reactor
Air intake Exhaust gas outlet

Air outlet
Deck
Support
Static mixer
NOx and O2 analysers
Air
Orifice High efficiency turbocharger
Preheating and sealing oil
Engine
198 99 271.0
Fig. 3.03.01: Layout of SCR system
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/MEC/ME-B/-GI TII engines

MAN Diesel 198 58 94-7.3
MAN B&W
Electricity Production

4
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 4.01
Page 1 of 6
Electricity Production
Introduction
Next to power for propulsion, electricity produc- The DMG/CFE (Direct Mounted Generator/Con-
tion is the largest fuel consumer on board. The stant Frequency Electrical) and the SMG/CFE
electricity is produced by using one or more of the (Shaft Mounted Generator/Constant Frequency
following types of machinery, either running alone Electrical) are special designs within the PTO/CFE
or in parrallel: group in which the generator is coupled directly to
the main engine crankshaft and the intermediate
Auxiliary diesel generating sets shaft, respectively, without a gear. The electrical
output of the generator is controlled by electrical
Main engine driven generators frequency control.
Exhaust gas- or steam driven turbo generator Within each PTO system, several designs are
utilising exhaust gas waste heat (Thermo Effi- available, depending on the positioning of the
ciency System) gear:
Emergency diesel generating sets. BW I:

Gear with a vertical generator mounted onto the
The machinery installed should be selected on the fore end of the diesel engine, without any con-
basis of an economic evaluation of first cost, ope- nections to the ship structure.
rating costs, and the demand for man-hours for
maintenance. BW II:
A freestanding gear mounted on the tank top
In the following, technical information is given re- and connected to the fore end of the diesel en-
garding main engine driven generators (PTO), dif- gine, with a vertical or horizontal generator.
ferent configurations with exhaust gas and steam
driven turbo generators, and the auxiliary diesel BW III:
generating sets produced by MAN Diesel. A crankshaft gear mounted onto the fore end of
the diesel engine, with a sidemounted genera-
tor without any connections to the ship struc-
Power Take Off ture.
With a generator coupled to a Power Take Off BW IV:

(PTO) from the main engine, electrical power A freestanding stepup gear connected to the
can be produced based on the main engines intermediate shaft, with a horizontal generator.
low SFOC and the use of heavy fuel oil. Several
standardised PTO systems are available, see Fig. The most popular of the gear based alternatives
4.01.01 and the designations in Fig. 4.01.02: are the BW III/RCF type for plants with a fixed
pitch propeller (FPP). The BW III/RCF requires no
PTO/RCF separate seating in the ship and only little atten-
(Power Take Off/Renk Constant Frequency): tion from the shipyard with respect to alignment.
Generator giving constant frequency, based on
mechanicalhydraulical speed control.
PTO/CFE
(Power Take Off/Constant Frequency Electrical):
Generator giving constant frequency, based on
electrical frequency control.
MAN B&W K98MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C6/7, S90ME-C9, S90MC-C/ME/ME-C7/8,

K90ME/ME-C9, K90MC-C/ME-C6, S80MC6, S80MC-C7/8, S80ME-C7/8/9,
K80ME-C9, K80MC-C/ME-C6
MAN Diesel 198 41 55-0.2
MAN B&W 4.01
Page 2 of 6
Total
Alternative types and layouts of shaft generators Design Seating efficiency (%)
1a 1b BW I/RCF On engine 8891

(vertical generator)
2a 2b BW II/RCF On tank top 8891

PTO/RCF
3a 3b BW III/RCF On engine 8891
4a 4b BW IV/RCF On tank top 8891
5a 5b DMG/CFE On engine 8488

PTO/CFE
6a 6b SMG/CFE On tank top 8488
178 57 12-1.0
Fig. 4.01.01: Types of PTO
MAN B&W K98MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C6/7, S90ME-C9, S90MC-C/ME/ME-C7/8,

K90ME/ME-C9, K90MC-C/ME-C6, S80MC6, S80MC-C7/8, S80ME-C7/8/9,
K80ME-C9, K80MC-C/ME-C6
MAN Diesel 198 41 55-0.2
MAN B&W 4.01
Page 3 of 6
Designation of PTO
For further information, please refer to our publi-

cation titled:
Shaft Generators for MC and ME engines

Technical Papers.
178 06 490.0
Power take off:
BW III S90MEC8/RCF 70060
50: 50 Hz
60: 60 Hz
kW on generator terminals
RCF: Renk constant frequency unit

CFE: Electrically frequency controlled unit
Mark version
Engine type on which it is applied
Layout of PTO: See Fig. 4.01.01
Make: MAN Diesel & Turbo/Renk
178 39 556.0
Fig. 4.01.02: Example of designation of PTO
MAN B&W K98ME/ME-C, S90ME-C, K90ME/ME-C,

S80ME-C, K80ME-C MAN Diesel 198 42 867.5
MAN B&W 4.01
Page 4 of 6
PTO/RCF
Side mounted generator, BWIII/RCF is bolted directly to the frame box of the main
(Fig. 4.01.01, Alternative 3) engine. The bearings of the three gear wheels
are mounted in the gear box so that the weight of
The PTO/RCF generator systems have been de- the wheels is not carried by the crankshaft. In the
veloped in close cooperation with the German frame box, between the crankcase and the gear
gear manufacturer RENK. A complete package drive, space is available for tuning wheel, counter-
solution is offered, comprising a flexible coupling, weights, axial vibration damper, etc.
a stepup gear, an epicyclic, variableratio gear
with builtin clutch, hydraulic pump and motor, The first gear wheel is connected to the crank-
and a standard generator, see Fig. 4.01.03. shaft via a special flexible coupling made in one
piece with a tooth coupling driving the crankshaft
For marine engines with controllable pitch pro- gear, thus isolating it against torsional and axial
pellers running at constant engine speed, the vibrations.
hydraulic system can be dispensed with, i.e. a
PTO/GCR design is normally used. By means of a simple arrangement, the shaft in
the crankshaft gear carrying the first gear wheel
Fig. 4.01.03 shows the principles of the PTO/RCF and the female part of the toothed coupling can
arrangement. As can be seen, a stepup gear box be moved forward, thus disconnecting the two
(called crankshaft gear) with three gear wheels parts of the toothed coupling.
Operating panel
in switchboard
Servo valve
Hydrostatic motor
Toothed
coupling Generator
RCFController
Hydrostatic pump
Annulus ring
Multidisc clutch Sun wheel
Planetary gear wheel
Toothed coupling
Crankshaft
Elastic damping coupling
Crankshaft gear
Toothed coupling
178 23 222.1
Fig. 4.01.03: Power take off with RENK constant frequency gear: BW III/RCF, option: 4 85 253
MAN B&W K98MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C, S90MC-C/ME-C,

K90MC-C/ME/ME-C, S80MC/MC-C/ME-C, K80MC-C/ME-C,
S70MC/MCC/ME-C/ME-GI, L70MCC/ME-C, S65ME-C/ME-GI,
MAN Diesel 198 43 000.2
S60MC/MC-C/ME-C/ME-GI/ME-B, L60MC-C/ME-C,
S50MC/MC-C/ME-C/ME-B
MAN B&W 4.01
Page 5 of 6
The power from the crankshaft gear is trans- Extent of delivery for BWIII/RCF units
ferred, via a multidisc clutch, to an epicyclic
variableratio gear and the generator. These are The delivery comprises a complete unit ready to
mounted on a common bedplate, bolted to brack- be builton to the main engine. Fig. 4.02.01 shows
ets integrated with the engine bedplate. the required space and the standard electrical
output range on the generator terminals.
The BWIII/RCF unit is an epicyclic gear with a
hydrostatic superposition drive. The hydrostatic Standard sizes of the crankshaft gears and the
input drives the annulus of the epicyclic gear in RCF units are designed for:
either direction of rotation, hence continuously 700, 1200, 1800 and 2600 kW, while the generator
varying the gearing ratio to keep the genera- sizes of make A. van Kaick are:
tor speed constant throughout an engine speed
variation of 30%. In the standard layout, this is 440 V 60 Hz 380 V 50 Hz
between 100% and 70% of the engine speed at Type
1800 r/min 1500 r/min
DSG
specified MCR, but it can be placed in a lower kVA kW kVA kW
range if required. 62 M24 707 566 627 501
62 L14 855 684 761 609
The input power to the gear is divided into two
62 L24 1,056 845 940 752
paths one mechanical and the other hydrostatic
74 M14 1,271 1,017 1,137 909
and the epicyclic differential combines the
power of the two paths and transmits the com- 74 M24 1,432 1,146 1,280 1,024
bined power to the output shaft, connected to the 74 L14 1,651 1,321 1,468 1,174
generator. The gear is equipped with a hydrostatic 74 L24 1,924 1,539 1,709 1,368
motor driven by a pump, and controlled by an 86 K14 1,942 1,554 1,844 1,475
electronic control unit. This keeps the generator 86 M14 2,345 1,876 2,148 1,718
speed constant during single running as well as 86 L24 2,792 2,234 2,542 2,033
when running in parallel with other generators. 99 K14 3,222 2,578 2,989 2,391
178 34 893.1
The multidisc clutch, integrated into the gear in-
put shaft, permits the engaging and disengaging In the event that a larger generator is required,
of the epicyclic gear, and thus the generator, from please contact MAN Diesel & Turbo.
the main engine during operation.
If a main engine speed other than the nominal is
An electronic control system with a RENK control- required as a basis for the PTO operation, it must
ler ensures that the control signals to the main be taken into consideration when determining the
electrical switchboard are identical to those for ratio of the crankshaft gear. However, it has no
the normal auxiliary generator sets. This applies influence on the space required for the gears and
to ships with automatic synchronising and load the generator.
sharing, as well as to ships with manual switch-
board operation. The PTO can be operated as a motor (PTI) as well
as a generator by making some minor modifica-
Internal control circuits and interlocking functions tions.
between the epicyclic gear and the electronic
control box provide automatic control of the func-
tions necessary for the reliable operation and
protection of the BWIII/RCF unit. If any monitored
value exceeds the normal operation limits, a warn-
ing or an alarm is given depending upon the ori-
gin, severity and the extent of deviation from the
permissible values. The cause of a warning or an
alarm is shown on a digital display.

MAN Diesel 198 43 000.2
MAN B&W 4.01
Page 6 of 6
Yard deliveries are: Additional capacities required for BWIII/RCF
1. Cooling water pipes to the builton lubricating The capacities stated in the List of capacities for
oil cooling system, including the valves. the main engine in question are to be increased
by the additional capacities for the crankshaft
2. Electrical power supply to the lubricating oil gear and the RCF gear stated in Fig. 4.03.02.
standby pump built on to the RCF unit.
3. Wiring between the generator and the operator

control panel in the switchboard.
4. An external permanent lubricating oil fillingup

connection can be established in connection
with the RCF unit. The system is shown in Fig.
4.03.03 Lubricating oil system for RCF gear.
The dosage tank and the pertaining piping
are to be delivered by the yard. The size of the
dosage tank is stated in the table for RCF gear
in Necessary capacities for PTO/RCF (Fig.
4.03.02).
The necessary preparations to be made on

the engine are specified in Figs. 4.03.01a and
4.03.01b.

MAN Diesel 198 43 000.2
MAN B&W 4.02
Page 1 of 1
D H G S
A
F
B
178 36 29-6.1
kW generator
700 kW 1200 kW 1800 kW 2600 kW
A 3,610 3,610 3,750 3,750
B 623 623 623 623
C 4,270 4,270 4,550 4,550
D 4,560 4,560 4,840 4,840
F 1,673 1,793 1,913 2,023
G 3,029 3,029 3,389 3,389
H 1,449 1,951 2,326 3,656
S 430 530 620 710
System mass (kg) with generator:
36,250 41,500 55,100 71,550
System mass (kg) without generator:
34,250 38,850 50,800 66,350
The stated kW at the generator terminals is available between 70% and 100% of the engine speed at specified MCR
Space requirements have to be investigated case by case on plants with 2600 kW generator.
Dimension H: This is only valid for A. van Kaick generator type DSG, enclosure IP23,
frequency = 60 Hz, speed = 1800 r/min
Fig. 4.02.01: Space requirement for side mounted generator PTO/RCF type BWlll S90C/RCF
MAN B&W S90ME-C9

MAN Diesel 198 82 90-0.0
MAN B&W 4.03
Page 1 of 6
Engine preparations for PTO
3 4 5
2
9
2
15
19
8
13
2
14 18
11
12 10 21 6
17 20
Toothed coupling
Alternator
22
Bedframe
RCFgear
(if ordered)
16
Crankshaft gear
Fig. 4.03.01a: Engine preparations for PTO 178 57 15-7.0

MAN Diesel 198 43 156.2
MAN B&W 4.03
Page 2 of 6
Pos.
1 Special face on bedplate and frame box
2 Ribs and brackets for supporting the face and machined blocks for alignment of gear or stator housing
3 Machined washers placed on frame box part of face to ensure that it is flush with the face on the bedplate
4 Rubber gasket placed on frame box part of face
5 Shim placed on frame box part of face to ensure that it is flush with the face of the bedplate
6 Distance tubes and long bolts
7 Threaded hole size, number and size of spring pins and bolts to be made in agreement with PTO maker
8 Flange of crankshaft, normally the standard execution can be used
9 Studs and nuts for crankshaft flange
10 Free flange end at lubricating oil inlet pipe (incl. blank flange)
11 Oil outlet flange welded to bedplate (incl. blank flange)
12 Face for brackets
13 Brackets
14 Studs for mounting the brackets
15 Studs, nuts and shims for mounting of RCF/generator unit on the brackets
16 Shims, studs and nuts for connection between crankshaft gear and RCF/generator unit
17 Engine cover with connecting bolts to bedplate/frame box to be used for shop test without PTO
18 Intermediate shaft between crankshaft and PTO
19 Oil sealing for intermediate shaft
20 Engine cover with hole for intermediate shaft and connecting bolts to bedplate/frame box
21 Plug box for electronic measuring instrument for checking condition of axial vibration damper
22 Tacho encoder for ME control system or Alpha lubrication system on MC engine
23 Tacho trigger ring for ME control system or Alpha lubrication system on MC engine
Pos. no: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
BWIII/RCF A A A A B A B A A A A A B B A A A
BWIII/CFE A A A A B A B A A A A A B B A A A
BWII/RCF A A A A A A A
BWII/CFE A A A A A A A
BWI/RCF A A A A B A B A A A
BWI/CFE A A A A B A B A A A A A
DMG/CFE A A A B C A B A A A
A: Preparations to be carried out by engine builder
B: Parts supplied by PTOmaker
C: See text of pos. no.
178 89 342.0
Fig. 4.03.01b: Engine preparations for PTO

MAN Diesel 198 43 156.2
MAN B&W 4.03
Page 3 of 6
Crankshaft gear lubricated from the main engine lubricating oil system
The figures are to be added to the main engine capacity list:
Nominal output of generator kW 700 1,200 1,800 2,600
Lubricating oil flow m /h
3
4.1 4.1 4.9 6.2
Heat dissipation kW 12.1 20.8 31.1 45.0
RCF gear with separate lubricating oil system:

Nominal output of generator kW 700 1,200 1,800 2,600
Cooling water quantity m3/h 14.1 22.1 30.0 39.0
Heat dissipation kW 55 92 134 180
El. power for oil pump kW 11.0 15.0 18.0 21.0
Dosage tank capacity m 3
0.40 0.51 0.69 0.95
El. power for Renkcontroller 24V DC 10%, 8 amp
From main engine: Cooling water inlet temperature: 36 C

Design lube oil pressure: 2.25 bar Pressure drop across cooler: approximately 0.5 bar
Lube oil pressure at crankshaft gear: min. 1 bar Fill pipe for lube oil system store tank (~32)
Lube oil working temperature: 50 C Drain pipe to lube oil system drain tank (~40)
Lube oil type: SAE 30 Electric cable between Renk terminal at gearbox
and operator control panel in switchboard: Cable
type FMGCG 19 x 2 x 0.5
178 33 850.0
Fig. 4.03.02: Necessary capacities for PTO/RCF, BW III/RCF system
Deck
Filling pipe
The dimensions
of dosage tank
depend on actual
type of gear Engine
oil
To main engine
Main
engine DR
DS
S S The letters refer to the List of flanges,
C/D C/D which will be extended by the engine builder,
when PTO systems are built on the main engine
From purifier
To purifier
Lube oil
bottom tank
178 25 235.0
Fig. 4.03.03: Lubricating oil system for RCF gear

MAN Diesel 198 43 156.2
MAN B&W 4.03
Page 4 of 6
DMG/CFE Generators
Option: 4 85 259
Fig. 4.01.01 alternative 5, shows the DMG/CFE For generators in the normal output range, the
(Direct Mounted Generator/Constant Frequency mass of the rotor can normally be carried by the
Electrical) which is a low speed generator with foremost main bearing without exceeding the per-
its rotor mounted directly on the crankshaft and missible bearing load (see Fig. 4.03.05), but this
its stator bolted on to the frame box as shown in must be checked by the engine manufacturer in
Figs. 4.03.04 and 4.03.05. each case.
The DMG/CFE is separated from the crankcase If the permissible load on the foremost main bear-
by a plate and a labyrinth stuffing box. ing is exceeded, e.g. because a tuning wheel
is needed, this does not preclude the use of a
The DMG/CFE system has been developed in co- DMG/CFE.
operation with the German generator manufactur-
ers Siemens and AEG, but similar types of gene-
rator can be supplied by others, e.g. Fuji, Taiyo
and Nishishiba in Japan.
Static frequency converter system
Cubicles:
Distributor
Synchronous To switchboard
condenser Converter
Excitation
Control
Cooler
Oil seal cover

Support
bearing
Rotor
Stator housing
178 06 733.1
Fig. 4.03.04: Standard engine, with direct mounted generator (DMG/CFE)

MAN Diesel 198 43 156.2
MAN B&W 4.03
Page 5 of 6
Stator shell Stator shell
Stuffing box Stuffing box
Crankshaft Crankshaft
Air cooler Air cooler
Support
bearing
Pole wheel
Main bearing No. 1 Main bearing No. 1
Pole wheel
Tuning wheel
Standard engine, with direct Standard engine, with direct mounted

mounted generator (DMG/CFE) generator and tuning wheel
178 06 637.1
Fig. 4.03.05: Standard engine, with direct mounted generator and tuning wheel
Mains, constant frequency
Synchronous
condenser
Excitation converter
DMG
Smoothing reactor
Diesel engine Static converter
178 56 553.1
Fig. 4.03.06: Diagram of DMG/CFE with static converter

MAN Diesel 198 43 156.2
MAN B&W 4.03
Page 6 of 6
In such a case, the problem is solved by installing Yard deliveries are:

a small, elastically supported bearing in front of
the stator housing, as shown in Fig. 4.03.05. 1. Installation, i.e. seating in the ship for the syn-
chronous condenser unit and for the static
As the DMG type is directly connected to the converter cubicles
crankshaft, it has a very low rotational speed and,
consequently, the electric output current has a 2. Cooling water pipes to the generator if water
low frequency normally of the order of 15 Hz. cooling is applied
Therefore, it is necessary to use a static fre- 3. Cabling.

quency converter between the DMG and the main
switchboard. The DMG/CFE is, as standard, laid The necessary preparations to be made on
out for operation with full output between 100% the engine are specified in Figs. 4.03.01a and
and 70% and with reduced output between 70% 4.03.01b.
and 50% of the engine speed at specified MCR.
SMG/CFE Generators
Static converter
The PTO SMG/CFE (see Fig. 4.01.01 alternative 6)
The static frequency converter system (see Fig. has the same working principle as the PTO DMG/
4.03.06) consists of a static part, i.e. thyristors and CFE, but instead of being located on the front end
control equipment, and a rotary electric machine. of the engine, the alternator is installed aft of the
engine, with the rotor integrated on the intermedi-
The DMG produces a threephase alternating ate shaft.
current with a low frequency, which varies in ac-
cordance with the main engine speed. This alter- In addition to the yard deliveries mentioned for the
nating current is rectified and led to a thyristor in- PTO DMG/CFE, the shipyard must also provide
verter producing a threephase alternating current the foundation for the stator housing in the case
with constant frequency. of the PTO SMG/CFE.
Since the frequency converter system uses a DC The engine needs no preparation for the installa-
intermediate link, no reactive power can be sup- tion of this PTO system.
plied to the electric mains. To supply this reactive
power, a synchronous condenser is used. The
synchronous condenser consists of an ordinary
synchronous generator coupled to the electric
mains.
Extent of delivery for DMG/CFE units
The delivery extent is a generator fully builton

to the main engine including the synchronous
condenser unit and the static converter cubicles
which are to be installed in the engine room.
The DMG/CFE can, with a small modification,

be operated both as a generator and as a motor
(PTI).

MAN Diesel 198 43 156.2
MAN B&W 4.04
Page of 1
PTO/BW GCR
MAN Diesel 198 47 58-9.0

MAN B&W 4.05
Page 1 of 9
Waste Heat Recovery Systems (WHR)
Due to the increasing fuel prices seen from 2004 The PTG system will produce power equivalent to
and onwards many shipowners have shown inter- approx. 4% of the main engine SMCR, when the
est in efficiency improvements of the power sys- engine is running at SMCR. For the STG system
tems on board their ships. A modern two-stroke this value is between 5 and 7% depending on
diesel engine has one of the highest thermal effi- the system installed. When combining the two
ciencies of todays power systems, but even this systems, a power output equivalent to 10% of the
high efficiency can be improved by combining the main engines SMCR is possible, when the engine
diesel engine with other power systems. is running at SMCR.
One of the possibilities for improving the effi- As the electrical power produced by the system
ciency is to install one or more systems utilising needs to be used on board the ship, specifying
some of the energy in the exhaust gas after the the correct size system for a specific project must
two-stroke engine, which in MAN Diesel & Turbo be considered carefully. In cases where the elec-
terms is designated as WHR (Waste Heat Recov- trical power consumption on board the ship is
ery Systems). low, a smaller system than possible for the engine
type may be considered. Another possibility is to
WHR can be divided into different types of sub- install a shaft generator/motor to absorb excess
systems, depending on how the system utilises power produced by the WHR. The main engine
the exhaust gas energy. Choosing the right sys- will then be unloaded, or it will be possible to in-
tem for a specific project depends on the electric- crease the speed of the ship, without penalising
ity demand on board the ship and the acceptable the fuelbill.
first cost for the complete installation. MAN Diesel
& Turbo uses the following designations for the Because the energy from WHR is taken from
current systems on the market: the exhaust gas of the main engine, this power
produced can be considered as free. In reality,
PTG (Power Turbine Generator): the main engine SFOC will increase slightly, but
An exhaust gas driven turbine connected to a the gain in electricity production on board the
generator via a gearbox. ship will far surpass this increase in SFOC. As an
example, the SFOC of the combined output of
STG (Steam Turbine Generator): both the engine and the system with power and
A steam driven turbine connected to a generator steam turbine can be calculated to be as low as
via a gearbox. The steam is produced in a large 155 g/kWh (ref. LCV 42,700 kJ/kg).
exhaust gas driven boiler installed on the main
engine exhaust gas piping system.
Combined Turbines:
A combination of the two first systems. The ar-
rangement is often that the power turbine is
connected to the steam turbine via a gearbox
and the steam turbine is further connected to a
large generator, which absorbs the power from
both turbines.
MAN B&W S90MC-C7/8, S90ME-C7/8/9,

K90ME9, K90MC-C/ME-C6 MAN Diesel 198 57 98-9.3
MAN B&W 4.05
Page 2 of 9
Power Turbine Generator (PTG)
The power turbines of today are based on the dif- The performance of the PTG and the main engine
ferent turbocharger suppliers newest designs of will depend on a careful matching of the engine
high-efficiency turbochargers, i.e. MAN Diesel & turbochargers and the power turbine, for which
Turbos TCA, ABBs TPL and Mitsubishis MA tur- reason the turbocharger/s and the power turbine
bochargers. need to be from the same manufacturer. In Fig.
4.05.01, a simple diagram of the PTG arrangement
The power turbine basically is the turbine side of is shown. The quick-opening and quick-closing
a normal high-efficient turbocharger with some valves are used in the event of a blackout of the
modifications to the bearings and the turbine grid, in which case the exhaust gas will bypass
shaft. This is in order to be able to connect it to the power turbine.
a gearbox instead of the normal connection to
the compressor side. The power turbine will be The newest generation of high-efficiency turbo-
installed on a separate exhaust gas pipe from the chargers allows bypassing of some of the main
exhaust gas receiver, which bypasses the turbo- engine exhaust gas, thereby creating a new bal-
chargers. ance of the air flow through the engine. In this
way, it is possible to extract power from the power
turbine equivalent to 4% of the main engines
SMCR, when the engine is running at SMCR.
Pipe Main
switchboard
Electrical wiring To funnel
Gen.Set
Gen.Set
Quick
closing
valve
Power
turbine
Quick
opening
valve
Gearbox
Exhaust gas receiver

Butterfly Quick
valve closing
valve
Main engine
Shaft
generator/
motor
Converter
178 57 09-8.0
Fig. 4.05.01: PTG diagram
MAN B&W S90MC-C7/8, S90ME-C7/8/9,

MAN B&W 4.05
Page 3 of 9
Maintenance space
5 5.5 m 2.5 3 m
Reduction gear
Power turbine Generator
2.5 m
Width: 2 2.5 m
178 56 93-9.0
Fig. 4.05.02: The size of a 2,000 kW PTG system depending on the supplier
MAN B&W S90MC-C7/8, S90ME-C7/8/9,

MAN B&W 4.05
Page 4 of 9
Steam Turbine Generator (STG)
In most cases the exhaust gas pipe system of The extra steam produced in the boiler can be
the main engine is equipped with a boiler system. utilised in a steam turbine, which can be used to
With this boiler, some of the energy in the exhaust drive a generator for power production on board
gas is utilised to produce steam for use on board the ship. An STG system could be arranged as
the ship. shown in Fig. 4.05.04, where a typical system size
is shown with the outline dimensions.
If the engine is WHR matched, the exhaust gas
temperature will be between 50C and 65C higher The steam turbine can either be a single or dual
than on a conventional engine, which makes it pressure turbine, depending on the size of the
possible to install a larger boiler system and, there- system. Steam pressure for a single pressure sys-
by, produce more steam. In short, MAN Diesel & tem is 7 to 10 bara, and for the dual pressure sys-
Turbo designates this system STG. Fig. 4.05.03 tem the high-pressure cycle will be 9 to 10 bara
shows an example of the arrangement of STG. and the low-pressure cycle will be 4 to 5 bara.
For WHR matching the engine, a bypass is in-

stalled to increase the temperature of the exhaust
gas and improve the boiler output.
To funnel
Pipe
Electrical wiring
LP steam Main switchboard
Steam
Economiser Gen.Set
HP steam Gen.Set
Gen.Set
Steam
regulating
valve Steam
turbine
Butterfly
Valve Gearbox
Main engine To economiser

Cooling
Condenser Water
Shaft Scavenge
Feedwater
Generator/ air cooler pump
Motor Hotwell
Converter
178 56 96-4.0
Fig. 4.05.03: Steam diagram
MAN B&W S90MC-C7/8, S90ME-C7/8/9,

MAN B&W 4.05
Page 5 of 9
Maintenance space
79m 34m
Steam turbine Reduction gear Generator
Overhaul height
4.8 5.1 m
Expansion joint Condenser
56m
Condensate pump
Maintenance space
approx. 7 8 m 4.5 5m
Width: 2.8 3.3 m
178 57 00-1.0
Fig. 4.05.04: Typical system size for 3.000 kW STG system
MAN B&W S90MC-C7/8, S90ME-C7/8/9,

MAN B&W 4.05
Page 6 of 9
Combined Turbines
Because the installation of the power turbine also For marine installations the power turbine is, in
will result in an increase of the exhaust gas tem- most cases, connected to the steam turbine via a
perature after the turbochargers, it is possible to gearbox, and the steam turbine is then connected
install both the power turbine, the larger boiler to the generator. It is also possible to have a gen-
and steam turbine on the same engine. This way, erator with connections in both ends, and then
the energy from the exhaust gas is utilised in the connect the power turbine in one end and the
best way possible by todays components. steam turbine in the other. In both cases control of
one generator only is needed.
When looking at the system with both power and
steam turbine, quite often the power turbine and For dimensions of a typical system see
the steam turbine are connected to the same Fig. 4.05.06.
generator. In some cases, it is also possible to
have each turbine on a separate generator. This As mentioned, the systems with steam turbines
is, however, mostly seen on stationary engines, require a larger boiler to be installed. The size
where the frequency control is simpler because of of the boiler system will be roughly three to four
the large grid to which the generator is coupled. times the size of an ordinary boiler system, but
the actual boiler size has to be calculated from
case to case.
To funnel
Pipe Main switchboard
Electrical wiring Gen.Set

LP steam
Steam
Economiser
Gen.Set
HP steam
Steam
Quick closing valve regulating
valve
Power Steam
Quick turbine turbine
Opening Gearbox
Valve
Gearbox
Butterfly Quick
valve closing
Main engine valve
To economiser Condenser Cooling
water
Shaft Scavenge Feedwater

generator/ air cooler pump
motor Hotwell
Converter
178 57 03-7.1
Fig. 4.05.05: Combined turbines diagram
MAN B&W S90MC-C7/8, S90ME-C7/8/9,

MAN B&W 4.05
Page 7 of 9
Maintenance space
10 12 m 34m
Reduction gear
Power turbine Steam turbine Reduction gear Generator
Overhaul height
4.8 5.1 m
Expansion joint Condenser
56m
Condensate pump
Maintenance space
67m 4.5 5.5 m
Width: 2.8 3.3 m
178 57 06-2.0
Fig. 4.05.06: Typical system size for 4,000 kW combined turbines
MAN B&W S90MC-C7/8, S90ME-C7/8/9,

MAN B&W 4.05
Page 8 of 9
WHR output
Because all the components come from different Detailed information on the different systems is
manufacturers, the final output and the system found in our paper Thermo Efficiency System,
efficiency has to be calculated from case to case. where the different systems are described in
However, Table. 4.05.07 shows a guidance of pos- greater detail. The paper is available at: www.
sible outputs based on theoretically calculated mandieselturbo.com under Quicklinks Marine
outputs from the system. Engines & Systems Low Speed Technical
Papers, from where it can be downloaded.
Guidance output of WHR for S90ME-C9 engine rated in L1 at ISO conditions

Engine power PTG STG Combined Turbines
Cyl.
% SMCR kWe kWe kWe
100 1,052 1,453 2,388
5
80 668 1,092 1,589
100 1,269 1,862 2,879
6
80 816 1,325 1,921
100 1,489 2,188 3,376
7
80 968 1,562 2,257
100 1,710 2,519 3,876
8
80 1,125 1,803 2,598
100 1,945 2,855 4,382
9
80 1,362 2,056 2,980
100 2,185 3,196 4,939
10
80 1,529 2,301 3,358
100 2,429 3,541 5,880
11
80 1,700 2,549 3,998
100 2,677 3,890 6,554
12
80 1,874 2,801 4,457
100 3,189 4,604 8,215
14
80 2,232 3,453 5,586
Table 4.05.07: Theoretically calculated outputs
MAN B&W S90ME-C9

MAN Diesel 198 82 89-0.0
MAN B&W 4.05
Page 9 of 9
Waste Heat Recovery Element and Safety Valve
The boiler water or steam for power generator is Safety valve and blow-off
preheated in the Waste Heat Recovery (WHR) ele-
ment, also called the first-stage air cooler. In normal operation, the temperature and pressure
of the WHR element is in the range of 110-150 C
The WHR element is typically built as a high-pres- and 8-21 bar respectively.
sure water/steam heat exchanger which is placed
on top of the scavenge air cooler, see Fig. 4.05.08. In order to prevent leaking components from
causing personal injuries or damage to vital parts
of the main engine, a safety relief valve will blow
off excess pressure. The safety relief valve is con-
Air cooler
Cooling water pipes nected to an external connection, W, see Fig.
WHR air cooler 6 4.05.09.
TI 8442
TE 8442
5 Connection W must be passed to the funnel or
another free space according to the class rules for
steam discharge from safety valve.
4 PT 8444 IAHAL
WHR air cooler
As the system is pressurised according to class
7 rules,
PDT 8443the
I safety valve must be type approved.
Scavenge air cooler
3 TI 8441
2 TE 8441 Top of funnel
1 PT 8440
Scavenge air cooler
Cooling water pipes
6 TI 8442
5 TE 8442
4 PT 8444 IAHAL
W
7 PDT 8443 I
BP
3 TI 8441
BN
2 TE 8441
1 PT 8440 The letters refer to list

of Counterflanges Main
Engine
Fig. 4.05.09: WHR safety valve blow-off through con-

Fig. 4.05.08: WHR element on Scavenge air cooler nection W to the funnel
MAN B&W K98MC/ME, K98MC-C/ME-C, S90MC-C/ME-C,

K90MC-C/ME-C, K90ME, S80MC, G80ME-C, S80MC-C/ME-C,
K80MC-C/ME-C, S70MC, G70ME-C, S70MC-C/ME-C/-GI,
MAN Diesel 198 82 88-9.0
L70MC-C/ME-C
MAN B&W 4.06-8
Page of 1
GenSet Data
MAN Diesel 198 47 923.0

MAN Diesel 4.09
Page 1 of 3
L27/38-Tll GenSet Data

Bore: 270 mm Stroke: 380 mm
Power layout
720/750 r/min 60/50 Hz
720 r/min 60 Hz 750 r/min 50 Hz
(MGO/MDO) (MGO/MDO)
Eng. kW Gen. kW Eng. kW Gen. kW Eng. kW Gen. kW
5L27/38 1,500 1,440 1,600 1,536 - -
6L27/38 1,980 1,900 1,980 1,900 2,100 2,016
7L27/38 2,310 2,218 2,310 2,218 2,450 2,352
8L27/38 2,640 2,534 2,640 2,534 2,800 2,688
9L27/38 2,970 2,851 2,970 2,851 3,150 3,024
H P
A B 1,480 1,770
C Q 1,285
178 23 079.1
**Dry weight
No. of Cyls. A (mm) * B (mm) * C (mm) H (mm)
GenSet (t)
5 (720 r/min) 4,346 2,486 6,832 3,712 42.3
5 (750 r/min) 4,346 2,486 6,832 3,712 42.3
6 (720 r/min) 4,791 2,766 7,557 3,712 45.8
6 (750 r/min) 4,791 2,766 7,557 3,712 46.1
7 (720 r/min) 5,236 2,766 8,002 3,899 52.1
7 (750 r/min) 5,236 2,766 8,002 3,899 52.1
8 (720 r/min) 5,681 2,986 8,667 3,899 56.3
8 (750 r/min) 5,681 2,986 8,667 3,899 58.3
9 (720 r/min) 6,126 2,986 9,112 3,899 63.9
9 (750 r/min) 6,126 2,986 9,112 3,899 63.9
P Free passage between the engines, width 600 mm and height 2,000 mm 178 33 898.3
Q Min. distance between engines: 2,900 mm (without gallery) and 3,100 mm (with gallery)
* Depending on alternator
** Weight includes a standard alternator
All dimensions and masses are approximate and subject to change without prior notice.
Fig. 4.09.01: Power and outline of L27/38, IMO Tier II
MAN B&W 98-50MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C/ME-B/-GI-TII,

46-35ME-B/-GI-TII engines MAN Diesel 198 82 841.0
MAN Diesel 4.09
Page 2 of 3

6-9L27/38: 350 kW/cyl., 720 rpm, MGO
Reference Condition: Tropic
Air temperature C 45
LT-water temperature inlet engine (from system) C 38
Air pressure bar 1
Relative humidity % 50
Temperature basis
Setpoint HT cooling water engine outlet 1) C 79 nominal (Range of mechanical thermostatic element 77 to 85)
Setpoint LT cooling water engine outlet 2) C 35 nominal (Range of mechanical thermostatic element 29 to 41)
Setpoint Lube oil inlet engine C 66 nominal (Range of mechanical thermostatic element 63 to 72)
Number of Cylinders - 6 7 8 9
Engine output kW 2,100 2,450 2,800 3,150
Speed rpm 720
Heat to be dissipated 3)
Cooling water (C.W.) Cylinder kW 315 368 421 473
Charge air cooler; cooling water HT kW 668 784 903 1,022
Charge air cooler; cooling water LT kW 175 200 224 247
Lube oil (L.O.) cooler kW 282 329 376 423
Heat radiation engine kW 70 81 93 104
Flow rates 4)
Internal (inside engine)
HT circuit (cylinder + charge air cooler HT stage) m3/h 58 58 58 58
LT circuit (lube oil + charge air cooler LT stage) m3/h 58 58 58 58
Lube oil m3/h 64 92 92 92
External (from engine to system)
HT water flow (at 40C inlet) m3/h 21.5 24.8 28.1 31.4
LT water flow (at 38C inlet) m3/h 58 58 58 58
Air data
Temperature of charge air at charge air cooler outlet C 50 53 55 56
Air flow rate m3/h 5) 12,792 14,924 17,056 19,188
kg/kWh 6.67 6.67 6.67 6.67
Charge air pressure bar 4.01
Air required to dissipate heat radiation (engine) (t2-t1= 10C) m3/h 22,682 26,247 30,135 33,699
Exhaust gas data 6)
Volume flow (temperature turbocharger outlet) m3/h 7) 27,381 31,944 36,508 41,071
Mass flow t/h 14.4 16.8 19.2 21.6
Temperature at turbine outlet C 388 388 388 388
Heat content (190C) kW 857 1,000 1,143 1,285
Permissible exhaust back pressure mbar < 30
Pumps
a) Engine driven pumps
HT circuit cooling water (2.5 bar) m3/h 58 58 58 58
LT circuit cooling water (2.5 bar) m3/h 58 58 58 58
Lube oil (4.5 bar) m3/h 64 92 92 92
b) External pumps 8)
Diesel oil pump (5 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m3/h 1.48 1.73 1.98 2.23
Fuel oil supply pump (4 bar discharge pressure) m3/h 0.71 0.83 0.95 1.07
Fuel oil circulating pump (8 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m3/h 1.48 1.73 1.98 2.23
Starting air data
Air consumption per start, incl. air for jet assist (IR/TDI) Nm3 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.3
1) LT cooling water flow first through LT stage charge air cooler, then 4) Basic values for layout of the coolers.
through lube oil cooler, water temperature outlet engine regulated by 5) Under above mentioned reference conditions.
mechanical thermostat. 6) Tolerance: quantity +/- 5%, temperature +/- 20C.
2) HT cooling water flow first through HT stage charge air cooler, then 7) Under below mentioned temperature at turbine outlet and pressure
through water jacket and cylinder head, water temperature outlet en- according above mentioned reference conditions.
gine regulated by mechanical thermostat. 8) Tolerance of the pumps delivery capacities must be considered by the
3) Tolerance: + 10% for rating coolers, - 15% for heat recovery. manufactures.
Fig. 4.09.02a: List of capacities for L27/38, 720 rpm, IMO Tier II

MAN Diesel 4.09
Page 3 of 3

6-9L27/38: 350 kW/cyl., 750 rpm, MGO
Reference Condition : Tropic
LT-water temperature inlet engine (from system) C 38
Air pressure bar 1
Temperature basis
Setpoint HT cooling water engine outlet 1) C 79 nominal (Range of mechanical thermostatic element 77 to 85)
Setpoint LT cooling water engine outlet 2) C 35 nominal (Range of mechanical thermostatic element 29 to 41)
Setpoint Lube oil inlet engine C 66 nominal (Range of mechanical thermostatic element 63 to 72)
Engine output kW 2,100 2,450 2,800 3,150
Speed rpm 750
Cooling water (C.W.) Cylinder kW 315 368 421 473
Charge air cooler; cooling water HT kW 679 797 916 1037
Lube oil (L.O.) cooler kW 282 329 376 423
Flow rates 4)
HT circuit (cylinder + charge air cooler HT stage) m3/h 69 69 69 69
LT circuit (lube oil + charge air cooler LT stage) m3/h 69 69 69 69
Lube oil m3/h 66 96 96 96
External (from engine to system)
HT water flow (at 40C inlet) m3/h 21.9 25.4 28.9 32.2
LT water flow (at 38C inlet) m3/h 69 69 69 69
Air data
Air flow rate m3/h 5) 13,003 15,170 17,338 19,505
kg/kWh 6.78 6.78 6.78 6.78
Air required to dissipate heat radiation (engine) (t2-t1=10C) m3/h 22,682 26,247 30,135 33,699
Exhaust gas data 6)
Mass flow t/h 14.7 17.1 19.5 22.0
Temperature at turbine outlet C 382 382 382 382
Heat content (190C) kW 844 985 1,126 1,266
Pumps
LT circuit cooling water (2.5 bar) m3/h 69 69 69 69
Lube oil (4.5 bar) m3/h 66 96 96 96
Diesel oil pump (5 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m3/h 1.48 1.73 1.98 2.23
Fuel oil supply pump (4 bar discharge pressure) m3/h 0.71 0.83 0.95 1.07
Fuel oil circulating pump (8 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m3/h 1.48 1.73 1.98 2.23
Starting air data
Air consumption per start, incl. air for jet assist (IR/TDI) Nm3 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.3
1) LT cooling water flow first through LT stage charge air cooler, then 4) Basic values for layout of the coolers.
through lube oil cooler, water temperature outlet engine regulated by 5) Under above mentioned reference conditions.
mechanical thermostat. 6) Tolerance: quantity +/- 5%, temperature +/- 20C.
2) HT cooling water flow first through HT stage charge air cooler, then 7) Under below mentioned temperature at turbine outlet and pressure
through water jacket and cylinder head, water temperature outlet according above mentioned reference conditions.
engine regulated by mechanical thermostat. 8) Tolerance of the pumps delivery capacities must be considered by the
3) Tolerance: + 10% for rating coolers, - 15% for heat recovery. manufactures.
Fig. 4.09.02b: List of capacities for L27/38, 750 rpm, IMO Tier II

MAN Diesel 4.10
Page 1 of 3
L28/32H-Tll GenSet Data

Power layout
720 r/min 60 Hz 750 r/min 50 Hz
Eng. kW Gen. kW Eng. kW Gen. kW
5L28/32H 1,050 1,000 1,100 1,045
6L28/32H 1,260 1,200 1,320 1,255
7L28/32H 1,470 1,400 1,540 1,465
8L28/32H 1,680 1,600 1,760 1,670
9L28/32H 1,890 1,800 1,980 1,880
H P
A B 1,490 1,800
C Q 1,126
178 23 092.0
**Dry weight
No. of Cyls. A (mm) * B (mm) * C (mm) H (mm)
GenSet (t)
5 (720 r/min) 4,279 2,400 6,679 3,184 32.6
5 (750 r/min) 4,279 2,400 6,679 3,184 32.6
6 (720 r/min) 4,759 2,510 7,269 3,184 36.3
6 (750 r/min) 4,759 2,510 7,269 3,184 36.3
7 (720 r/min) 5,499 2,680 8,179 3,374 39.4
7 (750 r/min) 5,499 2,680 8,179 3,374 39.4
8 (720 r/min) 5,979 2,770 8,749 3,374 40.7
8 (750 r/min) 5,979 2,770 8,749 3,374 40.7
9 (720 r/min) 6,199 2,690 8,889 3,534 47.1
9 (750 r/min) 6,199 2,690 8,889 3,534 47.1
P Free passage between the engines, width 600 mm and height 2,000 mm
** Weight includes a standard alternator, make A. van Kaick
All dimensions and masses are approximate and subject to change without prior notice. 178 33 921.3
Fig. 4.10.01: Power and outline of L28/32H, IMO Tier II

MAN Diesel 4.10
Page 2 of 3

5L-9L: 220 kW/Cyl. at 750 rpm
LT water temperature inlet engine (from system) C 38
Air pressure bar 1
Number of Cylinders - 5 6 7 8 9
Engine output kW 1,100 1,320 1,540 1,760 1,980
Speed rpm 750
Cooling water (C.W.) Cylinder kW 245 294 343 392 442
Charge air cooler; cooling water HT kW 0
(Single stage charge air cooler)
Charge air cooler; cooling water LT kW 387 435 545 587 648
Lube oil (L.O.) cooler kW 201 241 281 321 361
Heat radiation engine kW 27 33 38 44 49
Flow rates 2)
HT cooling water cylinder m3/h 37 45 50 55 60
LT cooling water lube oil cooler * m3/h 7.8 9.4 11 12.7 14.4
LT cooling water lube oil cooler ** m3/h 28 28 40 40 40
LT cooling water charge air cooler m3/h 37 45 55 65 75
Air data
Temperature of charge air at charge air cooler outlet C 52 54 52 52 55
Air flow rate m3/h 3) 7,826 9,391 10,956 12,521 14,087
kg/kWh 7.79 7.79 7.79 7.79 7.79
Air required to dissipate heat radiation (engine) (t2-t1=10C) m3/h 8,749 10,693 12,313 14,257 15,878
Exhaust gas data 4)
Volume flow (temperature turbocharger outlet) m3/h 5) 15,520 18,624 21,728 24,832 27,936
Mass flow t/h 8.8 10.5 12.3 14.1 15.8
Temperature at turbine outlet C 342 342 342 342 342
Heat content (190C) kW 401 481 561 641 721
Pumps
Fuel oil feed pump (5,5-7,5 bar) m3/h 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
HT circuit cooling water (1,0-2,5 bar) m3/h 45 45 60 60 60
LT circuit cooling water (1,0-2,5 bar) m3/h 45 60 75 75 75
Lube oil (3,0-5,0 bar) m3/h 24 24 34 34 34
Diesel oil pump (4 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m3/h 0.78 0.93 1.09 1.24 1.40
Fuel oil supply pump (4 bar discharge pressure) m3/h 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.60 0.67
Fuel oil circulating pump (8 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m3/h 0.78 0.93 1.09 1.24 1.40
LT circuit cooling water (1,0-2,5 bar) * m3/h 45 54 65 77 89
LT circuit cooling water (1,0-2,5 bar) ** m3/h 65 73 95 105 115
Lube oil (3,0-5,0 bar) m3/h 22 23 25 27 28
1) Tolerance: + 10% for rating coolers, - 15% for heat recovery 6) Tolerance of the pumps delivery capacities must be considered by the
2) Basic values for layout of the coolers manufactures
3) Under above mentioned reference conditions * Only valid for engines equipped with internal basic cooling water sys-
4) Tolerance: quantity +/- 5%, temperature +/- 20C tem no. 1 and 2.
5) under below mentioned temperature at turbine outlet and pressure ac- ** Only valid for engines equipped with combined coolers, internal basic
cording above mentioned reference conditions cooling water system no. 3
Fig. 4.10.02a: List of capacities for L28/32H, 750 rpm, IMO Tier II

MAN Diesel 4.10
Page 3 of 3

5L-9L: 210 kW/Cyl. at 720 rpm
Air pressure bar 1
Number of Cylinders - 5 6 7 8 9
Engine output kW 1,050 1,260 1,470 1,680 1,890
Speed rpm 720
Cooling water (C.W.) Cylinder kW 234 281 328 375 421
Charge air cooler; cooling water HT kW 0
(Single stage charge air cooler)
Charge air cooler; cooling water LT kW 355 397 500 553 592
Lube oil (L.O.) cooler kW 191 230 268 306 345
Heat radiation engine kW 26 31 36 42 47
Flow rates 2)
HT cooling water cylinder m3/h 37 45 50 55 60
LT cooling water lube oil cooler * m3/h 7.8 9.4 11 12.7 14.4
LT cooling water lube oil cooler ** m3/h 28 28 40 40 40
LT cooling water charge air cooler m3/h 37 45 55 65 75
Air data
Temperature of charge air at charge air cooler outlet C 51 52 51 52 53
Air flow rate m3/h 3) 7,355 8,826 10,297 11,768 13,239
kg/kWh 7.67 7.67 7.67 7.67 7.67
Air required to dissipate heat radiation (engine) (t2-t1=10C) m3/h 8,425 10,045 11,665 13,609 15,230
Exhaust gas data 4)
Volume flow (temperature turbocharger outlet) m3/h 5) 14,711 17,653 20,595 23,537 26,479
Mass flow t/h 8.3 9.9 11.6 13.2 14.9
Temperature at turbine outlet C 347 347 347 347 347
Heat content (190C) kW 389 467 545 623 701
Pumps
Fuel oil feed pump (5,5-7,5 bar) m3/h 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
LT circuit cooling water (1,0-2,5 bar) m3/h 45 60 75 75 75
Lube oil (3,0-5,0 bar) m3/h 24 24 34 34 34
Diesel oil pump (4 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m3/h 0.74 0.89 1.04 1.19 1.34
Fuel oil supply pump (4 bar discharge pressure) m3/h 0.36 0.43 0.50 0.57 0.64
Fuel oil circulating pump (8 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m3/h 0.74 0.89 1.04 1.19 1.34
LT circuit cooling water (1,0-2,5 bar) * m3/h 45 54 65 77 89
LT circuit cooling water (1,0-2,5 bar) ** m3/h 65 73 95 105 115
Lube oil (3,0-5,0 bar) m3/h 22 23 25 27 28
1) Tolerance: + 10% for rating coolers, - 15% for heat recovery 6) Tolerance of the pumps delivery capacities must be considered by the
2) Basic values for layout of the coolers manufactures
3) under above mentioned reference conditions * Only valid for engines equipped with internal basic cooling water sys-
4) Tolerance: quantity +/- 5%, temperature +/- 20C tem no. 1 and 2.
5) Under below mentioned temperature at turbine outlet and pressure ** Only valid for engines equipped with combined coolers, internal basic
according above mentioned reference conditions cooling water system no. 3
Fig. 4.10.02b: List of capacities for L28/32H, 720 rpm, IMO Tier II.

MAN Diesel 4.11
Page 1 of 3

Power layout
720 r/min 60 Hz 750 r/min 50 Hz
Eng. kW Gen. kW Eng. kW Gen. kW
6L32/40 3,000 2,895 3,000 2,895
7L32/40 3,500 3,380 3,500 3,380
8L32/40 4,000 3,860 4,000 3,860
9L32/40 4,500 4,345 4,500 4,345
H
P
A B 2,360 2,584
C Q 1,527
178 23 102.0
**Dry weight
No of Cyls. A (mm) * B (mm) * C (mm) H (mm)
GenSet (t)
6 (720 r/min) 6,340 3,415 9,755 4,510 75.0
6 (750 r/min) 6,340 3,415 9,755 4,510 75.0
7 (720 r/min) 6,870 3,415 10,285 4,510 79.0
7 (750 r/min) 6,870 3,415 10,285 4,510 79.0
8 (720 r/min) 7,400 3,635 11,035 4,780 87.0
8 (750 r/min) 7,400 3,635 11,035 4,780 87.0
9 (720 r/min) 7,930 3,635 11,565 4,780 91.0
9 (750 r/min) 7,930 3,635 11,565 4,780 91.0
P Free passage between the engines, width 600 mm and height 2,000 mm
** Weight includes an alternator, Type B16, Make Siemens
All dimensions and masses are approximate and subject to change without prior notice.
178 34 557.3
Fig. 4.11.01: Power and outline of 32/40, IMO Tier II
MAN B&W 98-90MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C/-GI-TII engines

MAN Diesel 198 82 865.0
MAN Diesel 4.11
Page 2 of 3

6L-9L: 500 kW/Cyl. at 720/750 rpm diesel-electric, 750 rpm diesel-mechanic
Nominal values for cooler specification
Air pressure bar 1
Engine output kW 3000 3500 4000 4500
Cooling water cylinder kW 416 485 555 624
Charge air cooler; cooling water HT kW 734 821 952 1036
Lube oil cooler + separator 2) kW 426 497 568 639
Cooling water fuel nozzles kW 12 14 16 18
Flow rates engine 3)
HT circuit (cooling water cylinder + charge air cooler HT) m3/h 36 42 48 54
LT circuit (lube oil cooler + charge air cooler LT) m3/h 57 70 74 85
Lube oil (4 bar before engine) m3/h 100 110 120 150
Cooling water fuel nozzles m3/h 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
Pumps
a) Free standing pumps 4)
LT circuit cooling water (3.0 bar) m3/h depending on plant design
Lube oil (8.0 bar) m3/h 100 + z 110 + z 120 + z 130 + z
Cooling water fuel nozzles (3.0 bar) m3/h 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
Fuel supply (7.0 bar) m3/h 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.6
Fuel booster (7.0 bar at fuel oil inlet A1) m3/h 2.1 2.4 2.8 3.1
b) Attached pumps
Lube oil (8.0 bar); constant speed m3/h 120 120 141 141
Lube oil (8.0 bar); variable speed m3/h 120 141 162 162
1) Tolerance: + 10% for rating coolers, - 15% for heat recovery

2) Including separator heat (30kJ/kWh)
3) Basic values for layout of the coolers
4) Tolerance of the pumps delivery capacities must be considered by the manufactures.
z Flushing oil of the automatic filter
Fig. 4.11.02a: List of capacities for L32/40, IMO Tier II 178 23 11-4.0

MAN Diesel 198 82 865.0
MAN Diesel 4.11
Page 3 of 3

6L-9L: 500 kW/Cyl. at 720/750 rpm diesel-electric, 750 rpm diesel-mechanic
Reference Condition : Tropic
Temperature basis, nominal air and exhaust gas data
Air pressure bar 1
Engine output kW 3,000 3,500 4,000 4,500
Temperature basis
HT cooling water engine outlet C 90
LT cooling water air cooler inlet C 38 (Setpoint 32C) 1)
Lube oil inlet engine C 65
Cooling water inlet fuel nozzles C 60
Air data
Air flow rate m3/h 2) 18,450 21,550 24,650 27,670
Mass flow t/h 20.2 23.6 27.0 30.3
Charge air pressure (absolute) bar 3.93
Air required to dissipate heat radiation (engine) (t2-t1=10C) m3/h 33,700 39,200 45,050 50,550
Exhaust gas data 3)
Mass flow t/h 20.8 24.3 27.7 31.2
Temperature at turbine outlet C 365
Heat content (190C) kW 1,150 1,350 1,500 1,700
Permissible exhaust back pressure after turbocharger mbar 30
1) For design see section ""Cooling water system""

2) Under above mentioned reference conditions
3) Tolerance: Quantity +/- 5%, temperature +/- 20C
4) Under below mentioned temperature at turbine outlet and pressure according above mentioned reference conditions
Fig. 4.11.02b: List of capacities for L32/40, IMO Tier II

MAN Diesel 198 82 865.0
MAN B&W
Installation Aspects

5
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 5.01
Page 1 of 1
Space Requirements and Overhaul Heights
The latest version of most of the drawings of A special crane beam for dismantling the turbo-
this section is available for download at www. charger must be fitted. The lifting capacity of the
mandieselturbo.com under Products Marine crane beam for dismantling the turbocharger is
Engines & Systems Low Speed Installation stated in Section 5.03.
Drawings. First choose engine series, then engine
type and select from the list of drawings available The overhaul tools for the engine are designed
for download. to be used with a crane hook according to DIN
15400, June 1990, material class M and load ca-
pacity 1Am and dimensions of the single hook
Space Requirements for the Engine type according to DIN 15401, part 1.
The space requirements stated in Section 5.02 The total length of the engine at the crankshaft
are valid for engines rated at nominal MCR (L1). level may vary depending on the equipment to
be fitted on the fore end of the engine, such as
The additional space needed for engines adjustable counterweights, tuning wheel, moment
equipped with PTO is stated in Chapter 4. compensators or PTO.
If, during the project stage, the outer dimensions

of the turbocharger seem to cause problems, it
is possible, for the same number of cylinders, to
use turbochargers with smaller dimensions by
increasing the indicated number of turbochargers
by one, see Chapter 3.
Overhaul of Engine
The distances stated from the centre of the crank-

shaft to the crane hook are for the normal lifting
procedure and the reduced height lifting proce-
dure (involving tilting of main components). The
lifting capacity of a normal engine room crane can
be found in Fig. 5.04.01.
The area covered by the engine room crane shall

be wide enough to reach any heavy spare part re-
quired in the engine room.
A lower overhaul height is, however, available by

using the MAN B&W DoubleJib crane, built by
Danish Crane Building A/S, shown in Figs. 5.04.02
and 5.04.03.
Please note that the distance E in Fig. 5.02.01,

given for a doublejib crane is from the centre
of the crankshaft to the lower edge of the deck
beam.
MAN B&W MC/MCC, ME/MEC/ME-CGI/ME-B engines

MAN Diesel 198 43 754.7
MAN B&W 5.02
Page 1 of 2
Space Requirement
F G
Deck beam
Engine room crane
0
Cyl. 1
E
V
H1/H2
P
H3
D
A
B
I J
Tank top
Cofferdam
Cofferdam
C
Lub. oil tank Cofferdam
K L M N
A
Free space
for maintenance
Minimum access conditions around the engine to be used for an escape route is 600 mm.
The dimensions are given in mm, and are for guidance only. If the dimensions cannot be fulfilled, please contact MAN Diesel or our
local representative.
Fig. 5.02.01a: Space requirement for the engine, turbocharger on exhaust side (4 59 122) 515 90 52-7.1.0

MAN Diesel 198 83 01-0.1
MAN B&W 5.02
Page 2 of 2
Cyl.
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14
No.
A 1,590 Cylinder distance
Distance from crankshaft centre line to
B 1,950
foundation
The dimension includes a cofferdam of 500
C 4,652 4,727 4,812 4,907 4,997 5,087 5,182 5,282 5,412 mm and must fulfil minimum height to tank top
according to classification rules
9,570 9,570 9,270 9,270 9,570 9,270 9,270 9,270 9,270 MAN TCA Dimensions according to
D* - 9,360 - 9,360 9,360 - - - - ABB A100-L turbocharger choice at
9,285 - - - - - - - - Mitsubishi MET nominal MCR
4,484 4,830 5,246 5,487 5,244 5,691 5,827 5,964 6,066 MAN TCA Dimensions according to
E* 4,525 4,983 5,336 5,155 5,397 5,781 5,917 5,745 6,156 ABB A100-L turbocharger choice at
4,368 4,772 5,014 5,410 5,652 5,459 5,595 5,887 5,834 Mitsubishi MET nominal MCR
See drawing: Engine Top Bracing, if top bracing
F
fitted on camshaft side
6,075 6,075 - - 6,075 - - - - MAN TCA The required space to the
G - 6,075 - - 6,075 - - 6,075 - ABB A100-L engine room casing includes
- 6,275 6,275 - - 6,275 6,275 -
6,275 Mitsubishi MET mechanical top bracing
Minimum overhaul height, normal lifting
H1 * 15,000
procedure
Minimum overhaul height, reduced height lifting
H2 * -
procedure
The minimum distance from crankshaft centre
H3 * - line to lower edge of deck beam, when using
MAN B&W Double Jib Crane
Length from crankshaft centre line to outer side
I 2,580
bedplate
Space for tightening control of holding down
J 640
bolts
K must be equal to or larger than the propeller
K See text shaft, if the propeller shaft is to be drawn into
the engine room
Minimum length of a basic engine, without 2nd
L* 10,715 12,305 13,895 15,485 18,885 20,885 22,445 24,225 27,595
order moment compensators.
M 800 Free space in front of engine
N 6,000 Distance between outer foundation girders
O 4,000 Minimum crane operation area
See drawing: Crane beam for Turbocharger for
P See text
overhaul of turbocharger
Maximum 30 when engine room has minimum
V 0, 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 90
headroom above the turbocharger
* The min. engine room crane height is ie. dependent on the choice of crane, see the actual
heights H1, H2 or H3.

The min. engine room height is dependent on H1, H2, H3 or E+D.
Max. length of engine see the engine outline drawing
Length of engine with PTO see corresponding space requirement

527 74 14-8.2.0
Fig. 5.02.01b: Space requirement for the engine

MAN Diesel 198 83 01-0.1
MAN B&W 5.03
Page 1 of 3
Crane beam for overhaul of turbocharger
For the overhaul of a turbocharger, a crane beam The crane beam can be bolted to brackets that
with trolleys is required at each end of the turbo- are fastened to the ship structure or to columns
charger. that are located on the top platform of the engine.
Two trolleys are to be available at the compressor The lifting capacity of the crane beam for the
end and one trolley is needed at the gas inlet end. heaviest component W, is indicated in Fig.
5.03.01b for the various turbocharger makes. The
Crane beam no. 1 is for dismantling of turbocharg- crane beam shall be dimensioned for lifting the
er components. weight W with a deflection of some 5 mm only.
Crane beam no. 2 is for transporting turbocharger
components. HB indicates the position of the crane hook in the
See Figs. 5.03.01a and 5.03.02. vertical plane related to the centre of the turbo-
charger. HB and b also specifies the minimum
The crane beams can be omitted if the main engine space for dismantling.
room crane also covers the turbocharger area.
For engines with the turbocharger(s) located on
The crane beams are used and dimensioned for the exhaust side, EoD No. 4 59 122, the letter
lifting the following components: a indicates the distance between vertical cen-
trelines of the engine and the turbocharger.
Exhaust gas inlet casing
Turbocharger inlet silencer MAN B&W
Compressor casing Units TCA77 TCA88
Turbine rotor with bearings W kg 2,000 3,000
HB mm 1,800 2,000
The crane beams are to be placed in relation to the b m 800 1,000
turbocharger(s) so that the components around the
gas outlet casing can be removed in connection
ABB
with overhaul of the turbocharger(s).
Units A180 A185 A190
a Crane beam for W kg Available on request
transportation of
Crane beam for Crane beam components HB mm 1,975 2,350 2,425
dismantling of
components
b m 600 600 700
Crane hook
Main engine/aft cylinder
Mitsubishi
Engine room side
Units MET71 MET83 MET90

Gas outlet flange
Turbocharger W kg 1,800 2,700 3,500
HB mm 1,800 2,200 2,200
b m 800 800 800
HB
b The figures a are stated on the Engine and Gallery Outline

drawing, Section 5.06.
Fig. 5.03.01b: Required height and distance and weight
178 52 340.1
Fig. 5.03.01a: Required height and distance
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2-Tll

MAN Diesel 198 82 54-2.0
MAN B&W 5.03
Page 2 of 3
Crane beam for turbochargers
Crane beam for transportation of components
Crane beam for dismantling of components
Spares
Crane beam for dismantling of components
Crane beam for transportation of components
178 52 746.0
Fig. 5.03.02: Crane beam for turbocharger
MAN B&W 98-60 engines

MAN Diesel 198 48 488.3
MAN B&W 5.03
Page 3 of 3
Crane beam for overhaul of air cooler

Overhaul/exchange of scavenge air cooler.
6. Lower down the cooler insert between the gal-

Valid for air cooler design for the following engines lery brackets and down to the engine room
with more than one turbochargers mounted on the floor.
exhaust side. Make sure that the cooler insert is supported,
e.g. on a wooden support.
1. Dismantle all the pipes in the area around the
air cooler. 7. Move the air cooler insert to an area covered
by the engine room crane using the lifting
2. Dismantle all the pipes around the inlet cover beam mounted below the lower gallery of the
for the cooler. engine.
3. Take out the cooler insert by using the above 8. By using the engine room crane the air cooler
placed crane beam mounted on the engine. insert can be lifted out of the engine room.
4. Turn the cooler insert to an upright position.
5. Dismantle the platforms below the air cooler.
Engine room crane

5
1 2 3
Fig.: 5.03.03: Crane beam for overhaul of air cooler, turbochargers located on exhaust side of the engine 178 52 734.0
MAN B&W 98-60 engines

MAN Diesel 198 48 488.3
MAN B&W 5.04
Page 1 of 3
Engine room crane
The crane hook travelling area must cover at least The crane hook should at least be able to reach
the full length of the engine and a width in accord- down to a level corresponding to the centre line of
ance with dimension A given on the drawing (see the crankshaft.
cross-hatched area).
For overhaul of the turbocharger(s), trolley mount-
It is furthermore recommended that the engine ed chain hoists must be installed on a separate
room crane be used for transport of heavy spare crane beam or, alternatively, in combination with
parts from the engine room hatch to the spare the engine room crane structure, see separate
part stores and to the engine. drawing with information about the required lifting
See example on this drawing. capacity for overhaul of turbochargers.
MAN B&W Doublejib Crane Spares Recommended area to be covered

by the engine room crane
D
2)
Normal crane
1)
Deck Deck
H1/H2
A
Deck beam Deck beam
H3
A A
Crankshaft
Crankshaft
Minimum area
to be covered
Engine room hatch by the engine
room crane
1) The lifting tools for the engine are designed to fit together with a standard crane hook with a lifting capacity in accordance with
the figure stated in the table. If a larger crane hook is used, it may not fit directly to the overhaul tools, and the use of an interme-
diate shackle or similar between the lifting tool and the crane hook will affect the requirements for the minimum lifting height in
the engine room (dimension B).
2) The hatched area shows the height where an MAN B&W Double-Jib Crane has to be used.
519 46 28-0.0.0
Normal Crane
Height to crane hook in MAN B&W Double-Jib Crane
mm for:
Crane capacity in
Crane
tons selected Reduced
Mass in kg including operating
in accordance with height lifting
lifting tools width
DIN and JIS Normal procedure
in mm Building-in height
standard capacities lifting involving
in mm
procedure tilting of main
components
(option)
Cylinder Cylinder Piston Normal MAN B&W A H1 H2 H3 D

cover liner with with crane DoubleJib Minimum Minimum Minimum height Minimum Additional height
complete cooling rod and Crane distance height from from centre line height from required for
with jacket stuffing centre line crankshaft to centre line removal of exhaust
exhaust box crankshaft centre line crankshaft valve complete
valve to centre line crane hook to underside without removing
crane hook deck beam any exhaust stud
8,425 10,050 5,650 12.5 2x6.3 4,000 15,000 14,025 14,500 350
523 61 42-8.3.0
Fig. 5.04.01: Engine room crane
MAN B&W S90ME-C9-TII

MAN Diesel 198 83 00-9.2
MAN B&W 5.04
Page 2 of 3
Overhaul with MAN B&W DoubleJib Crane

Deck beam
MAN B&W DoubleJib crane
The MAN B&W DoubleJib

crane is available from:
Centre line crankshaft
Danish Crane Building A/S

P.O. Box 54
sterlandsvej 2
DK9240 Nibe, Denmark
Telephone: + 45 98 35 31 33
Telefax: + 45 98 35 30 33
Email: dcb@dcb.dk
178 24 863.2
Fig. 5.04.02: Overhaul with DoubleJib crane
MAN B&W MC/MCC, ME/MEC/MEGI/ME-B engines

MAN Diesel 198 45 348.4
MAN B&W 5.04
Page 3 of 3
MAN B&W DoubleJib Crane
Deck beam
30
M
Chain collecting box
178 37 30-1.1
This crane is adapted to the special tool for low overhaul.
Dimensions are available on request.
Fig. 5.04.03: MAN B&W DoubleJib crane, option: 4 88 701
MAN B&W MC/MCC, ME/MEC/ME-GI/ME-B engines

MAN Diesel 198 45 419.2
MAN B&W 5.05
Page 1 of 1
Engine Outline, Galleries and Pipe Connections
Engine outline
The total length of the engine at the crankshaft

level may vary depending on the equipment to
be fitted on the fore end of the engine, such as
adjustable counterweights, tuning wheel, moment
compensators or PTO, which are shown as alter-
natives in Section 5.06
Engine masses and centre of gravity
The partial and total engine masses appear from

Section 19.04, Dispatch Pattern, to which the
masses of water and oil in the engine, Section
5.08, are to be added. The centre of gravity is
shown in Section 5.07, in both cases including the
water and oil in the engine, but without moment
compensators or PTO.
Gallery outline
Section 5.06 show the gallery outline for engines

rated at nominal MCR (L1).
Engine pipe connections
The positions of the external pipe connections on

the engine are stated in Section 5.09, and the cor-
responding lists of counterflanges for pipes and
turbocharger in Section 5.10.
The flange connection on the turbocharger gas

outlet is rectangular, but a transition piece to a cir-
cular form can be supplied as an option: 4 60 601.

MAN Diesel 198 47 158.3
MAN B&W 5.06
Page 1 of 3
Engine and Gallery Outline
18,770
Aft cyl. Cyl.1
3,000 8,745 1,280 8,745 2,250
C1
c4
c3
c2
0
Space for air cooler
2,500 2,600
Space for encoder

2,630
1,860
1,075
2,260 Space for turning wheel
Regarding pitch circle diameter, number and size of bolts for the intermediate shaft: contact the engine builder
1,590
ECS control panel

525 82 16-8.3.0a
Fig. 5.06.01a: Engine outline example: 12S90MEC9 with four turbochargers on exhaust side
MAN B&W S90MEC9

MAN Diesel 198 82 43-4.0
MAN B&W 5.06
Page 2 of 3
4,450
2,196
d
0
a
12,720
11,248
8,350
7,950
5,840
3,500
1,250
0 0
1,900
2,673
4,172
2,410
1,675
2,570
5,700
TC type a b c1 c2 c3 c4 d
MAN TCA77 4,150 9,570 1,130 5,900 11,950 16,720 5,900
ABB A185-L 4,050 9,360 1,074 6,044 11,894 16,864 5,900
MET71MB 4,200 9,285 1,254 6,024 12,074 16,844 6,000
MHI
MET83MB 4,230 9,530 1,121 6,111 11,941 16,931 6,100
525 82 16-8.3.0a
Fig. 5.06.01b: Engine outline example: 12S90MEC9 with four turbochargers on exhaust side
MAN B&W S90MEC9

MAN Diesel 198 82 43-4.0
MAN B&W 5.06
Page 3 of 3
Upper Platform
Floor plate 6 mm
3,000 4 holes for piston overhauling 2,250

600 x 45 600 45
4,450
3,000
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
d
1,500 45 600 45
Centre Platform
Floor plate 6 mm
ECS control panel

2,500 2,250
1,200 45
3,925
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
5,700
cooler
cooler
cooler
cooler
Air
Air
Air
Air
1,000 45 600 45
The dimension are in mm and subject to revision without notice.
Please note that the latest version of the dimensioned drawing is available for download at www.mandieselturbo.com under Prod-
ucts Marine Engines & Systems Low Speed Installation Drawings. First choose engine series, then engine type and select
Outline drawing for the actual number of cylinders and type of turbocharger installation in the list of drawings available for download.
Fig. 5.06.01c: Gallery outline example: 12S90MEC9 with four turbochargers on exhaust side 525 82 16-8.3.0b
MAN B&W S90MEC9

MAN Diesel 198 82 43-4.0
MAN B&W 5.07
Page 1 of 1
Centre of Gravity
Centre of gravity
Aft. Fore.
Aft.
Cyl. 1
Y Crankshaft
525 61 49-8.0.0
For engines with two turbochargers*

No. of cylinders 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14
Distance X mm 220 220
Distance Y mm 7,250 9,635 Available
Available on request Available on request on
Distance Z mm 3,930 3,930 request
Dry mass t 1,595 2,070
All values stated are approximate.
* Data for engines with a different number of turbochargers is available on request
Fig. 5.07: Centre of gravity, turbocharger located on exhaust side of engine
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 82 56-6.0
MAN B&W 5.08
Page 1 of 1
Mass of Water and Oil
Mass of water and oil in engine in service

No. of
cylin- Mass of water Mass of oil
ders Jacket cooling Scavenge air Total Engine Oil pan Hydraulic Total
water cooling water system system
kg kg kg kg kg kg kg
5
6
Available on request
7
8
9 4,047 4,341 8,388 4,023 5,981 3,299 13,303
10 4,471 5,271 9,742 5,071 4,304 3,065 12,440
11 4,884 5,919 10,803 6,459 3,155 3,724 13,338
12 5,304 6,207 11,511 7,739 3,774 4,469 15,982
14 6,142 8,962 15,104 9,110 3,999 6,901 20,010
523 55 15-1.0.0
Fig. 5.08.01: Water and oil in engine
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2 198 82 57-8.0

MAN B&W 5.09
Page 1 of 3
Engine Pipe Connections
c4
c3
c2
c1
f3
f2
f1
f4
0
2,700
2,500
1,926
452
D E D E D E D E
AP,AN
AH
K,L
A
AK

15
AB
2,907
3,100
2,000
N,P,DX
2,200
AE AM
AL 1,051 497
AS RU
2,274
S S S S
k
6,360
1,590
The letters refer to list of Counterflanges, Table 5.10.01

525 85 37-9.1.0a
Fig. 5.09.01a: Engine Pipe Connections, 12S90ME-C9 with four turbochargers on exhaust side
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 82 45-8.0
MAN B&W 5.09
Page 2 of 3
1,219(RW)
1,390(AC)
1,394(AD)
1,388(AT)
AC
AD
2,094(AP,AN)
8,015(AC)
5,400(AK)
1,464(AR)
1,307(M)
2,985(A)
7,940(RW)
1,307(B)
a(TC)
7,883(AD)
d(D)
h(E)
0
RW
7,775(AT)
M AR
12,265(AR)
AT 12,127(M)
D
AC e(D)
4,235
c(E)
AD E
b(TC)
AH
X III 8,110(AN)
K 8,022(AP)
L 8,013(AH)
AT 1,100 7,965(K,L)
7,187(B) A
1,300 AK 7,740(A)
7,923(X) B AP,AN 7,360(AK)
1,500
7,773(BF) 6,116(AB)
F AB
BF
7,617(F) II
2,586 3,883
7,467(BX)
BX 3,449(AV) 3,466(DX)
AV 2,536 3,342 P N 3,365(N,P)
2,250(AF) AF DX
2,050(AF) AM 1,473(AM)
BD 2,633 RU AL
1,369(AL)
926(AE) 1,050(RU)
AE AS 926(AE)
AE 920(AS)
0 0
II
Engine 1,948
2,695
S
2,700(AE)
340(S)
2,715(AS)
2,772(AM)
4,383(N)
2,810(AE)
2,890(AL)
3,100(RU)
5,484(AB)
BV
crankshaft 5,510
The letters refer to list of Counterflanges, Table 5.10.01
525 85 37-9.1.0c
Fig. 5.09.01b: Engine Pipe Connections, 12S90ME-C9 with four turbochargers on exhaust side
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 82 45-8.0
MAN B&W 5.09
Page 3 of 3
1,300 1,642
AR
M
2,900
1,950
X AC
RW
BF B AD
F
BX 800 AT
BV
3,000
1,043
836
BD AV
AF
AE
742
1,500
Cyl TC type a b c1 c2 c3 c4 d e f1 f2 f3 f4 g h k m
9 - - 14,000 10,820
MAN
TCA77 4,100 9,270 1,130 5,900 11,950 4,346 10,188 669 5,439 11,489 9,468 3,362
12 16,720 16,259 17,180 12,410
ABB
A185 Available on request
9 - - 14,000 10,820
MHI
MET83MB 4,200 9,285 1,253 6,023 12,073 4,446 10,203 777 5,546 11,596 9,847 3,638
12 16,843 16,366 17,180 12,410
The letters refer to list of Counterflanges, Table 5.10.01.
Please note that the latest version of most of the drawings of this Chapter is available for download at www.mandieselturbo.com
under Marine Engines & Systems Low Speed Installation Drawings. First choose engine series, then engine type and select
from the list of drawings available for download.
525 85 37-9.1.0b
Fig. 5.09.01c: Engine Pipe Connections, 12S90ME-C9 with four turbochargers on exhaust side
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 82 45-8.0
MAN B&W 5.10
Page 1 of 2
Counterflanges
Refe Flange Bolts

Cyl. no. Description
rence Diam. PCD Thickn. Diam. No.
5-9 325 275 58 M24 12
A Starting air inlet
10-14 370 320 64 M24 12
B 5-14 Coupling for 20 mm pipe Control air inlet
D 5-14 See Fig. 5.10.02 Exhaust gas outlet
E 5-14 See Fig. 5.10.03 Venting of lub. oil discharge pipe for turbochargers
5 (EN862J) 175 140 26 M16 8
6-8 (EN862N) 210 170 28 M20 8
F Fuel oil outlet
9-10 (EN862N) 230 185 30 M22 8
11-14 (EN862J) 225 185 34 M20 8
5-8 320 280 20 M20 8
K 9-12 385 345 22 M20 12 Fresh cooling water inlet
14 430 390 22 M20 12
5-8 320 280 20 M20 8
L 9-12 385 345 22 M20 12 Fresh cooling water outlet
14 430 390 22 M20 12
M 5-14 95 75 10 M10 4 Fresh cooling water deaeration
5-8 320 280 22 M20 8
N 9-12 385 345 22 M20 12 Cooling water inlet to air cooler
14 430 390 22 M20 12
5-8 320 280 22 M20 8 Cooling water outlet from air cooler
P 9-12 385 345 22 M20 12
14 430 390 22 M20 12
S See special drawing of outlet System oil outlet to bottom tank
5 (EN862J) 175 140 26 M16 8
6-8 (EN862N) 210 170 28 M20 8
X Fuel oil inlet
9-10 (EN862N) 230 185 30 M22 8
11-14 (EN862J) 225 185 34 M20 8
5 430 390 22 M20 12
6 480 435 24 M22 12
RU 7-9 540 495 24 M22 16 System oil inlet
10-11 605 555 24 M22 16
12-14 655 605 24 M22 20
TCA 77 (inclined) 235 200 16 M16 8
TCA 77 (horizontal) 265 230 18 M16 8
TCA 88 (inclined) 265 230 18 M16 8
AB TCA 88 (horizontal) 320 280 20 M20 8
2xTC TPL 80 (horiz./inclin.) 200 165 16 M16 8
TPL 85 (horiz./inclin.) 235 200 16 M16 8
A185/190-L (horiz./inclin.) 235 200 16 M16 8
Lubricating oil outlet from turbochargers
MET 83 (horiz./inclin.) 320 280 20 M20 8
TCA 77 (horizontal) 320 280 20 M20 8
3xTC A185/190-L (horiz./inclin.) 265 230 18 M16 8
MET 71 (horizontal) 385 345 22 M20 12
4xTC A185/190-L (horiz./inclin.) 320 280 20 M20 8
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 82 55-4.0
MAN B&W 5.10
Page 2 of 2
Refe Flange Bolts

Cyl. no. Description
rence Diam. PCD Thickn. Diam. No.
AC 5-14 95 75 10 M10 4 Lubricating oil inlet to electronic cylinder lubricator
AD 5-14 115 90 12 M12 4 Fuel oil return from umbrella sealing
AE 5-14 115 90 12 M12 4 Drain from bedplate / cleaning turbocharger
AF 5-14 115 90 12 M12 4 Fuel oil to drain tank
AH 5-14 115 90 12 M12 4 Fresh cooling water drain
AK 5-14 Coupling for 30 mm pipe Inlet cleaning air cooler
AL 5-14 130 105 14 M12 4 Outlet air cooler cleaning / water mist catcher
AM 5-14 130 105 14 M12 4 Outlet air cooler to chemical cleaning tank
AN 5-14 Coupling for 30 mm pipe Water inlet for cleaning turbocharger
AP 5-14 Coupling for 30 mm pipe Air inlet for dry cleaning of turbocharger
AR 5-14 180 145 14 M16 4 Oil vapour dish arge
AS 5-14 Coupling for 30 mm pipe Cooling water drain, air cooler
AT 5-14 Coupling for 30 mm pipe Extinguishing of fire in scavenge air box
AV 5-14 180 145 14 M16 4 Drain from scavenge air box to closed drain tank
BD 5-14 Coupling for 16 mm pipe Fresh water outlet for heating fuel oil drain pipes
BX 5-14 Coupling for 16 mm pipe Steam inlet for heating fuel oil pipes
BF 5-14 Coupling for 16 mm pipe Steam outlet for heating fuel oil pipes
BV 5-14 Coupling for 16 mm pipe Steam inlet for cleaning of drain from scavenge air box
DX 5-14 120 95 12 M12 4 Drain from after water mist catcher
RW 5-14 200 165 16 M16 8 System oil back flushing drain
523 49 48-3.2.0
Table 5.10.01a: List of counterflanges, 5-14S90ME-C9.2, according to JIS standards, option: 4 30 202.
Reference is made to section 5.09 Engine Pipe Connections.
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 82 55-4.0
MAN B&W 5.10
Page 1 of 3
Counterflanges, Connection D
MAN Diesel Type TCA/TCR
Dia 1
L
A
PC
D
a2
IW
Di
F
B
W
D
IL
G
C
E N x diameter (O) N x diameter (O)
Type TCA series - Retangular type

T.C. L W IL IW A B C D E F G N O
TCA44 1,012 430 910 328 962 286 854 - 972 96 122 24 13
TCA55 1,206 516 1,080 390 1,143 360 1,000 472 1,155 120 125 26 18
TCA66 1,433 613 1,283 463 1,358 420 1,200 560 1,373 140 150 26 18
TCA77 1,694 720 1,524 550 1,612 480 1,280 664 1,628 160 160 34 22
TCA88 2,012 855 1,810 653 1,914 570 1,710 788 1,934 160 190 28 22
TCA99 2,207 938 1,985 717 2,100 624 1,872 866 2,120 208 208 28 22
Type TCR series - Round type

T.C. Dia 1 Dia 2 PCD N L
O
A 22 x 14
TCR18 425 310 395 12 22
TCR22 595 434 550 16 22
IW
F
4x90
390
300
D
B
IL
710
G 7x110
C Nx Thread (0) 800
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/ME-C/ME-GI/ME-B engines

MAN Diesel 198 66 70-0.2
MAN B&W 5.10
Page 2 of 3
ABB Type TPL/A100
Dia 1
L
A
PC
D a2
IW
Di
W
B
D
F
IL
G
C N x diameter (O) N x diameter (O)
Type TPL - Retangular type

L
T.C. L W IL IW
A A B C D F G N O
TPL73 1,168 550 984 381 1,092 324 972 492 108 108 28 26
IW
TPL77 1,372 638 1,176 462 1,294 390 1,170 580 130 130 28 26
W
D
B
F
TPL80 1,580 729 1,364 538

IL 1,494 450 1,350 668 150 150 28 30
TPL85 1,910 857 1,740 690
G
1,812 700 1,540 796 140 140 36 30
C N x diameter (O)
TPL91 2,226 958 2,006 770 2,134 625 1,875 896 125 125 48 22
Type TPL - Round type

T.C. Dia 1 Dia 2 PCD N O
TPL69 650 500 600 20 22
TPL65 540 400 495 16 22
Type A100 series

T.C. Dia 1 Dia 2 PCD N O
A165
A170
A175
A180
A185
A190

MAN Diesel 198 66 70-0.2
Dia 1
L
A
PC
MAN B&W D a2 5.10
IW
Di
W
B
D
F
IL Page 3 of 3
MHI Type MET G

C N x diameter (O) N x diameter (O)
L
A
IW
W
D
B
F
IL
G
C N x diameter (O)
Type MET
T.C. L W IL IW A B C D F G N O
MET33MA Available on request
MET42MA 883 365 793 275 850 240 630 335 80 90 24 15
MET53MA 1,122 465 1,006 349 1,073 300 945 420 100 105 28 20
MET60MA 1,230 660 1,120 388 1,190 315 1,050 500 105 105 30 20
MET66MA 1,380 560 1,254 434 1,330 345 1,200 510 115 120 30 24
MET71MA 1,520 700 1,400 480 1,475 345 1,265 640 115 115 34 20
MET83MA 1,740 700 1,586 550 1,680 450 1,500 640 150 150 30 24
MET90MA 1,910 755 1,750 595 1,850 480 1,650 695 160 165 30 24
503 26 38-6.0.1
Fig. 5.10.02: Turbocharger, exhaust outlet

MAN Diesel 198 66 70-0.2
MAN B&W 5.10
Page 1 of 3
Counterflanges, Connection E
MAN Diesel Type TCA

Dia
Dia
L
L
W W
N x diameter (O)
N x diameter (O)
Type TCA series

T.C. Dia L W N O Thickness of flanges
TCA77 116 126 72 4 20 18
TCA88 141.5 150 86 4 20 18
TCA99 141.5 164 94 4 22 24
Dia 1
TCA
Dia
Dia
L
L
N x diameter (O) PCD
W W
N x diameter (O)
N x diameter (O)
Type TCA series

T.C. Dia L W N O Thickness of flanges
TCA55 77.5 86 76 4 16 15
Dia 2
TCA66 W 90.5 110 90 4 18 16
Dia 1
Dia 1
TPL
Dia
B
L
N x diameter (O) PCD A

Dia 2
W
Dia 1
MET
MAN Diesel 198 70 27-3.0
Dia

TCA
Dia
Dia
L
L
MAN B&W W W
5.10
N x diameter (O)
N x diameter (O)
Page 2 of 3
ABB Type TPL
Dia 1
TPL
Type TPL series

T.C. Dia 1 PCD N O Thickness of flanges
TPL65B 165 125 4 18 18
TPL69B 185 145 4 18 18 Dia 2
W
TPL73B11/12/13 185 145 4 18 Dia 1 18
MET
TPL77B11/12/13
TPL80B11/12/13
185
200
145
160
4
8
18
18
18
20
Dia
TPL85B11/12/13 200 165 8 19 16

TPL85B14/15/16 200 160 8 16 14
TPL91B 210 175 8 18 19

MAN Diesel 198 70 27-3.0
Dia 1
TPL
MAN B&W 5.10
N x diameter (O) PCD Page 3 of 3
MHI Type MET

Dia
Dia
L
L
Dia 2
W
Dia 1
MET W
N x diameter (O)
Dia
W
N x diameter (O)
B
L
Type MET series

Dia 1T.C. Dia PCD L W N O Thickness of flanges
MET33MA 43.5 95 95 95 4 14 12
MET42MA 61.5 105 105 105 4 14 14
MET53MA 77 130 125 125 4 14 14
MET60MA 90 145 140 140 4 18 14
MET66MA
N x diameter (O) PCD 90 145 140 140 4 18 14
MET71MA 90 145 140 140 4 18 14
MET90MA 115 155 155 155 4 18 14
Dia 2
W
Dia 1
Dia
B
L

Type MET series - Round type

T.C. Dia 1 Dia 2 PCD B N O Thickness of flanges (A)
MET83MA 180 90 145 114.3 4 18 14
Fig. 5.10.03: Venting of lubbricating oil discharge pipe for turbochargers

MAN Diesel 198 70 27-3.0
MAN B&W 5.11
Page 1 of 1
Engine Seating and Holding Down Bolts
The latest version of most of the drawings

of this section is available for download at
Installation Drawings. First choose engine series,
then engine type and select Engine seating in the
general section of the list of drawings available for
download.
Engine seating and arrangement of holding

down bolts
The dimensions of the seating stated in Figs.

5.12.01 and 5.12.02 are for guidance only.
The engine is designed for mounting on epoxy

chocks, EoD: 4 82 102, in which case the under-
side of the bedplates lower flanges has no taper.
The epoxy types approved by MAN Diesel are:
Chockfast Orange PR 610 TCF from

ITW Philadelphia Resins Corporation, USA
Durasin from
Daemmstoff Industrie Korea Ltd
Epocast 36 from
H.A. Springer - Kiel, Germany
EPY from
Marine Service Jaroszewicz S.C., Poland
Loctite Fixmaster Marine Chocking, Henkel
MAN B&W MC/MCC, ME/ME-C/GI, MEB/-GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 41 765.10
MAN B&W 5.12
Page 1 of 3
Epoxy Chocks Arrangement
For details of chocks and bolts see special drawings. 1) The engine builder drills the holes for holding
down bolts in the bedplate while observing the
For securing of supporting chocks see special toleranced locations indicated on MAN B&W
drawing. Diesel & Turbos drawings for machining the
bedplate
This drawing may, subject to the written consent of
the actual engine builder concerned, be used as a 2) The shipyard drills the holes for holding down
basis for markingoff and drilling the holes for hold- bolts in the top plates while observing the toler-
ing down bolts in the top plates, provided that: anced locations given on the present drawing
3) The holding down bolts are made in accord-

ance with MAN B&W Diesel & Turbos drawings
of these bolts.
100 mm free spaces for supporting wedges
25 mm thick dammings
# #
A
880
700 65 B B
A
2,580
2,570
2,4101
600 707 708 708 707 708 707 1,020
1,700
288
q Engine
5,160
aft cyl.
cyl.2
cyl.3
cyl.1
2,630
1,700
1,883 1,590 1,095

2,4101
2,580
2,570
880
1,2681
2,4981
2,8581
1,5481
2,2181
9081
6281
1751
747
The width of machining on

82 holes in the bedplate and the underside of bedplate
21 off 114 holes 80 holes in the top plate
End flange of thrust shaft
A-A
10 Effective 815 25 1,730 to engine
B-B
Epoxy wedges to be chiselled after curing
to enable mounting of side chock liners
Fig. 5.12.01: Arrangement of epoxy chocks and holding down bolts 078 81 68-3.1.0
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 82 59-1.1
MAN B&W 5.12
Page 2 of 3
Engine Seating Profile
Section A-A
This space to be kept free from pipes etc. along both sides
of the engine in order to facilitate the overhaul work on
holding down bolts, supporting chocks and side chocks.
Centreline
crankshaft
640 2,580
880 1,700
1,675
1,900
Centreline engine
1
D1
50 25
+35
B
230
80
If required by classification
3 society, apply this bracket.
Thickness of bracket is the
782
330
804
2 same as thickness of
floorplates.
842
6 20
B
490
R4
0
5
R7
290
20
30
1,730
50 1,745
60 2,195
50 2,950
3,450
Thickness of floorplates between main Slots to be cut in vertical

engine girders 38 mm. floorplates to clear nuts
when necessary.
Holding down bolts, option: 4 82 602 include:

1. Protecting cap
2. Spherical nut
3. Spherical washer
4. Distance pipe
5. Round nut 078 81 67-1.2.1
6. Holding down bolt
Fig.5.12.02a: Profile of engine seating with vertical oil outlet
MAN B&W S90ME-C9

MAN Diesel 198 82 48-3.1
MAN B&W 5.12
Page 3 of 3
Section B-B
Side chock brackets, option: 4 82 622 includes:
1. Side chock brackets
Middle of main bearing

Side chock liners, option: 4 82 620 includes:
2. Liner for side chock
3. Lock plate
4. Washer
5. Hexagon socket set screw
Centreline cylinder
Detail D1
1 3 4 5 2
078 81 67-1.1.b
Fig. 5.12.02b: Profile of engine seating, end chocks, option: 4 82 620
764
End chock bolts, option: 4 82 610 includes:
Taper 1 100 65
about 400 1. Stud for end chock bolt
8 6 3 5 4 7 2 1 2. Round nut
3. Round nut
4. Spherical washer
about 295
5. Spherical washer
6. Protecting cap
180
End chock liner, option: 4 82 612 includes:

Space for hydraulic
tightening jack 7. Liner for end chock
End chock brackets, option: 4 82 614 includes:

8. End chock bracket
178 62 11-7.0
Fig. 5.12.02c: Profile of engine seating, end chocks, option: 4 82 610
MAN B&W S90ME-C9

MAN Diesel 198 82 48-3.1
MAN B&W 5.13
Page 1 of 2
Engine Top Bracing
The so-called guide force moments are caused by Without top bracing, the natural frequency of
the transverse reaction forces acting on the cross- the vibrating system comprising engine, ships
heads due to the connecting rod and crankshaft bottom, and ships side is often so low that reso-
mechanism. When the piston of a cylinder is not nance with the excitation source (the guide force
exactly in its top or bottom position the gas force moment) can occur close to the normal speed
from the combustion, transferred through the con- range, resulting in the risk of vibration.
necting rod, will have a component acting on the
crosshead and the crankshaft perpendicularly to With top bracing, such a resonance will occur
the axis of the cylinder. Its resultant is acting on above the normal speed range, as the natural fre-
the guide shoe and together they form a guide quencies of the double bottom/main engine sys-
force moment. tem will increase. The impact of vibration is thus
lowered.
The moments may excite engine vibrations mov-
ing the engine top athwart ships and causing a The top bracing is normally installed on the ex-
rocking (excited by H-moment) or twisting (excited haust side of the engine, but can alternatively be
by X-moment) movement of the engine. For en- installed on the manoeuvring side. A combination
gines with less than seven cylinders, this guide of exhaust side and manoeuvring side installation
force moment tends to rock the engine in the is also possible.
transverse direction, and for engines with seven
cylinders or more, it tends to twist the engine. The top bracing system is installed either as a
mechanical top bracing or a hydraulic top bracing.
The guide force moments are harmless to the Both systems are described below.
engine except when resonance vibrations occur
in the engine/double bottom system. They may,
however, cause annoying vibrations in the super- Mechanical top bracing
structure and/or engine room, if proper counter-
measures are not taken. The mechanical top bracing comprises stiff con-
nections between the engine and the hull.
As a detailed calculation of this system is normally
not available, MAN Diesel recommends that top The top bracing stiffener consists of a double
bracing is installed between the engines upper bar tightened with friction shims at each end of
platform brackets and the casing side. the mounting positions. The friction shims al-
low the top bracing stiffener to move in case of
However, the top bracing is not needed in all displacements caused by thermal expansion of
cases. In some cases the vibration level is lower if the engine or different loading conditions of the
the top bracing is not installed. This has normally vessel. Furthermore, the tightening is made with a
to be checked by measurements, i.e. with and well-defined force on the friction shims, using disc
without top bracing. springs, to prevent overloading of the system in
case of an excessive vibration level.
If a vibration measurement in the first vessel of a
series shows that the vibration level is acceptable
without the top bracing, we have no objection to
the top bracing being removed and the rest of
the series produced without top bracing. It is our
experience that especially the 7-cylinder engine
will often have a lower vibration level without top
bracing.

MAN Diesel 198 46 725.8
MAN B&W 5.13
Page 2 of 2
The mechanical top bracing is to be made by the By a different pre-setting of the relief valve, the
shipyard in accordance with MAN Diesel instruc- top bracing is delivered in a low-pressure version
tions. (26 bar) or a high-pressure version (40 bar).
A
The top bracing unit is designed to allow dis-
A placements between the hull and engine caused
by thermal expansion of the engine or different
loading conditions of the vessel.
AA
Oil Accumulator
Hydraulic Control Unit

178 23 61-6.1
Fig. 5.13.01: Mechanical top bracing stiffener.

Option: 4 83 112
684
Cylinder Unit
Hydraulic top bracing
The hydraulic top bracing is an alternative to the

mechanical top bracing used mainly on engines
280
320
with a cylinder bore of 50 or more. The installation

normally features two, four or six independently
working top bracing units.
The top bracing unit consists of a single-acting hy-

draulic cylinder with a hydraulic control unit and an 475
accumulator mounted directly on the cylinder unit. Hull side Engine side
The top bracing is controlled by an automatic

switch in a control panel, which activates the top
bracing when the engine is running. It is possi-
ble to programme the switch to choose a certain
rpm range, at which the top bracing is active. For
14
service purposes, manual control from the control

350
250
panel is also possible.
When active, the hydraulic cylinder provides a

pressure on the engine in proportion to the vibra-
tion level. When the distance between the hull and
engine increases, oil flows into the cylinder under
178 57 48-8.0
pressure from the accumulator. When the dis-
tance decreases, a non-return valve prevents the Fig. 5.13.02: Outline of a hydraulic top bracing unit.
oil from flowing back to the accumulator, and the The unit is installed with the oil accumulator pointing
pressure rises. If the pressure reaches a preset either up or down. Option: 4 83 123
maximum value, a relief valve allows the oil to flow
back to the accumulator, hereby maintaining the
force on the engine below the specified value.

MAN Diesel 198 46 725.8
MAN B&W 5.14
Page 1 of 1
Mechanical Top Bracing
This section is available on request
MAN B&W K98MC6/7, K98MC-C6/7, S90ME-C9.2, S35MC-C9,

L35MC6, S26MC6, ME/ME-B/MEC/GI engines MAN Diesel 198 47 648.4
MAN B&W 5.15
Page 1 of 2
Hydraulic Top Bracing Arrangement
Hydraulic top bracing should be installed on one side,

either the exhaust side (alternative 1),
or the camshaft side (alternative 2).
Alternative 2 Alternative 1
8,160
7,825
0 0
4,875
4,400
Q
R
Turbocharger Q R
TCA77/88 5,900 6,375
A185 5,600 6,075
A190 6,000 6,475
MET71 5,600 6,075
MET83 6,000 6,475
078 81 70-5.1.0a
Fig. 5.15.01: Hydraulic top bracing data
MAN B&W S90MEC9.2

MAN Diesel 198 82 47-1.1
MAN B&W 5.15
Page 2 of 2
XX
Viewed from top
Valve block on upper base
Point A
795 795
1
0 0
795 795
2
2,385 2385
3
4 ISO 5817D
6
EN601M,Q2
XX 7
Valve block on lower base

8
4 ISO 5817D
13,165 13,165
EN601M,Q2 Point A 9
14,755 14,755
10
16,345 16,345
11
17,935 17,935
12
19,525 19,525
X X X X
As the rigidity of the casing structure to which

the top bracing is attached is most important, it
is recommended that the top bracing is attached
directly into a deck.
Required rigidity of the casing side point A:
In the axial direction of the hydraulic top bracing:

Force per bracing: 127 kN
Max. correcponding deflection

of casing side: 0.51 mm
In the horizontal and vertical direction of the

hydraulic top bracing: Force per bracing: 22 kN
Max. correcponding deflection

of casing side : 2.00 mm
078 81 70-5.0.0a
Fig. 5.15.01: Hydraulic top bracing data
MAN B&W S90MEC9.2

MAN Diesel 198 82 47-1.1
MAN B&W 5.16
Page 1 of 3
Components for Engine Control System
Installation of ECS in the Engine Control Room The EICU functions as an interface unit to ECR
related systems such as AMS (Alarm and Monitor-
The following items are to be installed in the ECR ing System), RCS (Remote Control System) and
(Engine Control Room): Safety System. On ME-B engines the EICU also
controls the HPS.
2 pcs EICU (Engine Interface Control Unit)
(1 pcs only for ME-B engines) MOP A and B are redundant and are the opera-
1 pcs MOP A (Main Operating Panel) tors interface to the ECS. Via the MOPs, the op-
Touch display, 15 erator can control and see the status of the engine
PC unit and the ECS.
1 pcs Pointer device for MOP
1 pcs PMI system The offline PMI system is run on a standard PC.
Display, 19 The PMI system serves as a pressure analysis
PC unit system. See Section 18.02.
1 pcs MOP B
Display, 15 Optional items to be mounted in the ECR include
PC unit the CoCoSEDS which can be purchased sepa-
Keyboard rately and applied on the PC for the PMI offline
Pointer device system. See Section 18.03.
1 pcs Printer (Yard supply)
1 pcs Ethernet Switch and VPN router
with firewall
ECS Network A
ECS Network B
MOP A MOP B
Router with firewall

PMI/CoCoS PC #
Ship LAN # Ethernet # Ethernet #
Serial AMS # PMI Auto

tuning (Data acquisition unit option)
Ethernet #
Ethernet (AMS) #
# Yard Supply Printer #

078 74 78-1.1.1
Fig. 5.16.01 Network and PC components for the ME/ME-B Engine Control System
MAN B&W ME/ME-C/MEB/-GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 46 977.6
MAN B&W 5.16
Page 2 of 3
MOP PC
MOP control unit, with software and hardware
188 18 66-0.2.0
Main operating panel (Display)

LCD (TFT) monitor 15 with touch display
(calibrated)
Direct dimming control (0-100%)
USB connection at front
IP65 resistant front
188 21 31-9.1.0 188 11 23-1.4.0
Pointing device
Keyboard model
UK version, 104 keys
USB connection
Trackball mouse
USB connection 188 21 59-6.2.0
188 21 61-8.3.0
PMI/CoCos Display
LCD (TFT) monitor 19
Active matrix
Resolution 1280x1024, auto scaling
Direct dimming control (0-100%)
IP65 resistant front
188 15 3-4.2.0 511 96 44-2.1.0
PMI/CoCos PC
Standard industry PC with MS Windows
operating system, UK version
Router 178 62 31-3.0
Ethernet switch and VPN router with firewall
188 23 04-6.1.0
Fig. 5.16.02 MOP PC equipment for the ME/ME-B Engine Control System
MAN B&W ME/ME-C/MEB/-GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 46 977.6
MAN B&W 5.16
Page 3 of 3
Printer
Network printer, ink colour printer
EICU Cabinet 188 23 16-6.1.0
Engine interface control cabinet for ME-ECS for

installation in ECR (recommended) or ER
1,600 mm
505 mm 600 mm
517 57 64-4.5.0
Fig. 5.16.03 The EICU cabinet unit for the ME Engine Control System
MAN B&W ME/ME-C/-GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 82 73-3.0
MAN B&W 5.17
Page 1 of 3
Shaftline Earthing Device
Scope and field of application Cabling of the shaftline earthing device to the hull
must be with a cable with a cross section not less
A difference in the electrical potential between the than 45 mm. The length of the cable to the hull
hull and the propeller shaft will be generated due should be as short as possible.
to the difference in materials and to the propeller
being immersed in sea water. Monitoring equipment should have a 4-20 mA
signal for alarm and a mV-meter with a switch for
In some cases, the difference in the electrical changing range. Primary range from 0 to 50 mV
potential has caused spark erosion on the thrust, DC and secondary range from 0 to 300 mV DC.
main bearings and journals of the crankshaft of
the engine. When the shaftline earthing device is working
correctly, the electrical potential will normally be
In order to reduce the electrical potential between within the range of 10-50 mV DC depending of
the crankshaft and the hull and thus prevent spark propeller size and revolutions.
erosion, a highly efficient shaftline earthing device
must be installed. The alarm set-point should be 80 mV for a high
alarm. The alarm signals with an alarm delay of 30
The shaftline earthing device should be able to seconds and an alarm cut-off, when the engine is
keep the electrical potential difference below 50 stopped, must be connected to the alarm system.
mV DC. A shaft-to-hull monitoring equipment with
a mV-meter and with an output signal to the alarm Connection of cables is shown in the sketch, see
system must be installed so that the potential and Fig. 5.17.01.
thus the correct function of the shaftline earthing
device can be monitored.
Note that only one shaftline earthing device is

needed in the propeller shaft system.
Design description
The shaftline earthing device consists of two silver

slip rings, two arrangements for holding brushes
including connecting cables and monitoring
equipment with a mV-meter and an output signal
for alarm.
The slip rings should be made of solid silver or

back-up rings of cobber with a silver layer all over.
The expected life span of the silver layer on the
slip rings should be minimum 5 years.
The brushes should be made of minimum 80%

silver and 20% graphite to ensure a sufficient
electrical conducting capability.
Resistivity of the silver should be less than 0.1

Ohm x m. The total resistance from the shaft to
the hull must not exceed 0.001 Ohm.

MAN Diesel 198 49 292.4
MAN B&W 5.17
Page 2 of 3
Cable
connected
to the hull
Brush holder
arrangement
Monitoring
equipment
with mVmeter Cable
connected
to the hull
Slip ring Cable

to alarm
system
Slip ring
for monitoring
equipment Brush holder
arrangement
079 21 82-1.3.1.0
Fig. 5.17.01: Connection of cables for the shaftline earthing device
Shaftline earthing device installations
The shaftline earthing device slip rings must be

mounted on the foremost intermediate shaft as
close to the engine as possible, see Fig. 5.17.02
Rudder
Voltage monitoring
for shafthull potential
Propeller difference
Shaftline
earthing device
Current Main bearings
Propeller shaft Thrust bearing
Intermediate shaft Intermediate shaft bearing
079 21 82-1.3.2.0
Fig. 5.17.02: Installation of shaftline earthing device in an engine plant without shaft-mounted generator

MAN Diesel 198 49 292.4
MAN B&W 5.17
Page 3 of 3
When a generator is fitted in the propeller shaft

system, where the rotor of the generator is part of
the intermediate shaft, the shaftline earthing de-
vice must be mounted between the generator and
the engine, see Fig. 5.17.03
Rudder
Voltage monitoring
for shafthull potential
Propeller difference
Shaftline
earthing device
Current Main bearings
Propeller shaft Thrust bearing
Intermediate shaft Shaft mounted alternator

where the rotor is part of
the intermediate shaft
Intermediate shaft bearing
079 21 82-1.3.3.0
Fig. 5.17.03: Installation of shaftline earthing device in an engine plant with shaft-mounted generator

MAN Diesel 198 49 292.4
MAN B&W 5.18
Page 1 of 1
MAN Diesels Alpha Controllable Pitch Propeller and Alphatronic Propulsion Control
MAN Diesel 198 61 57-3 .1

MAN B&W
List of Capacities:
Pumps, Coolers &
Exhaust Gas

6
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 6.01
Page 1 of 1
Calculation of List of Capacities and Exhaust Gas Data
Updated engine and capacities data is available fied MCR different from the nominally rated MCR
from the CEAS program on www.mandiesel- point, the list of capacities will be different from the
turbo.com under Products Marine Engines & nominal capacities.
Systems Low Speed CEAS - Engine Room
Dimensioning. Furthermore, among others, the exhaust gas data
depends on the ambient temperature conditions.
This chapter describes the necessary auxiliary ma-
chinery capacities to be used for a nominally rated Based on examples for a derated engine, the way
engine. The capacities given are valid for seawater of how to calculate the derated capacities, fresh-
cooling system and central cooling water system, water production and exhaust gas amounts and
respectively. For derated engine, i.e. with a speci- temperatures will be described in details.
Nomenclature
In the following description and examples of the auxiliary machinery capacities, freshwater generator pro-
duction and exhaust gas data, the below nomenclatures are used:
Engine ratings Point / Index Power Speed

Nominal MCR point L1 PL1 nL1
Specified MCR point M PM nM
Service point S PS nS
Fig. 6.01.01: Nomenclature of basic engine ratings
Parameters Cooler index Flow index

Q = Heat dissipation air scavenge air cooler sw seawater flow
V = Volume flow lub lube oil cooler cw cooling/central water flow
M = Mass flow jw jacket water cooler exh exhaust gas
T = Temperature cent central cooler fw freshwater
Fig. 6.01.02: Nomenclature of coolers and volume flows, etc.
Engine configurations related to SFOC
The engine type is available in the following ver-

sion only with respect to the efficiency of the tur-
bocharger:
With high efficiency turbocharger, which is the

basic design and for which the lists of capacities
Section 6.03 are calculated.
MAN B&W 98 50 MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C/ME-B/-GI-TII,

S46MC-C/ME-B8.2-TII MAN Diesel 198 82 91-2.0
MAN B&W 6.02
Page 1 of 1
List of Capacities and Cooling Water Systems
The List of Capacities contain data regarding the The capacities for the starting air receivers and
necessary capacities of the auxiliary machinery the compressors are stated in Fig. 6.03.01.
for the main engine only, and refer to a nominally
rated engine. Complying with IMO Tier II NOx limi-
tations. Heat radiation and air consumption
The heat dissipation figures include 10% extra The radiation and convection heat losses to the
margin for overload running except for the scav- engine room is around 1% of the engine nominal
enge air cooler, which is an integrated part of the power (kW in L1).
diesel engine.
The air consumption is approximately 98.2%
of the calculated exhaust gas amount, ie.
Cooling Water Systems Mair = Mexh x 0.982.
The capacities given in the tables are based on

tropical ambient reference conditions and refer to Flanges on engine, etc.
engines with high efficiency/conventional turbo-
charger running at nominal MCR (L1) for: The location of the flanges on the engine are
shown in: Engine pipe connections, and the flang-
Seawater cooling system, es are identified by reference letters stated in the
See diagram, Fig. 6.02.01 and nominal capaci- List of flanges; both can be found in Chapter 5.
ties in Fig. 6.03.01
The diagrams use the Basic symbols for piping,
Central cooling water system, whereas the symbols for instrumentation accord-
See diagram, Fig. 6.02.02 and nominal capaci- ing to ISO 12191 and ISO 12192 and the in-
ties in Fig. 6.03.01 strumentation list found in Appendix A.
Scavenge air cooler
45 C
Seawater Seawater outlet

32 C 38 C
Lubricating oil cooler Jacket water cooler
80 C
Fig. 6.02.01: Diagram for seawater cooling system 178 11 264.1
Seawater outlet
80 C
Jaket
water
Central cooler
cooler
Scavenge
air 43 C
cooler (s)
Lubricating
45 C oil
cooler
Central coolant
Seawater inlet 36 C
32 C
Fig. 6.02.02: Diagram for central cooling water system 178 11 276.1
MAN B&W MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C/ME-B/ME-GI-TII engines

MAN Diesel 198 74 63-3.0
MAN B&W 6.03
Page 1 of 9
List of Capacities for 5S90ME-C9.2-TII at NMCR - IMO NOx Tier II compliance
Seawater cooling Central cooling

Conventional TC High eff. TC Conventional TC High eff. TC
2 x MET71MB
2 x MET71MB
2 x TCA77-21
2 x TCA77-21
2 x A180-L35
2 x A180-L35
-
-
Pumps
Fuel oil circulation m/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 11.4 11.4 11.4 N.A. N.A. N.A. 11.4 11.4 11.4
Fuel oil supply m/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 7.1 7.1 7.1 N.A. N.A. N.A. 7.1 7.1 7.1
Jacket cooling m/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 225 225 225 N.A. N.A. N.A. 225 225 225
Seawater cooling * m/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 920 930 930 N.A. N.A. N.A. 920 920 920
Main lubrication oil * m/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 455 445 455 N.A. N.A. N.A. 455 445 455
Central cooling * m/h - - - - - - - - - 710 720 720
Scavenge air cooler(s)

Heat diss. app. kW N.A. N.A. N.A. 12,370 12,370 12,370 N.A. N.A. N.A. 12,320 12,320 12,320
Central water flow m/h N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 442 442 442
Seawater flow m/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 612 612 612 N.A. N.A. N.A. - - -
Lubricating oil cooler

Heat diss. app. * kW N.A. N.A. N.A. 2,320 2,400 2,460 N.A. N.A. N.A. 2,320 2,400 2,460
Lube oil flow * m/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 455 445 455 N.A. N.A. N.A. 455 445 455
Jacket water cooler

Jacket water flow m/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 225 225 225 N.A. N.A. N.A. 225 225 225
Central cooler
Heat diss. app. * kW N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 18,560 18,640 18,700
Seawater flow m/h N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 920 920 920
Starting air system, 30.0 bar g, 12 starts. Fixed pitch propeller - reversible engine
Receiver volume m N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 14.0 2 x 14.0 2 x 14.0 N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 x 14.0 2 x 14.0 2 x 14.0
Compressor cap. m N.A. N.A. N.A. 840 840 840 N.A. N.A. N.A. 840 840 840
Starting air system, 30.0 bar g, 6 starts. Controllable pitch propeller - non-reversible engine
Other values
Fuel oil heater kW N.A. N.A. N.A. 283 283 283 N.A. N.A. N.A. 283 283 283
Exh. gas temp. ** C N.A. N.A. N.A. 240 240 240 N.A. N.A. N.A. 240 240 240
Exh. gas amount ** kg/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 252,000 252,000 252,000 N.A. N.A. N.A. 252,000 252,000 252,000
Air consumption ** kg/s N.A. N.A. N.A. 68.7 68.7 68.7 N.A. N.A. N.A. 68.7 68.7 68.7
* For main engine arrangements with built-on power take-off (PTO) of a MAN Diesel recommended type and/or torsional vibration
damper the engine's capacities must be increased by those stated for the actual system
** ISO based
For List of Capacities for derated engines and performance data at part load please visit http://www.manbw.dk/ceas/erd/
Table 6.03.01e: Capacities for seawater and central systems as well as conventional and high efficiency turbochargers stated at NMCR
MAN B&W S90mE-C9.2-TII

MAN Diesel 198 82 39-9.0
MAN B&W 6.03
Page 2 of 9

2 x MET83MB
2 x MET83MB
2 x TCA77-26
2 x TCA77-26
2 x A185-L34
2 x A185-L34
-
-
Pumps
Central cooling * m/h - - - - - - - - - 860 860 870


Jacket water cooler

Central cooler
Seawater flow m/h N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 1,100 1,110 1,110
Other values
** ISO based
Table 6.03.01f: Capacities for seawater and central systems as well as conventional and high efficiency turbochargers stated at NMCR

MAN Diesel 198 82 39-9.0
MAN B&W 6.03
Page 3 of 9

2 x MET83MB
2 x MET83MB
2 x TCA88-21
2 x TCA88-21
2 x A190-L34
2 x A190-L34
-
-
Pumps
Central cooling * m/h - - - - - - - - - 1,000 1,010 1,010


Jacket water cooler

Central cooler
Central water flow m/h N.A. N.A. N.A. - - - N.A. N.A. N.A. 1,000 1,010 1,010
Other values
** ISO based
Table 6.03.01g: Capacities for seawater and central systems as well as conventional and high efficiency turbochargers stated at NMCR

MAN Diesel 198 82 39-9.0
MAN B&W 6.03
Page 4 of 9

2 x MET90MB
2 x MET90MB
2 x TCA88-26
2 x TCA88-26
3 x A185-L34
3 x A185-L34
-
-
Pumps


Jacket water cooler

Central cooler
Other values
** ISO based
Table 6.03.01h: Capacities for seawater and central systems as well as conventional and high efficiency turbochargers stated at NMCR

MAN Diesel 198 82 39-9.0
MAN B&W 6.03
Page 5 of 9

2 x MET90MB
2 x MET90MB
2 x TCA88-26
2 x TCA88-26
3 x A185-L34
3 x A185-L34
-
-
Pumps

Seawater flow m/h N.A. N.A. N.A. 1,101 1,101 1,101 N.A. N.A. N.A. - - -

Jacket water cooler

Central cooler
Other values
** ISO based
Table 6.03.01i: Capacities for seawater and central systems as well as conventional and high efficiency turbochargers stated at NMCR

MAN Diesel 198 82 39-9.0
MAN B&W 6.03
Page 6 of 9

3 x MET83MB
3 x MET83MB
3 x TCA88-21
3 x TCA88-21
3 x A190-L34
3 x A190-L34
-
-
Pumps


Jacket water cooler

Central cooler
Other values
** ISO based
Table 6.03.01j: Capacities for seawater and central systems as well as conventional and high efficiency turbochargers stated at NMCR

MAN Diesel 198 82 39-9.0
MAN B&W 6.03
Page 7 of 9

3 x MET83MB
3 x MET83MB
3 x TCA88-21
3 x TCA88-21
3 x A190-L35
3 x A190-L35
-
-
Pumps


Jacket water cooler

Central cooler
Other values
** ISO based
Table 6.03.01k: Capacities for seawater and central systems as well as conventional and high efficiency turbochargers stated at NMCR

MAN Diesel 198 82 39-9.0
MAN B&W 6.03
Page 8 of 9

3 x MET90MB
3 x MET90MB
3 x TCA88-26
3 x TCA88-26
4 x A185-L34
4 x A185-L34
-
-
Pumps


Jacket water cooler

Central cooler
Other values
** ISO based
Table 6.03.01l: Capacities for seawater and central systems as well as conventional and high efficiency turbochargers stated at NMCR

MAN Diesel 198 82 39-9.0
MAN B&W 6.03
Page 9 of 9

4 x MET83MB
4 x MET83MB
4 x TCA88-21
4 x TCA88-21
4 x A190-L34
4 x A190-L34
-
-
Pumps


Jacket water cooler

Central cooler
Compressor cap. m N.A. N.A. N.A. 1,020 1,020 1,020 N.A. N.A. N.A. 1,020 1,020 1,020
Other values
** ISO based
Table 6.03.01n: Capacities for seawater and central systems as well as conventional and high efficiency turbochargers stated at NMCR

MAN Diesel 198 82 39-9.0
MAN B&W 6.04
Page 1 of 12
Auxiliary Machinery Capacities

The dimensioning of heat exchangers (coolers) The percentage power (PM%) and speed (nM%) of L1
and pumps for derated engines can be calculated ie: PM% = PM/PL1 x 100%
on the basis of the heat dissipation values found nM% = nM/nL1 x 100%
by using the following description and diagrams. for specified MCR (M) of the derated engine is
Those for the nominal MCR (L1), may also be used used as input in the abovementioned diagrams,
if wanted. giving the % heat dissipation figures relative to
those in the List of Capacities,
The nomenclature of the basic engine ratings and
Power, % of L1
coolers, etc. used in this section is shown in Fig. PM%
6.01.01 and 6.01.02. 110%
L1
100% 100%
98%
Cooler heat dissipations 94%
L3 M 90%
90% Qjw%
For the specified MCR (M) the following three dia-
86%
grams in Figs. 6.04.01, 6.04.02 and 6.04.03 show 80%
reduction factors for the corresponding heat dis- 82% L2
sipations for the coolers, relative to the values 78%
70%
stated in the List of Capacities valid for nominal L4
MCR (L1).
60%
Power, % of L1 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% nM%
PM%
Speed, % of L1
110%
L1 Qjw% = e ( 0.0811 x ln (n
M%
) + 0.8072 x ln (P
M%
) + 1.2614) 178 62 23-7.0
100% 100%
90% Fig. 6.04.02: Jacket water cooler, heat dissipation Qjw%

L3 M 90% in point M, in % of the L1 value Qjw, L1
Qair% 80%
70% 80% Power, % of L1

L2 PM%
110%
L4 65%
70% L1
100% 100%
98%
96%
94%
92% M
60%
L3 90%
80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% nM%

Qlub%
Speed, % of L1 80%
L2
178 62 24-9.0
Qair% = 100 x (PM/PL1)1.68 x (nM/nL1) 0.83 L4 70%
Fig. 6.04.01: Scavenge air cooler, heat dissipation Qair% in

point M, in % of the L1 value Qair, L1 60%
80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% nM%
Speed, % of L1
178 62 25-0.0
Qlub% = 67.3009 x ln (nM%) + 7.6304 x ln (PM%)

245.0714
Fig. 6.04.03: Lubricating oil cooler, heat dissipation

Qlub% in point M, in % of the L1 value Qlub, L1
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2-TII, K80ME-C9.2-TII

MAN Diesel 198 82 93-6.0
MAN B&W 6.04
Page 2 of 12
The derated cooler capacities may then be found order to avoid too low a water velocity in the scav-
by means of following equations: enge air cooler pipes.
Qair, M = Qair, L1 x (Qair% / 100)
As the jacket water cooler is connected in series
Qjw, M = Qjw, L1 x (Qjw% / 100)
with the lube oil cooler, the seawater flow capac-
Qlub, M = Qlub, L1 x (Qlub% / 100) ity for the latter is used also for the jacket water
and for a central cooling water system the central cooler.
cooler heat dissipation is:
Qcent,M = Qair,M + Qjw,M + Qlub,M
Central cooling water system
Pump capacities If a central cooler is used, the above still applies,

but the central cooling water capacities are used
The pump capacities given in the List of Capaci- instead of the above seawater capacities. The
ties refer to engines rated at nominal MCR (L1). seawater flow capacity for the central cooler can
For lower rated engines, only a marginal saving in be reduced in proportion to the reduction of the
the pump capacities is obtainable. total cooler heat dissipation, i.e. as follows:
Vcw,air,M = Vcw,air,L1 x (Qair% / 100)
To ensure proper lubrication, the lubricating oil
Vcw,lub,M = Vcw,lub,L1 x (Qlub% / 100)
pump must remain unchanged.
Vcw,jw,M = Vcw,lub,M
Also, the fuel oil circulating and supply pumps Vcw,cent,M = Vcw,air,M + Vcw,lub,M
should remain unchanged. Vsw,cent,M = Vsw,cent,L1 x Qcent,M / Qcent,L1
In order to ensure reliable starting, the starting air

compressors and the starting air receivers must
also remain unchanged. Pump pressures
The jacket cooling water pump capacity is rela- Irrespective of the capacities selected as per the
tively low. Practically no saving is possible, and it above guidelines, the belowmentioned pump
is therefore unchanged. heads at the mentioned maximum working tem-
peratures for each system shall be kept:
Seawater cooling system Pump Max. working

head bar temp. C
The derated seawater pump capacity is equal to Fuel oil supply pump 4 100
the sum of the below found derated seawater flow Fuel oil circulating pump 6 150
capacities through the scavenge air and lube oil Lubricating oil pump 4.8 70
coolers, as these are connected in parallel. Seawater pump 2.5 50
Central cooling water pump 2.5 80
The seawater flow capacity for each of the scav-
Jacket water pump 3.0 100
enge air, lube oil and jacket water coolers can
be reduced proportionally to the reduced heat
dissipations found in Figs. 6.04.01, 6.04.02 and Flow velocities
6.04.03, respectively i.e. as follows:
Vsw,air,M = Vsw,air,L1 x (Qair% / 100) For external pipe connections, we prescribe the
following maximum velocities:
Vsw,lub,M = Vsw,lub.L1 x Qlub% / 100)
Vsw,jw,M = Vsw,lub,M Marine diesel oil .......................................... 1.0 m/s
Heavy fuel oil . ............................................. 0.6 m/s
However, regarding the scavenge air cooler(s), Lubricating oil . ............................................ 1.8 m/s
the engine maker has to approve this reduction in Cooling water .............................................. 3.0 m/s
MAN B&W S90ME-C9

MAN Diesel 198 82 94-8.0
MAN B&W 6.04
Page 3 of 12
Calculation of List of Capacities for Derated Engine

Example 1:
Pump and cooler capacities for a derated 6S90ME-C9.2-TII with high efficiency MAN Diesel turbocharger
type TCA, fixed pitch propeller and central cooling water system.
Nominal MCR, (L1) PL1: 34,860 kW (100.0%) and 84.0 r/min (100.0%)
Specified MCR, (M) PM: 31,374 kW (90.0%) and 79.8 r/min (95.0%)
The method of calculating the reduced capaci- Total cooling water flow through scavenge air
ties for point M (nM% = 95.0% and PM% = 90.0%) is coolers
shown below. Vcw,air,M = Vcw,air,L1 x Qair% / 100

The values valid for the nominal rated engine are Vcw,air,M = 530 x 0.874 = 463 m3/h
found in the List of Capacities, Figs. 6.03.01 and
6.03.02, and are listed together with the result in Cooling water flow through lubricating oil cooler
the figure on the next page. Vcw,lub,M = Vcw,lub,L1x Qlub% / 100
Heat dissipation of scavenge air cooler Vcw,lub,M = 330 x 0.957 = 316 m3/h
Fig. 6.04.01 which approximately indicates a Qair%
= 87.4% heat dissipation, i.e.: Cooling water flow through central cooler
Qair,M =Qair,L1 x Qair% / 100 (Central cooling water pump)
Vcw,cent,M = Vcw,air,M + Vcw,lub,M
Qair,M = 14,780 x 0.874 = 12,918 kW
Vcw,cent,M = 463 + 316 = 779 m3/h
Heat dissipation of jacket water cooler
Fig. 6.04.02 indicates a Qjw% = 92.2% heat dissi- Cooling water flow through jacket water cooler
pation; i.e.: (as for lube oil cooler)
Qjw,M = Qjw,L1 x Qjw% / 100 Vcw,jw,M = Vcw,lub,M
Qjw,M = 4,710 x 0.922 = 4,344 kW Vcw,jw,M = 316 m3/h
Heat dissipation of lube oil cooler Seawater pump for central cooler
Fig. 6.04.03 indicates a Qlub% = 95.7% heat dis- As the seawater pump capacity and the cen-
sipation; i.e.: tral cooler heat dissipation for the nominal
Qlub,M = Qlub, L1 x Qlub% / 100 rated engine found in the List of Capacities are
1,100 m3/h and 22,240 kW the derated seawater
Qlub,M = 2,750 x 0.957 = 2,633 kW pump flow equals:
Heat dissipation of central water cooler Seawater pump:

Qcent,M = Qair,M + Qjw,M + Qlub, M Vsw,cent,M = Vsw,cent,L1 x Qcent,M / Qcent,L1
Qcent,M = 12,918 + 4,344 + 2,633 = 19,895 kW = 1,100 x 19,895 / 22,240 = 984 m3/h

MAN Diesel 198 82 96-1.0
MAN B&W 6.04
Page 4 of 12
Nominal rated engine (L1)

Example 1
High efficiency
Specified MCR (M)
turbocharger (TCA)
Shaft power at MCR 34,860 kW 31,374 kW
Engine speed at MCR at 84.0 r/min at 79,8 r/min
Pumps:
Fuel oil circulating pump m3/h 13.0 13.0
Fuel oil supply pump m3/h 8.6 8.6
Jacket cooling water pump m3/h 270 270
Central cooling water pump m3/h 860 779
Seawater pump m3/h 1,100 984
Lubricating oil pump m3/h 540 540
Coolers:
Scavenge air cooler
Heat dissipation kW 14,780 12,918
Central water quantity m3/h 530 463
Lub. oil cooler
Lubricating oil quantity m3/h 540 540
Jacket water cooler
Jacket cooling water quantity m3/h 270 270
Central cooler
Seawater quantity m3/h 1,100 984
Fuel oil heater: kW 340 340
Gases at ISO ambient conditions*

Exhaust gas amount kg/h 302,400 271,500
Exhaust gas temperature C 240 236.1
Air consumption kg/s 82.4 74.1
Starting air system: 30 bar (gauge)
Reversible engine
Receiver volume (12 starts) m3 2 x 15.0 2 x 15.0
Compressor capacity, total m3/h 900 900
Non-reversible engine
Receiver volume (6 starts) m3 2 x 8.0 2 x 8.0
Compressor capacity, total m3/h 480 480
Exhaust gas tolerances: temperature 15 C and amount 5%
The air consumption and exhaust gas figures are expected and refer to 100% specified MCR,
ISO ambient reference conditions and the exhaust gas back pressure 300 mm WC
The exhaust gas temperatures refer to after turbocharger
* Calculated in example 3, in this chapter
Example 1 Capacities of derated 6S90ME-C9.2-TII with high efficiency MAN turbocharger type TCA and
central cooling water system.

MAN Diesel 198 82 96-1.0
MAN B&W 6.04
Page 5 of 12
Freshwater Generator
If a freshwater generator is installed and is utilis- At part load operation, the actual jacket water
ing the heat in the jacket water cooling system, heat dissipation will be reduced according to the
it should be noted that the actual available heat curves for fixed pitch propeller (FPP) or for con-
in the jacket cooling water system is lower than stant speed, controllable pitch propeller (CPP),
indicated by the heat dissipation figures valid for respectively, in Fig. 6.04.04.
nominal MCR (L1) given in the List of Capacities.
This is because the latter figures are used for With reference to the above, the heat actually
dimensioning the jacket water cooler and hence available for a derated diesel engine may then be
incorporate a safety margin which can be needed found as follows:
when the engine is operating under conditions
such as, e.g. overload. Normally, this margin is 1. Engine power equal to specified power M.
10% at nominal MCR.
For specified MCR (M) the diagram Fig.
Calculation Method 6.04.02 is to be used, i.e. giving the percent-
age correction factor Qjw% and hence for
For a derated diesel engine, i.e. an engine having specified MCR power PM:
a specified MCR (M) different from L1, the relative Qjw%
jacket water heat dissipation for point M may be Qjw,M = Qjw,L1 x ___
100
x 0.9 (0.88)

[1]
found, as previously described, by means of Fig.
6.04.02. 2. Engine power lower than specified MCR
power.
Part load correction factor for jacket
cooling water heat dissipation
kp For powers lower than the specified MCR
1.0 power, the value Qjw,M found for point M by
0.9
means of the above equation [1] is to be mul-
tiplied by the correction factor kp found in Fig.
0.8
6.04.04 and hence
0.7
Qjw = Qjw,M x kp 15%/0% [2]
0.6
FPP
0.5 where
0.4
CPP Qjw = jacket water heat dissipation
Qjw,L1= jacket water heat dissipation at nominal
0.3
MCR (L1)
0.2 Qjw% = percentage correction factor from
0.1
Fig. 6.04.02
Qjw,M = jacket water heat dissipation at specified
0 MCR power (M), found by means of
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100% equation [1]
Engine load, % of specified MCR (M)
kp = part load correction factor from Fig. 6.04.04
FPP : Fixed pitch propeller
0.9 = factor for safety margin of cooler, tropical
CPP : Controllable pitch propeller, constant speed ambient conditions
178 06 643.3
PS
FPP : kp = 0.742 x __
PM
+ 0.258 The heat dissipation is assumed to be more or less
independent of the ambient temperature conditions,
PS
CPP : kp = 0.822 x __
P
+ 0.178 yet the safety margin/ambient condition factor of
M
about 0.88 instead of 0.90 will be more accurate for
Fig. 6.04.04: Correction factor kp for jacket cooling ambient conditions corresponding to ISO tempera-
water heat dissipation at part load, relative to heat dis- tures or lower. The heat dissipation tolerance from
sipation at specified MCR power 15% to 0% stated above is based on experience.
MAN B&W MC//ME/ME-C/ME-B/-GI-TII engines

MAN Diesel 198 71 45-8.1
MAN B&W 6.04
Page 6 of 12
Jacket Cooling Water Temperature Control
When using a normal freshwater generator of the jacket cooling water temperature at the outlet from
singleeffect vacuum evaporator type, the fresh- the engine does not fall below a certain level. Such
water production - based on the available jacket a temperature control system may consist, e.g.,
cooling water heat Qjw - may, for guidance, be of a special bypass pipe installed in the jacket
estimated as 0.03 t/24h per 1 kW heat, i.e.: cooling water system, see Fig. 6.04.05, or a spe-
cial builtin temperature control in the freshwater
Mfw = 0.03 x Qjw t/24h 15%/0% [3] generator, e.g., an automatic start/stop function, or
similar.
where
If such a special temperature control is not ap-
Mfw is the freshwater production in tons per 24 plied, we recommend limiting the heat utilised to
hours maximum 50% of the heat actually available at
specified MCR, and only using the freshwater gen-
and erator at engine loads above 50%. Considering the
cooler margin of 10% and the minus tolerance of
Qjw is to be stated in kW 15%, this heat corresponds to 50 x(1.000.15)x0.9
= 38% of the jacket water cooler capacity Qjw,M
If necessary, all the actually available jacket cool- used for dimensioning of the jacket water cooler.
ing water heat may be used provided that a spe-
cial temperature control system ensures that the
Freshwater generator system Jacket cooling water system
Expansion tank
Seawater
In Out Jacket cooling
water circuit
Condensator min max

Tjw Tjw L
M
Produced
freshwater
Evaporator B K
A
Brine out
Deaerating tank
Jacket water Jacket water pumps
cooler
Main engine
Cooling
water
Valve A: ensures that Tjw < 85 C

Valve B: ensures that Tjw > 85 5 C = 80 C
Valve B and the corresponding bypass may be omitted if, for example, the freshwater generator is equipped with an automatic
start/stop function for too low jacket cooling water temperature
If necessary, all the actually available jacket cooling water heat may be utilised provided that a special temperature control system
ensures that the jacket cooling water temperature at the outlet from the engine does not fall below a certain level
178 23 700.0
Fig. 6.04.05: Freshwater generators. Jacket cooling water heat recovery flow diagram
MAN B&W 98 60 MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C/ME-B/-GI-TII engines

MAN Diesel 198 71 41-0.1
MAN B&W 6.04
Page 7 of 12
Calculation of Freshwater Production for Derated Engine

Example 2:
Freshwater production from a derated 6S90ME-C9.2-TII with high efficiency MAN Diesel turbocharger
type TCA and fixed pitch propeller.
Based on the engine ratings below, this example will show how to calculate the expected available jacket
cooling water heat removed from the diesel engine, together with the corresponding freshwater production
from a freshwater generator.
The calculation is made for the service rating (S) of the diesel engine being 80% of the specified MCR.
Service rating, (S) PS: 25,099 kW and 74.1 r/min, PS = 80.0% of PM
Ambient reference conditions: 20 C air and 18 C cooling water.
The expected available jacket cooling water heat For the service point the corresponding expected
at service rating is found as follows: obtainable freshwater production from a freshwa-
ter generator of the single effect vacuum evapora-
Qjw,L1 = 4,710 kW from List of Capacities tor type is then found from equation [3]:
Qjw% = 92.2% using 90.0% power and 95.0%
speed for M in Fig. 6.04.02 Mfw = 0.03 x Qjw = 0.03 x 3,256 = 97.7 t/24h
15%/0%
By means of equation [1], and using factor 0.88 for
actual ambient condition the heat dissipation in
the SMCR point (M) is found:
Qjw%
Qjw,M = Qjw,L1 x ___
100
x 0.88

= 4,710 x ___
92.2
100
x 0.88 = 3,823 kW

By means of equation [2], the heat dissipation in

the service point (S) i.e. for 80.0% of specified
MCR power, is found:
kp = 0.852 using 80.0% in Fig. 6.04.04

Qjw = Qjw,M x kp = 3,823 x 0.852 = 3,256 kW
15%/0%

MAN Diesel 198 82 98-5.0
MAN B&W 6.04
Page 8 of 12
Exhaust Gas Amount and Temperature

Influencing factors
The exhaust gas data to be expected in practice TCW : actual scavenge air coolant temperature,
depends, primarily, on the following three factors: in C
pM : exhaust gas backpressure in mm WC at
a) The specified MCR point of the engine (point M): specified MCR
PM : power in kW at specified MCR point c) The continuous service rating of the engine
nM : speed in r/min at specified MCR point (point S), valid for fixed pitch propeller or control-
lable pitch propeller (constant engine speed):

b) The ambient conditions, and exhaust gas PS : continuous service rating of engine, in kW
backpressure:
Tair : actual ambient air temperature, in C

pbar : actual barometric pressure, in mbar
Calculation Method
To enable the project engineer to estimate the ac- The partial calculations based on the above influ-
tual exhaust gas data at an arbitrary service rating, encing factors have been summarised in equations
the following method of calculation may be used. [4] and [5].
Mexh : exhaust gas amount in kg/h, to be found

Texh : exhaust gas temperature in C, to be found
PM ______ m Mamb% ms% ____ P

Mexh = ML1 x___ x1 + M%
1 + _______
x
x 1 + _____ x S%

kg/h +/5% [4]
PL1 100 100 100 100

Texh = TL1 + TM + Tamb + TS C /+15 C [5]
where, according to List of capacities, i.e. referring to ISO ambient conditions and 300 mm WC
backpressure and specified in L1:
ML1: exhaust gas amount in kg/h at nominal MCR (L1)
TL1: exhaust gas temperature after turbocharger in C at nominal MCR (L1)
Fig. 6.04.06: Summarising equations for exhaust gas amounts and temperatures
changes in specific exhaust gas amount and

The partial calculations based on the influencing temperature are found by using as input in dia-
factors are described in the following: grams the corresponding percentage values (of
L1) for specified MCR power PM% and speed nM%:
a) Correction for choice of specified MCR point PM% = PM/PL1 x 100%
nM% = nM/nL1 x 100%
When choosing a specified MCR point M other
than the nominal MCR point L1, the resulting
MAN B&W MC/MC-C/ME/MEC/ME-B/GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 43 181.3
MAN B&W 6.04
Page 9 of 12
Specified MCR power, % of L1 Specified MCR power, % of L1

P M% PM%
110% 110%
L1
0% L1
100% 100%
0 C
1% M 1%
L3 90% L3 M
2% 90%
2 C
3%
80% Tm 80%
mM% L2 4 C
6 C L
2
8 C
L4 70% L4 10 C
70%
60% 60%
80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% n M% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% n M%
Specified MCR engine speed, % of L1 Specified MCR engine speed, % of L1
mM% = 14 x ln (PM/PL1) 24 x ln (nM/nL1) TM = 15 x ln (PM/PL1) + 45 x ln (nM/nL1)

178 62 27-4.0
178 62 26-2.0
Fig. 6.04.07: Change of specific exhaust gas amount, Fig. 6.04.08: Change of exhaust gas temperature, TM
mM% in % of L1 value in point M, in C after turbocharger relative to L1 value
mM% : change of specific exhaust gas amount, in b) Correction for actual ambient conditions and
% of specific gas amount at nominal MCR backpressure
(L1), see Fig. 6.04.07.
For ambient conditions other than ISO
TM : change in exhaust gas temperature after 3046-1:2002 (E) and ISO 15550:2002 (E), and
turbocharger relative to the L1 value, in C, backpressure other than 300 mm WC at
see Fig. 6.04.08. specified MCR point (M), the correction fac-
tors stated in the table in Fig. 6.04.09 may
be used as a guide, and the corresponding
relative change in the exhaust gas data may
be found from equations [7] and [8], shown in
Fig. 6.04.10.
Change of Change of
exhaust gas exhaust gas
Parameter Change temperature amount
Blower inlet temperature + 10 C + 16.0 C 4.1 %
Blower inlet pressure (barometric pressure) + 10 mbar 0.1 C + 0.3 %
Charge air coolant temperature (seawater temperature) + 10 C + 1.0 C + 1.9 %
Exhaust gas back pressure at the specified MCR point + 100 mm WC + 5.0 C 1.1 %
Fig. 6.04.09: Correction of exhaust gas data for ambient conditions and exhaust gas back pressure
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 82 97-3.0
MAN B&W 6.04
Page 10 of 12
Mamb% = 0.41 x (Tair 25) + 0.03 x (pbar 1000) + 0.19 x (TCW 25 ) 0.011 x (pM 300) % [7]
Tamb = 1.6 x (Tair 25) 0.01 x (pbar 1000) +0.1 x (TCW 25) + 0.05 x (pM 300) C [8]
where the following nomenclature is used:
Mamb% : change in exhaust gas amount, in % of amount at ISO conditions
Tamb : change in exhaust gas temperature, in C compared with temperatures at ISO conditions
Fig. 6.04.10: Exhaust gas correction formula for ambient conditions and exhaust gas back pressure
mS% TS C
20 20
18 15
16
10
14
5
12 M
0
10
-5
8
-10
6
-15
4
-20
2
M
0 -25
50 60 70 80 90 100 110 PS%
2 Engine load, % specified MCR power
4
50 60 70 80 90 100 110 PS%
Engine load, % specified MCR power
178 24 623.0 178 24 635.0
PS% = (PS/PM) x 100% PS% = (PS/PM) x 100%
mS%= 37 x (PS/PM)3 87 x (PS/PM)2 + 31 x (PS/PM) + 19 TS = 280 x (PS/PM)2 410 x (PS/PM) + 130
Fig. 6.04.11: Change of specific exhaust gas amount, ms% Fig. 6.04.12: Change of exhaust gas temperature, TS in
in % at part load, and valid for FPP and CPP C at part load, and valid for FPP and CPP
c) Correction for engine load
Figs. 6.04.11 and 6.04.12 may be used, as ms% : change in specific exhaust gas amount,
guidance, to determine the relative changes in % of specific amount at specified MCR
in the specific exhaust gas data when running point, see Fig. 6.04.11.
at part load, compared to the values in the
specified MCR point, i.e. using as input PS% = Ts : change in exhaust gas temperature, in C,
(PS/PM) x 100%: see Fig. 6.04.12.
MAN B&W MC/MCC, ME/ME-B/MEC/MEGI-T-II engines

MAN Diesel 198 71 40-9.0
MAN B&W 6.04
Page 11 of 12
Calculation of Exhaust Data for Derated Engine

Example 3:
Expected exhaust gas data for a derated 6S90ME-C9.2-TII with high efficiency MAN Diesel turbocharger
type TCA and fixed pitch propeller.
Based on the engine ratings below, and by means of an example, this chapter will show how to calculate
the expected exhaust gas amount and temperature at service rating, and for a given ambient reference
condition different from ISO.
The calculation is made for the service rating (S) being 80% of the specified MCR power of the diesel engine.
Service rating, (S) PS: 25,099 kW and 74.1 r/min, PS = 80.0% of PM
Reference conditions b) Correction for ambient conditions and

Air temperature Tair ......................................... 20 C backpressure:
Scavenge air coolant temperature TCW .......... 18 C
Barometric pressure pbar........................ 1,013 mbar By means of equations [7] and [8]:
Exhaust gas backpressure
at specified MCR pM.......................... 300 mm WC Mamb% = 0.41 x (20 25) + 0.03 x (1,013 1,000)
+ 0.19 x (18 25) 0.011 x (300 300)%
a) Correction for choice of specified MCR point M:
Mamb% = + 1.11%
31,374
PM% = _____

34,860
x 100 = 90.0%

Tamb = 1.6 x (20 25) 0.01 x (1,013 1,000)
nM% = ___
79.8
84.0
x 100 = 95.0%

+ 0.1 x (18 25) + 0.05 x (300 300) C
Tamb = 8.8 C
By means of Figs. 6.04.07 and 6.04.08:
c) Correction for the engine load:
mM% = - 0.24%
TM = 3.9 C Service rating = 80% of specified MCR power
By means of Figs. 6.04.11 and 6.04.12:
mS% = + 7.1%
TS = 18.8 C

MAN Diesel 198 82 99-7.0
MAN B&W 6.04
Page 12 of 12
Final calculation Exhaust gas data at specified MCR (ISO)
By means of equations [4] and [5], the final result is At specified MCR (M), the running point may be in
found taking the exhaust gas flow ML1 and tempera- equations [4] and [5] considered as a service point
ture TL1 from the List of Capacities: where PS% = 100, ms% = 0.0 and Ts = 0.0.
ML1 = 302,400 kg/h For ISO ambient reference conditions where

Mamb% = 0.0 and Tamb = 0.0, the corresponding
31,374
Mexh = 302,400 x _____

34,860
x (1 + ____

-0.24
100
) x
calculations will be as follows:
31,374
(1 + ___
1.11
100 ) x (1 + ___

7.1) x ___
100 100
80
= 235,209 kg/h
Mexh,M = 302,400 x _____

34,860
x (1 + ____

-0.24
100
) x (1 + ___

0.0
100
)

Mexh = 235,200 kg/h 5% x (1 + ___

0.0
100
) x ____

100.0
100
= 271,507 kg/h

Mexh,M = 271,500 kg/h 5%

The exhaust gas temperature
Texh,M = 240 3.9 + 0 + 0 = 236.1 C
TL1 = 240 C
Texh,M = 236.1 C 15 C
Texh = 240 3.9 8.8 18.8 = 208.5 C
The air consumption will be:
Texh = 208.5 C 15 C
271,507 x 0.982 kg/h = 266,620 kg/h <=>
266,620/3,600 kg/s = 74.1 kg/s

MAN Diesel 198 82 99-7.0
MAN B&W
Fuel
7
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 7.01
Page 1 of 3
Pressurised Fuel Oil System
The system is so arranged that both diesel oil and Fuel considerations
heavy fuel oil can be used, see Fig. 7.01.01.
When the engine is stopped, the circulating
From the service tank the fuel is led to an electri- pump will continue to circulate heated heavy fuel
cally driven supply pump by means of which a through the fuel oil system on the engine, thereby
pressure of approximately 4 bar can be main- keeping the fuel pumps heated and the fuel valves
tained in the low pressure part of the fuel circulat- deaerated. This automatic circulation of preheated
ing system, thus avoiding gasification of the fuel in fuel during engine standstill is the background
the venting box in the temperature ranges applied. for our recommendation: constant operation on
heavy fuel.
The venting box is connected to the service tank
via an automatic deaerating valve, which will re- In addition, if this recommendation was not fol-
lease any gases present, but will retain liquids. lowed, there would be a latent risk of diesel oil and
heavy fuels of marginal quality forming incompat-
From the low pressure part of the fuel system the ible blends during fuel change over or when oper-
fuel oil is led to an electricallydriven circulating ating in areas with restrictions on sulpher content
pump, which pumps the fuel oil through a heater in fuel oil due to exhaust gas emission control.
and a full flow filter situated immediately before
the inlet to the engine. In special circumstances a changeover to diesel
oil may become necessary and this can be per-
The fuel injection is performed by the electroni- formed at any time, even when the engine is not
cally controlled pressure booster located on the running. Such a changeover may become neces-
Hydraulic Cylinder Unit (HCU), one per cylinder, sary if, for instance, the vessel is expected to be
which also contains the actuator for the electronic inactive for a prolonged period with cold engine
exhaust valve activation. e.g. due to:
The Cylinder Control Units (CCU) of the Engine docking

Control System (described in Section 16.01) cal- stop for more than five days
culate the timing of the fuel injection and the ex- major repairs of the fuel system, etc.
haust valve activation.
The builton overflow valves, if any, at the supply
To ensure ample filling of the HCU, the capacity of pumps are to be adjusted to 5 bar, whereas the
the electricallydriven circulating pump is higher external bypass valve is adjusted to 4 bar. The
than the amount of fuel consumed by the diesel pipes between the tanks and the supply pumps
engine. Surplus fuel oil is recirculated from the en- shall have minimum 50% larger passage area than
gine through the venting box. the pipe between the supply pump and the circu-
lating pump.
To ensure a constant fuel pressure to the fuel
injection pumps during all engine loads, a spring If the fuel oil pipe X at inlet to engine is made as
loaded overflow valve is inserted in the fuel oil a straight line immediately at the end of the en-
system on the engine. gine, it will be necessary to mount an expansion
joint. If the connection is made as indicated, with
The fuel oil pressure measured on the engine (at a bend immediately at the end of the engine, no
fuel pump level) should be 78 bar, equivalent to a expansion joint is required.
circulating pump pressure of 10 bar.
MAN B&W ME/MEC/MEGI/ME-B engines

MAN Diesel 198 42 282.7
MAN B&W 7.01
Page 2 of 3
Fuel Oil System
From centrifuges # )
Aut. deaerating valve

Deck
Venting tank
Arr. of main engine fuel oil system.
(See Fig. 7.03.01)
Top of fuel oil service tank Diesel
Heavy fuel oil oil
service tank service
AD F tank
AF If the fuel oil pipe to engine is made as a straight line D* )
immediately before the engine, it will be necessary to
X mount an expansion unit. If the connection is made
BD as indicated, with a bend immediately before the
No valve in drain pipe engine, no expansion unit is required.
between engine and tank D* )
TE 8005 PT 8002
32 mm Nominal bore
PI PI TI TI Overflow valve
To HFO settling tank Adjusted to 4 bar
a) b)
Fuel oil
drain tank a)
overflow tank To jacket water d* )
Heater Circulating pumps Supply pumps
cooling pump
VT 8004
To sludge tank
Full flow filter.
For filter type see engine spec.
#) Approximately the following quantity of fuel oil should be treated in

the centrifuges: 0.23 l/kwh as explained in Section 7.05. The capacity of
the centrifuges to be according to manufacturers recommendation.
* ) D to have min. 50% larger passage area than d.
178 52 197.4
Diesel oil
Heavy fuel oil
Heated pipe with insulation
a) Tracing fuel oil lines: Max.150C
b) Tracing drain lines: By jacket cooling water
The letters refer to the list of Counterflanges
Fig. 7.01.01: Fuel oil system

G/S80ME-C, K80ME-C, G70ME-C, S70ME-C/-GI, L70ME-C,
S65ME-C/-GI, G60ME-C, S60ME-C/-GI/ME-B, L60ME-C
MAN Diesel 198 76 609.3
MAN B&W 7.01
Page 3 of 3
Drain of clean fuel oil from HCU, pumps, pipes Drain of contaminated fuel etc.
The HCU Fuel Oil Pressure Booster has a leakage Leakage oil, in shape of fuel and lubricating oil
drain of clean fuel oil from the umbrella sealing contaminated with water, dirt etc. and collected
through AD to the fuel oil drain tank. by the HCU Base Plate top plate, is drained off
through the bedplate drains AE.
The flow rate in litres is approximately as listed in
Table 7.01.02. Drain AE is shown in Fig. 8.07.02.
Flow rate, Heating of fuel drain pipes

litres/cyl. h.
Engine HFO 12 cSt Owing to the relatively high viscosity of the heavy
K98ME/ME-C, 0.65 fuel oil, it is recommended that the drain pipes
S90ME-C, K90ME/ME-C 0.55 and the fuel oil drain tank are heated to min. 50 C,
G/S/K80ME-C 0.50 but max. 100 C.
G/S/L70ME-C, S70ME-C-GI, S65ME-C/-GI 0.40
G/S/L60ME-C, S60ME-C-GI, S60ME-B 0.30 The drain pipes between engine and tanks can
be heated by the jacket water, as shown in Fig.
7.01.01 Fuel oil system as flange BD.
Table 7.01.02: Approximate flow in HCU leakage drain.
Fuel oil flow velocity and viscosity

This drained clean oil will, of course, influence the
measured SFOC, but the oil is not wasted, and the For external pipe connections, we prescribe the
quantity is well within the measuring accuracy of following maximum flow velocities:
the flowmeters normally used.
Marine diesel oil........................................... 1.0 m/s
The main purpose of the drain AD is to collect Heavy fuel oil................................................ 0.6 m/s
fuel oil from the fuel pumps. As a safety measure
for the crew during maintenance, an overhaul The fuel viscosity is influenced by factors such as
drain from the umbrella leads clean fuel oil from emulsification of water into the fuel for reducing
the umbrella directly to drain AF. Also washing the NOx emission. This is further described in Sec-
water from the cylinder cover and the baseplate is tion 7.06.
led to drain AF.
An emulsification arrangement for the main engine
The drain oil is led to a sludge tank and can be is described in our publication:
pumped to the Heavy Fuel Oil service tank or to
the settling tank. Exhaust Gas Emission Control Today and
Tomorrow
The AF drain is provided with a box for giving
alarm in case of leakage in a high pressure pipe. Further information about fuel oil specifications is
available in our publication:
The size of the sludge tank is determined on the
basis of the draining intervals, the classification Guidelines for Fuels and Lubes Purchasing
society rules, and on whether it may be vented
directly to the engine room. The publications are available at
Drains AD, AF and the drain for overhaul are Marine Engines & Systems Low Speed
shown in Fig. 7.03.01. Technical Papers.

G/S80ME-C, K80ME-C, G70ME-C, S70ME-C/-GI, L70ME-C,
S65ME-C/-GI, G60ME-C, S60ME-C/-GI/ME-B, L60ME-C
MAN Diesel 198 76 609.3
MAN B&W 7.02
Page 1 of 1
Fuel Oils
Marine diesel oil: Guiding heavy fuel oil specification
Marine diesel oil ISO 8217, Class DMB Based on our general service experience we have,
British Standard 6843, Class DMB as a supplement to the above mentioned stand-
Similar oils may also be used ards, drawn up the guiding HFO specification
shown below.
Heavy fuel oil (HFO) Heavy fuel oils limited by this specification have,
to the extent of the commercial availability, been
Most commercially available HFO with a viscosity used with satisfactory results on MAN B&W
below 700 cSt at 50 C (7,000 sec. Redwood I at twostroke low speed diesel engines.
100 F) can be used.
The data refers to the fuel as supplied i.e. before
For guidance on purchase, reference is made any on-board cleaning.
to ISO 8217:2010, British Standard 6843 and to
CIMAC recommendations regarding require- Guiding specification (maximum values)
ments for heavy fuel for diesel engines, fourth
edition 2003, in which the maximum accept-
Density at 15 C kg/m3 < 1.010*
able grades are RMH 700 and RMK 700. The Kinematic viscosity
abovementioned ISO and BS standards super- at 100 C cSt < 55
sede BSMA 100 in which the limit was M9.
at 50 C cSt < 700
The data in the above HFO standards and speci- Flash point C > 60
fications refer to fuel as delivered to the ship, i.e. Pour point C < 30
before on-board cleaning. Carbon residue % (m/m) < 20
Ash % (m/m) <0.15
In order to ensure effective and sufficient clean-
ing of the HFO, i.e. removal of water and solid Total sediment potential % (m/m) <0.10
contaminants, the fuel oil specific gravity at 15 C Water % (v/v) < 0.5
(60 F) should be below 0.991, unless modern Sulphur % (m/m) < 4.5
types of centrifuges with adequate cleaning abili-
Vanadium mg/kg < 450
ties are used.
Aluminum + Silicon mg/kg <60
Higher densities can be allowed if special treat- Equal to ISO 8217:2010 - RMK 700
ment systems are installed. / CIMAC recommendation No. 21 - K700
* Provided automatic clarifiers are installed
Current analysis information is not sufficient for
m/m = mass v/v = volume
estimating the combustion properties of the oil.
This means that service results depend on oil
properties which cannot be known beforehand. If heavy fuel oils with analysis data exceeding the
This especially applies to the tendency of the oil above figures are to be used, especially with re-
to form deposits in combustion chambers, gas gard to viscosity and specific gravity, the engine
passages and turbines. It may, therefore, be nec- builder should be contacted for advice regarding
essary to rule out some oils that cause difficulties. possible fuel oil system changes.

MAN Diesel 198 38 80-4.6
MAN B&W 7.03
Page 1 of 1
Fuel Oil Pipes and Drain Pipes
High pressure
Bypass valve
pipes
PT 8001 I AL
PI 8001
F Local operation panel
TE 8005 I AL TI 8005 I
PI 8001
AD
ZV 8020 Z
Fuel cut out system LS 8006 AH

Option: only for germanischer loyd
Drain box with leakage alarm

AF
To sludge tank
The letters refer to list of Counterflanges
The item No. refer to Guidance values automation
525 00 77-0.0.0a
Fig. 7.03.01: Fuel oil and drain pipes
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2, S80ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 83 02-4.0
MAN B&W 7.04
Page of 3
Fuel Oil Pipe Insulation
Insulation of fuel oil pipes and fuel oil drain pipes Flanges and valves
should not be carried out until the piping systems
have been subjected to the pressure tests speci- The flanges and valves are to be insulated by
fied and approved by the respective classification means of removable pads. Flange and valve pads
society and/or authorities, Fig. 7.04.01. are made of glass cloth, minimum 400 g/m2,
containing mineral wool stuffed to minimum 150
The directions mentioned below include insulation kg/m3.
of hot pipes, flanges and valves with a surface
temperature of the complete insulation of maxi- Thickness of the pads to be:
mum 55 C at a room temperature of maximum 38 Fuel oil pipes................................................. 20 mm
C. As for the choice of material and, if required, Fuel oil pipes and heating pipes together..... 30 mm
approval for the specific purpose, reference is
made to the respective classification society. The pads are to be fitted so that they lap over the
pipe insulating material by the pad thickness. At
flanged joints, insulating material on pipes should
Fuel oil pipes not be fitted closer than corresponding to the
minimum bolt length.
The pipes are to be insulated with 20 mm mineral
wool of minimum 150 kg/m3 and covered with
glass cloth of minimum 400 g/m2. Mounting
Mounting of the insulation is to be carried out in

Fuel oil pipes and heating pipes together accordance with the suppliers instructions.
Two or more pipes can be insulated with 30 mm

wired mats of mineral wool of minimum 150 kg/m3
covered with glass cloth of minimum 400 g/m2.
!!
""
&ORE &UELOILINLET
! #YL "
%
&UNNELAND
8 & PIPEMM
NOTTOBEINSULATED &UELOILDRAIN
"&"8 ! " UMBRELLA
$RAINPIPEFUELOIL
&UELOILOUTLET
!!
&UELOILINLET
(EATINGPIPE
% &UELOILOUTLET
3EENFROMCYLSIDE
(EATINGPIPE
#YL &ORE
!$
!&
"$
Fig. 7.04.01: Details of fuel oil pipes insulation, option: 4 35 121. Example from 98-50 MC engine 178 50 65 0.2
MAN B&W MC/MCC, ME/ME-C/ME-GI/ME-B engines,

Engine Selection Guide MAN Diesel 198 40 518.3
MAN B&W 7.04
Page of 3
Heat Loss in Piping
Temperature difference between pipe and room

C
20
30
s
es
40
kn
ic
50
th
n
60
tio
su 70 0
la
In 8 0
9 0
10 0
12
0
16
0
20
Heat loss watt/meter pipe

Pipe diameter mm
178 50 602.0
Fig. 7.04.02: Heat loss/Pipe cover
MAN B&W MC/MCC, ME/ME-C/ME-GI/ME-B engines,

MAN B&W 7.04
Page 3 of 3
Fuel Oil Pipe Heat Tracing
The steam tracing of the fuel oil pipes is intended 2. When the circulation pump is stopped with
to operate in two situations: heavy fuel oil in the piping and the pipes have
cooled down to engine room temperature, as
1. When the circulation pump is running, there it is not possible to pump the heavy fuel oil.
will be a temperature loss in the piping, see In this situation the fuel oil must be heated to
Fig. 7.04.02. This loss is very small, therefore pumping temperature of about 50 C.
tracing in this situation is only necessary with
very long fuel supply lines. To heat the pipe to pumping level we recom-
mend to use 100 watt leaking/meter pipe.
Fresh cooling
L
Cyl. 1 water outlet
Fuel valve
Shock absorber Drain cyl. frame
See drawing
Fuel pump
Fuel oil pipes insulation
F
BX
AF
AD
BD
X
BF

178 50 625.0
Fig. 7.04.03: Fuel oil pipe heat tracing
Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Pipe Spray Shields
Metal flange cover

To fulfill IMO regulations, fuel and oil pipes assem-
blies are to be secured by spray shields as shown.
To ensure tightness the spray shields are to be Fig. 7.04.04a: Spray Shields by anti-splashing tape
applied after pressure test of the pipe system. as
shown in Fig. 7.04.04a and b.
Plate 0,5 mm. thickness
To avoid leaks, the spray shields are to be in-

stalled after pressure testing of the pipe system.
Fig. 7.04.04b: Spray Shields by clamping bands

176 94 23-4.4.0
MAN B&W K98MC/MCC, K98ME/ME-C, S90MC-C, S90ME-C,

K90MC-C, K90ME/ME-C, S80MC/MC-C, S80ME-C, K80MC-C,
K80ME-C, S70MC, S/L70MC-C, S/L70ME-C, S70ME-GI, S65ME-GI,
MAN Diesel 198 67 68-4.2
S60MC, S/L60MC-C, S/L60ME-C, S60ME-B, S60ME-GI, S50MC,

Engine Selection Guide
MAN B&W 7.05
Page 1 of 3
Components for Fuel Oil System
Fuel oil centrifuges If it is decided after all to install an individual puri-

fier for MDO on board, the capacity should be
The manual cleaning type of centrifuges are not to based on the above recommendation, or it should
be recommended, neither for attended machinery be a centrifuge of the same size as that for HFO.
spaces (AMS) nor for unattended machinery spac-
es (UMS). Centrifuges must be selfcleaning, either The Nominal MCR is used to determine the to-
with total discharge or with partial discharge. tal installed capacity. Any derating can be taken
into consideration in borderline cases where the
Distinction must be made between installations for: centrifuge that is one step smaller is able to cover
Specified MCR.
Specific gravities < 0.991 (corresponding to ISO
8217 and British Standard 6843 from RMA to
RMH, and CIMAC from A to Hgrades Fuel oil supply pump
Specific gravities > 0.991 and (corresponding to This is to be of the screw or gear wheel type.
CIMAC Kgrades).
Fuel oil viscosity, specified..... up to 700 cSt at 50 C
For the latter specific gravities, the manufacturers Fuel oil viscosity maximum........................1000 cSt
have developed special types of centrifuges, e.g.: Pump head.......................................................4 bar
Fuel oil flow......................... see List of Capacities
Alfa Laval.........................................................Alcap Delivery pressure.............................................4 bar
Westfalia........................................................ Unitrol Working temperature.................................... 100 C
Mitsubishi............................................... EHidens II Minimum temperature..................................... 50 C
The centrifuge should be able to treat approxi- The capacity stated in List of Capacities is to be ful-
mately the following quantity of oil: filled with a tolerance of: 0% to +15% and shall also
be able to cover the backflushing, see Fuel oil filter.
0.23 litres/kWh
This figure includes a margin for: Fuel oil circulating pump
Water content in fuel oil This is to be of the screw or gear wheel type.
Possible sludge, ash and other impurities in the
fuel oil Fuel oil viscosity, specified..... up to 700 cSt at 50 C
Increased fuel oil consumption, in connection Fuel oil viscosity normal.................................20 cSt
with other conditions than ISO standard condi- Fuel oil viscosity maximum........................1000 cSt
tion Fuel oil flow......................... see List of Capacities
Purifier service for cleaning and maintenance. Pump head.......................................................6 bar
Delivery pressure........................................... 10 bar
The size of the centrifuge has to be chosen ac- Working temperature.................................... 150 C
cording to the suppliers table valid for the select-
ed viscosity of the Heavy Fuel Oil. Normally, two The capacity stated in List of Capacities is to be ful-
centrifuges are installed for Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO), filled with a tolerance of: 0% to +15% and shall also
each with adequate capacity to comply with the be able to cover the backflushing, see Fuel oil filter.
above recommendation.
Pump head is based on a total pressure drop in
A centrifuge for Marine Diesel Oil (MDO) is not a filter and preheater of maximum 1.5 bar.
must. However, MAN Diesel recommends that at
least one of the HFO purifiers can also treat MDO.
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/MEC/MEGI/ME-B engines

MAN Diesel 198 39 512.6
MAN B&W 7.05
Page 2 of 3
Fuel Oil Heater
The heater is to be of the tube or plate heat ex- Fuel oil viscosity specified.... up to 700 cSt at 50C
changer type. Fuel oil flow..................................... see capacity of
fuel oil circulating pump
The required heating temperature for different oil Heat dissipation.................. see List of Capacities
viscosities will appear from the Fuel oil heating Pressure drop on fuel oil side.........maximum 1 bar
chart, Fig. 7.05.01. The chart is based on informa- Working pressure........................................... 10 bar
tion from oil suppliers regarding typical marine Fuel oil inlet temperature..................approx. 100 C
fuels with viscosity index 7080. Fuel oil outlet temperature............................ 150 C
Steam supply, saturated...........................7 bar abs
Since the viscosity after the heater is the control-
led parameter, the heating temperature may vary, To maintain a correct and constant viscosity of
depending on the viscosity and viscosity index of the fuel oil at the inlet to the main engine, the
the fuel. steam supply shall be automatically controlled,
usually based on a pneumatic or an electrically
Recommended viscosity meter setting is 1015 cSt. controlled system.
Approximate viscosity
after heater
Temperature cSt. sec.

after heater Rw.
C
7 43
170
Normal heating limit 10 52
160
12 59
150
15 69
140
20 87
130
120
30 125
110
100
90
80
70
60
Approximate pumping limit
50
40
30
10 15 25 35 45 55 cST/100C
30 60 100 180 380 600 cST/50C
200 400 800 1500 3500 6000 sec.Rw/100 F
178 06 280.1
Fig. 7.05.01: Fuel oil heating chart

MAN Diesel 198 39 512.6
MAN B&W 7.05
Page 3 of 3
Fuel oil filter Fuel oil venting box
The filter can be of the manually cleaned duplex The design of the Fuel oil venting box is shown in
type or an automatic filter with a manually cleaned Fig. 7.05.02. The size is chosen according to the
bypass filter. maximum flow of the fuel oil circulation pump,
which is listed in section 6.03.
If a double filter (duplex) is installed, it should
have sufficient capacity to allow the specified full Vent pipe,
nominal: D3
amount of oil to flow through each side of the filter
at a given working temperature with a max. 0.3
Cone
bar pressure drop across the filter (clean filter).
H3
60
If a filter with backflushing arrangement is

installed, the following should be noted. The re-
200
quired oil flow specified in the List of capacities,
i.e. the delivery rate of the fuel oil supply pump and
the fuel oil circulating pump, should be increased Top of fuel oil
service tank
by the amount of oil used for the backflushing, so H4
Inlet pipe,
that the fuel oil pressure at the inlet to the main en- H2 nominal: D2
gine can be maintained during cleaning.
H5
In those cases where an automatically cleaned
filter is installed, it should be noted that in order
to activate the cleaning process, certain makers of Pipe,
nominal: D1
filters require a greater oil pressure at the inlet to
the filter than the pump pressure specified. There-
H1
fore, the pump capacity should be adequate for

Outlet pipe,
this purpose, too. nominal: D2
178 38 393.3
The fuel oil filter should be based on heavy fuel oil
of: 130 cSt at 80 C = 700 cSt at 50 C = 7000 sec Flow m3/h Dimensions in mm
Redwood I/100 F. Q (max.)* D1 D2 D3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5
1.3 150 32 15 100 600 171.3 1,000 550
Fuel oil flow.......................... see List of capacities 2.1 150 40 15 100 600 171.3 1,000 550
Working pressure........................................... 10 bar 5.0 200 65 15 100 600 171.3 1,000 550
Test pressure....................... according to class rule 8.4 400 80 15 150 1,200 333.5 1,800 1,100
11.5 400 90 15 150 1,200 333.5 1,800 1,100
Absolute fineness........................................... 50 m
19.5 400 125 15 150 1,200 333.5 1,800 1,100
Working temperature................... maximum 150 C
29.4 500 150 15 150 1,500 402.4 2,150 1,350
Oil viscosity at working temperature.............15 cSt 43.0 500 200 15 150 1,500 402.4 2,150 1,350
Pressure drop at clean filter.........maximum 0.3 bar * The maximum flow of the fuel oil circulation pump
Filter to be cleaned at a pressure
drop of . .......................................maximum 0.5 bar Fig. 07.05.02: Fuel oil venting box
Note:
Absolute fineness corresponds to a nominal fine- Flushing of the fuel oil system
ness of approximately 35 m at a retaining rate of
90%. Before starting the engine for the first time, the
system on board has to be flushed in accord-
The filter housing shall be fitted with a steam jack- ance with MAN Diesel & Turbos recommendations
et for heat tracing. Flushing of Fuel Oil System which is available on
request.
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/ME-C/ME-B/-GI engines,

MC/ME Engine Selection Guides MAN Diesel 198 47 35-0.3
MAN B&W 7.06
Page 1 of 2
Water In Fuel Emulsification
The emulsification of water into the fuel oil reduc- Safety system
es the NOx emission with about 1% per 1% water
added to the fuel up to about 20% without modifi- In case the pressure in the fuel oil line drops, the
cation of the engine fuel injection equipment. water homogenised into the Water In Fuel emul-
sion will evaporate, damaging the emulsion and
A Water In Fuel emulsion (WIF) mixed for this pur- creating supply problems. This situation is avoid-
pose and based on Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO) is stable ed by installing a third, air driven supply pump,
for a long time, whereas a WIF based on Marine which keeps the pressure as long as air is left in
Diesel Oil is only stable for a short period of time the tank S, see Fig. 7.06.01.
unless an emulsifying agent is applied.
Before the tank S is empty, an alarm is given and
As both the MAN B&W twostroke main engine the drain valve is opened, which will drain off the
and the MAN Diesel GenSets are designed to run WIF and replace it with HFO or diesel oil from the
on emulsified HFO, it can be used for a common service tank.
system.
The drain system is kept at atmospheric pressure,
It is supposed below, that both the main engine so the water will evaporate when the hot emulsion
and GenSets are running on the same fuel, either enters the safety tank. The safety tank shall be
HFO or a homogenised HFO-based WIF. designed accordingly.
Special arrangements are available on request for Impact on the auxiliary systems
a more sophisticated system in which the GenSets
can run with or without a homogenised HFO- Please note that if the engine operates on Water
based WIF, if the main engine is running on that. In Fuel emulsion (WIF), in order to reduce the NOx
emission, the exhaust gas temperature will de-
Please note that the fuel pump injection capacity crease due to the reduced air / exhaust gas ratio
shall be confirmed for the main engine as well as and the increased specific heat of the exhaust gas.
the GenSets for the selected percentage of water
in the WIF. Depending on the water content, this will have an
impact on the calculation and design of the fol-
lowing items:
Temperature and pressure Freshwater generators
Energy for production of freshwater
When water is added by emulsification, the fuel Jacket water system
viscosity increases. In order to keep the injection Waste heat recovery system
viscosity at 10-15 cSt and still be able to operate Exhaust gas boiler
on up to 700 cSt fuel oil, the heating temperature Storage tank for freshwater
has to be increased to about 170 C depending on
the water content. For further information about emulsification of wa-
ter into the fuel and use of Water In Fuel emulsion
The higher temperature calls for a higher pressure (WIF), please refer to our publication titled:
to prevent cavitation and steam formation in the
system. The inlet pressure is thus set to 13 bar. Exhaust Gas Emission Control Today and
Tomorrow
In order to avoid temperature chock when mixing
water into the fuel in the homogeniser, the water The publication is available at
inlet temperature is to be set to 7090 C. www.mandieselturbo.com under Products
Technical Papers.

MAN Diesel 198 38 828.4
MAN B&W 7.06
Page 2 of 2
From
centrifuges Deck
Automatic
To special deaerating Deaerating to be
safety tank valve controlled against
expansion of water
Venting box
Diesel BX F
Heavy fuel oil
oil service
service tank
tank
X
To HFO BF AD
F. O. special service or
safety tank AF BD
settling tank
Common fuel oil supply unit 32 mm

Nom.
Overflow valve bore
adjusted to b)
12 bar Full flow a)
Homogeniser filter Main engine
Supply pumps
Water in oil F.O.
measuring drain
Filter
Booster tank
pump To HFO service
or settling tank
Circulating Heater
Fresh water
Compressed pumps
supply
air
S Safety pump
Supply air tank air operated
A2 A2 A2
A1 A1 A1
A3 A3 A3
GenSet GenSet GenSet
Fuel oil
To HFO service sludge tank To freshwater cooling
or settling tank pump suction
Diesel oil Number of auxiliary engines, pumps, coolers, etc.

Heavy fuel oil are subject to alterations according to the actual
Heated pipe with insulation plant specification.
a) Tracing fuel oil lines: Max. 150 C The letters refer to the list of Counterflanges.
b) Tracing fuel oil drain lines: Max. 90 C,
min. 50 C for installations with jacket cooling water
198 99 018.3
Fig. 7.06.01: System for emulsification of water into the fuel common to the main engine and MAN Diesel GenSets

MAN Diesel 198 38 828.4
MAN B&W
Lubricating Oil

8
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 8.01
Page 1 of 1
Lubricating and Cooling Oil System
The lubricating oil is pumped from a bottom tank has a drain arrangement so that oil condensed in
by means of the main lubricating oil pump to the the pipe can be led to a drain tank, see details in
lubricating oil cooler, a thermostatic valve and, Fig. 8.07.01.
through a fullflow filter, to the engine inlet RU, Fig.
8.01.01. Drains from the engine bedplate AE are fitted on
both sides, see Fig. 8.07.02 Bedplate drain pipes.
RU lubricates main bearings, thrust bearing, axial
vibration damper, piston cooling, crosshead bear- For external pipe connections, we prescribe a
ings, crankpin bearings. It also supplies oil to the maximum oil velocity of 1.8 m/s.
Hydraulic Power Supply unit and to moment com-
pensator and torsional vibration damper.
Lubrication of turbochargers
From the engine, the oil collects in the oil pan,
from where it is drained off to the bottom tank, Turbochargers with slide bearings are normally
see Fig. 8.06.01a and b Lubricating oil tank, with lubricated from the main engine system. AB is
cofferdam. By class demand, a cofferdam must outlet from the turbocharger, see Figs. 8.03.01 to
be placed underneath the lubricating oil tank. 8.03.04, which are shown with sensors for UMS.
The engine crankcase is vented through AR by a Figs. 8.03.01 to 8.03.04 show the lube oil pipe ar-
pipe which extends directly to the deck. This pipe rangements for different turbocharger makes.
Deck
Engine
oil
To drain tank
*
Min. 15
Thermostatic valve Pos. 005: throttle valve

E
TI TI TI PI PI RU
AR
Feeler, 45 C Fullflow filter AB
Lube. oil
cooler Deaeration
RW S S
For initial fillling of pumps

Lube oil bottom tank
Pos. 006: 25 mm valve with cofferdam
for cleaning process From purifier To purifier
Lube oil pumps Servo oil backflushing
see Section 8.08

* Venting for MAN Diesel or Mitsubishi turbochargers only
198 99 844.5
Fig. 8.01.01 Lubricating and cooling oil system
MAN B&W ME/MEC/MEGI engines

MAN Diesel 198 42 304.3
MAN B&W 8.02
Page 1 of 2
Hydraulic Power Supply Unit
Hydraulic power for the ME hydraulic-mechanical With electrically driven pumps, the HPS unit dif-
system for activation of the fuel injection and the fers in having a total of three pumps which serve
exhaust valve is supplied by the Hydraulic Power as combined main and start-up pumps.
Supply (HPS) unit.
The HPS unit is mounted on the engine no matter
As hydraulic medium, normal lubricating oil is how its pumps are driven.
used, as standard taken from the engines main
lubricating oil system and filtered in the HPS unit.
HPS unit types
HPS connection to lubrication oil system Altogether, three HPS configurations are available:
Internally on the engine, the system oil inlet RU is STANDARD mechanically driven HPS, EoD: 4 40
connected to the HPS unit which supplies the hy- 160, with mechanically driven main pumps and
draulic oil to the Hydraulic Cylinder Units (HCUs). start-up pumps with capacity sufficient to de-
See Figs. 16.01.02a and 16.01.02b. liver the start-up pressure only. The engine can-
not run with all engine driven main pumps out of
RW is the oil outlet from the automatic backflush- operation, whereas 66% engine load is available
ing filter. in case one main pump is out
The hydraulic oil is supplied to the Hydraulic Cyl- COMBINED mechanically driven HPS unit, EoD:
inder Units (HCU) located at each cylinder, where 4 40 167 with electrically driven start-up pumps
it is diverted to the electronic Fuel Injection sys- with back-up capacity. In this case, at least 15%
tem, and to the electronic exhaust Valve Activation engine power is available as back-up power if all
(FIVA) system, which perform the fuel injection engine driven pumps are out
and opens the exhaust valve. The exhaust valve is
closed by the conventional air spring. electrically driven HPS, EoD: 4 40 161, with 66%
engine load available in case one pump is out.
The electronic signals to the FIVA valves are given
by the Engine Control System, see Chapter 16, The electric power consumption of the electrically
Engine Control System (ECS). driven pumps should be taken into consideration
in the specification of the auxilliary machinery ca-
pacity.
HPS configurations
The HPS pumps are driven either mechanically

by the engine (via a step-up gear from the crank-
shaft) or electrically.
With mechanically driven pumps, the HPS unit

consists of:
an automatic and a redundant filter

three to five engine driven main pumps
two electrically driven start-up pumps
a safety and accumulator block
as shown in Fig. 8.02.01.
MAN B&W 98-60ME/ME-C/-GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 42 31-6.3
MAN B&W
Connected to cylinder
frame or framebox LS 1234 AH TI 8113
To hydraulic
TI 8106 cylinder unit
FS 8114 AL Y TE 8113 I AH Y
TE 8106 I AH Y
MAN B&W 98-80ME/ME-C/-GI engines

To exhaust Crosshead bearings & piston Main bearings
valve actuator TS 8107 Z
Hydraulic oil
Aft Fore
Hydraulic Power Supply unit
Safety and accumulator block

System oil outlet, S
Engine driven Electrically driven To 2nd order moment compensator

pumps pumps (fore end if applied)
To chain drive Axial vibration damper

(if applied)
WT 8812
PI 8108
M M
WT 8812 I AH Y
PI 8108 LOP
PT 8108 I AL Y
MAN Diesel
TE 8112 I AH PS 8109 Z
Filter unit
XS 8150 AH *
TI 8112 XS 8151 AH *
Fig. 8.02.01: Engine driven hydraulic power supply unit and lubricating oil pipes
XS 8152 A *
Backflushing oil
Main filter RW * According to DUN 23.2007

Redundance filter
LS 1235 AH LS 1236 AH Z
Hydraulic Power Supply Unit, Engine Driven, and Lubricating Oil Pipes
RU Lube oil to turbocharger

The item no. refer to Guidance Values Automation
The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine
198 83 48-9.0
178 48 134.3a
Page 2 of 2
8.02
MAN B&W 8.03
Page 1 of 2
Lubricating Oil Pipes for Turbochargers
From system oil From system oil
PI 8103
E
E
MAN Diesel TCA PI 8103

turbocharger
PT 8103 I AL
MET turbocharger
TI 8117 TI 8117
TE 8117 I AH TE 8117 I AH
AB AB
121 14 96-6.1.0 126 40 87-1.2.0
Fig. 8.03.01: MAN turbocharger type TCA Fig. 8.03.03: Mitsubishi turbocharger type MET
From system oil
PT 8103 I AL
PI 8103
ABB A100L
Turbocharger
TI 8117
TE 8117 I AH
AB
524 26 81-4.0.0
Fig. 8.03.03: ABB turbocharger type A100L
MAN B&W MC/MCC, ME/MEC/ME-B/GI engines,

MAN B&W 8.03
Page 2 of 2
From system oil

From system oil
PI 8103
E PT 8103 I AL
PI 8103
ABB TPL
turbocharger
TI 8117 PT 8103 I AL
ABB TPL TI 8117
turbocharger
TE 8117 I AH TE 8117 I AH
AB
AB
515 85 30-3.1.0 126 40 85-8.3.0
Fig. 8.03.02: ABB turbocharger type TPL85B14-16 / Fig. 8.03.02: ABB turbocharger type TPL65B12 -
TPL 91B12 TPL85B12
MAN B&W MC/MCC, ME/MEC/ME-B/GI engines,

MAN B&W 8.04
Page 1 of 1
Lubricating Oil Consumption, Centrifuges and List of Lubricating Oils
Lubricating oil consumption Lubricating oil centrifuges
The system oil consumption varies for different For Unattended Machinery Spaces (UMS), auto-
engine sizes and operational patterns. Typical matic centrifuges with total discharge or partial
consumptions are in the range from discharge are to be used. Manual cleaning cen-
trifuges can only be used for Attended Machinery
negligible to 0.1 g/kWh Spaces (AMS).
subject to load, maintenance condition and in- The nominal capacity of the centrifuge is to be
stalled equipment like PTO. according to the suppliers recommendation for
lubricating oil, based on the figure:
List of lubricating oils 0.136 litre/kWh
The circulating oil (lubricating and cooling oil) The Nominal MCR is used as the total installed
must be of the rust and oxidation inhibited type of power.
oil of SAE 30 viscosity grade.
In order to keep the crankcase and piston cooling

spaces clean of deposits, the oil should have ad-
equate dispersion and detergent properties.
Alkaline circulating oils are generally superior in

this respect.
The oils listed below have all given long-term sat-

isfactory service in MAN B&W engine installations:
Circulating oil
Company SAE 30, BN 510
BP OEHT 30
Castrol CDX 30
Chevron *) Veritas 800 Marine 30
ExxonMobil Mobilgard 300
Shell Melina 30 / 30S
Total Atlanta Marine D3005
*) Includes Caltex, Chevron and Texaco
Also other brands have been used with satisfac-

tory results.
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/MEC/ME-B/GI engines,

MAN B&W 8.05
Page 1 of 5
Components for Lubricating Oil System
Lubricating oil pump Lubricating oil cooler
The lubricating oil pump can be of the displace- The lubricating oil cooler must be of the shell and
ment wheel, or the centrifugal type: tube type made of seawater resistant material, or
a plate type heat exchanger with plate material
Lubricating oil viscosity, specified....75 cSt at 50 C of titanium, unless freshwater is used in a central
Lubricating oil viscosity............ maximum 400 cSt * cooling water system.
Lubricating oil flow............... see List of capacities
Design pump head........................................4.6 bar Lubricating oil viscosity, specified....75 cSt at 50 C
Delivery pressure..........................................4.6 bar Lubricating oil flow............... see List of capacities
Max. working temperature.............................. 70 C Heat dissipation................... see List of capacities
Lubricating oil temperature, outlet cooler....... 45 C
* 400 cSt is specified, as it is normal practice when Working pressure on oil side.........................4.6 bar
starting on cold oil, to partly open the bypass Pressure drop on oil side.............maximum 0.5 bar
valves of the lubricating oil pumps, so as to reduce Cooling water flow................ see List of capacities
the electric power requirements for the pumps. Cooling water temperature at inlet:
seawater.......................................................... 32 C
The flow capacity must be within a range from freshwater........................................................ 36 C
100 to 112% of the capacity stated. Pressure drop on water side........maximum 0.2 bar
The pump head is based on a total pressure drop The lubricating oil flow capacity must be within a
across cooler and filter of maximum 1 bar. range from 100 to 112% of the capacity stated.
Referring to Fig. 8.01.01, the bypass valve shown The cooling water flow capacity must be within a
between the main lubricating oil pumps may be range from 100 to 110% of the capacity stated.
omitted in cases where the pumps have a builtin
bypass or if centrifugal pumps are used. To ensure the correct functioning of the lubricat-
ing oil cooler, we recommend that the seawater
If centrifugal pumps are used, it is recommended temperature is regulated so that it will not be
to install a throttle valve at position 005 to prevent lower than 10 C.
an excessive oil level in the oil pan if the centrifugal
pump is supplying too much oil to the engine. The pressure drop may be larger, depending on
the actual cooler design.
During trials, the valve should be adjusted by
means of a device which permits the valve to be
closed only to the extent that the minimum flow Lubricating oil temperature control valve
area through the valve gives the specified lubri-
cating oil pressure at the inlet to the engine at full The temperature control system can, by means of
normal load conditions. It should be possible to a threeway valve unit, bypass the cooler totally
fully open the valve, e.g. when starting the engine or partly.
with cold oil.
Lubricating oil viscosity, specified.....75 cSt at 50 C
It is recommended to install a 25 mm valve (pos. Lubricating oil flow............... see List of capacities
006), with a hose connection after the main lubri- Temperature range, inlet to engine..........40 47 C
cating oil pumps, for checking the cleanliness of
the lubricating oil system during the flushing pro-
cedure. The valve is to be located on the under-
side of a horizontal pipe just after the discharge
from the lubricating oil pumps.
MAN B&W S90MC-C7/8, S90MEC7/8/9, K90ME9,

K90MEC9, G80ME-C9, S80MEC7/8/9 MAN Diesel 198 42 377.6
MAN B&W 8.05
Page 2 of 5
Lubricating oil full flow filter
Lubricating oil flow............... see List of capacities If a filter with a backflushing arrangement is in-
Working pressure..........................................4.6 bar stalled, the following should be noted:
Test pressure......................according to class rules
Absolute fineness..........................................50 m* The required oil flow, specified in the List of
Working temperature.............. approximately 45 C capacities, should be increased by the amount
Oil viscosity at working temp............... 90 100 cSt of oil used for the backflushing, so that the
Pressure drop with clean filter.....maximum 0.2 bar lubricating oil pressure at the inlet to the main
Filter to be cleaned engine can be maintained during cleaning.
at a pressure drop........................maximum 0.5 bar
If an automatically cleaned filter is installed, it
* The absolute fineness corresponds to a nominal should be noted that in order to activate the
fineness of approximately 35 m at a retaining cleaning process, certain makes of filter require
rate of 90%. a higher oil pressure at the inlet to the filter than
the pump pressure specified. Therefore, the
The flow capacity must be within a range from pump capacity should be adequate for this pur-
100 to 112% of the capacity stated. pose, too.
The fullflow filter should be located as close as

possible to the main engine.
If a double filter (duplex) is installed, it should

have sufficient capacity to allow the specified full
amount of oil to flow through each side of the filter
at a given working temperature with a pressure
drop across the filter of maximum 0.2 bar (clean
filter).
MAN B&W S90MC-C7/8, S90MEC7/8/9, K90ME9,

K90MEC9, G80ME-C9, S80MEC7/8/9 MAN Diesel 198 42 377.6
MAN B&W 8.05
Page 3 of 5
Flushing of lubricating oil components and Both ends of all pipes must be closed/sealed
piping system at the shipyard during transport.
During installation of the lubricating oil system Before final installation, carefully check the in-
for the main engine, it is important to minimise or side of the pipes for rust and other kinds of for-
eliminate foreign particles in the system. This is eign particles.
done as a final step onboard the vessel by flush-
ing the lubricating oil components and piping Never leave a pipe end uncovered during as-
system of the MAN B&W main engine types ME/ sembly.
ME-C/ME-B/-GI before starting the engine.
Bunkering and filling the system
At the shipyard, the following main points should Tanks must be cleaned manually and inspected
be observed during handling and flushing of the before filling with oil.
lubricating oil components and piping system:
When filling the oil system, MAN Diesel & Turbo
Before and during installation recommends that new oil is bunkered through 6
Components delivered from subsuppliers, such m fine filters, or that a purifier system is used.
as pumps, coolers and filters, are expected to New oil is normally delivered with a cleanliness
be clean and rust protected. However, these level of XX/23/19 according to ISO 4406 and,
must be spot-checked before being connected therefore, requires further cleaning to meet our
to the piping system. specification.
All piping must be finished in the workshop Flushing the piping with engine bypass
before mounting onboard, i.e. all internal welds When flushing the system, the first step is to by-
must be ground and piping must be acid-treat- pass the main engine oil system. Through tem-
ed followed by neutralisation, cleaned and cor- porary piping and/or hosing, the oil is circulated
rosion protected. through the vessels system and directly back to
the main engine oil sump tank.
610 m
Autofilter
Filter unit
Cooler
Back flush Pumps
Tank sump
Purifier
6 m Filter unit
Temporary hosing/piping
178 61 99-7.0
Fig. 8.05.01: Lubricating oil system with temporary hosing/piping for flushing at the shipyard
MAN B&W ME/ME-C/ME-B/-GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 80 26-6.0
MAN B&W 8.05
Page 4 of 5
If the system has been out of operation, un- Flushing the engine oil system
used for a long time, it may be necessary to The second step of flushing the system is to
spot-check for signs of corrosion in the system. flush the complete engine oil system. The pro-
Remove end covers, bends, etc., and inspect cedure depends on the engine type and the
accordingly. condition in which the engine is delivered from
the engine builder. For detailed information we
It is important during flushing to keep the oil recommend contacting the engine builder or
warm, approx 60 C, and the flow of oil as high MAN Diesel & Turbo.
as possible. For that reason it may be necessary
to run two pumps at the same time. Inspection and recording in operation
Inspect the filters before and after the sea trial.
Filtering and removing impurities
In order to remove dirt and impurities from the During operation of the oil system, check the
oil, it is essential to run the purifier system dur- performance and behaviour of all filters, and
ing the complete flushing period and/or use a note down any abnormal condition. Take im-
bypass unit with a 6 m fine filter and sump-to- mediate action if any abnormal condition is ob-
sump filtration, see Fig. 8.05.01. served. For instance, if high differential pressure
occurs at short intervals, or in case of abnormal
Furthermore, it is recommended to reduce the back flushing, check the filters and take appro-
filter mesh size of the main filter unit to 10-25 m priate action.
(to be changed again after sea trial) and use the
6 m fine filter already installed in the auto-filter Further information and recommendations regard-
for this temporary installation, see Fig. 8.05.01. ing flushing, the specified cleanliness level and
This can lead to a reduction of the flushing time. how to measure it, and how to use the NAS 1638
oil cleanliness code as an alternative to ISO 4406,
The flushing time depends on the system type, are available from MAN Diesel & Turbo.
the condition of the piping and the experience of
the yard. (15 to 26 hours should be expected).
Cleanliness level, measuring kit and flushing log

MAN Diesel & Turbo specifies ISO 4406
XX/16/13 as accepted cleanliness level for the
ME/ME-C/ME-B/-GI hydraulic oil system, and
ISO 4406 XX/19/15 for the remaining part of the
lubricating oil system.
The amount of contamination contained in sys-

tem samples can be estimated by means of the
Pall Fluid Contamination Comparator combined
with the Portable Analysis Kit, HPCA-Kit-0,
which is used by MAN Diesel & Turbo. This kit
and the Comparator included is supplied by Pall
Corporation, USA, www.pall.com
It is important to record the flushing condition

in statements to all inspectors involved. The
MAN Diesel & Turbo Flushing Log form, which is
available on request, or a similar form is recom-
mended for this purpose.

MAN Diesel 198 80 26-6.0
MAN B&W 8.05
Page 5 of 5
Lubricating oil outlet
A protecting ring position 14 is to be installed if

required, by class rules, and is placed loose on
the tanktop and guided by the hole in the flange.
In the vertical direction it is secured by means of

screw position 4, in order to prevent wear of the
rubber plate.
Engine builders supply
2 3 4
Oil and temperature resistant

rubber (3 layers), yards supply
178 07 416.1
Fig. 8.05.02: Lubricating oil outlet
MAN B&W K98MC/MC-C, K98ME/MEC, S90MC-C, S90ME-C,

K90MC-C, K90ME/ME-C, S80MC/MC-C, G80ME-C, S80ME-C,
K80MC-C, K80ME-C, S70MC/MC-C, S70ME-C/-GI, L70MC-C,
MAN Diesel 198 70 344.1
L70ME-C, S65MC-C, S65ME-C/-GI, S60MC/MC-C, S60ME-C/-GI;

S60ME-B, S50MC/MC-C, S50ME-C/ME-B, S40MC-C, S40ME-B
MAN B&W 8.06
Page 1 of 2
Lubricating Oil Tank
A B
q cyl. 9 AA
q cyl. 8
q cyl. 7
q cyl. 6
q cyl. 5
q cyl. 4
q cyl. 3
q cyl. 2
q cyl. 1
Oil level with oil in Lub. oil pump
Q m 3 bottom tank suction
and with pumps
D0
stopped
D3
OL
H2 H1
A B
L D1
Outlet from engine, 520 mm,

having it's bottom edge below BB
the oil level (to obtain gas seal
Top view between crankcase and bottom
tank) * Based on 50 mm
Cyl. 2 thickness of epoxy
supporting chocks
5 Cyl. *
H0 862 1,950
5 2
H3
6 Cyl.
W
5 2 3,490
Min. height according

to class requirement
7 Cyl.
7 5 2
8 Cyl.
8 6 4 2
9 Cyl.
9 7 5 2
10 Cyl. 12 Cyl.
10 7 5 2 11 8 5 2
125 mm air pipe 125 mm air pipe
11 Cyl. Lubrication oil 14 Cyl.

pump suction
125 mm air pipe
125 mm air pipe
11 8 5 2 13 10 8 5 2 Drain at
Oil outlet from turbocharger.

For pipe size see drawing "List of flanges"
078 81 75-4.1.0
Fig. 8.06.01a: Lubricating oil tank, with cofferdam
MAN B&W S90MEC9.2

MAN Diesel 198 83 04-6.0
MAN B&W 8.06
Page 2 of 2
Note: If the system outside the engine is so designed

When calculating the tank heights, allowance has that an amount of the lubricating oil is drained
not been made for the possibility that a quantity of back to the tank, when the pumps are stopped,
oil in the lubricating oil system outside the engine the height of the bottom tank indicated in Table
may be returned to the bottom tank, when the 8.06.01b has to be increased to include this quan-
pumps are stopped. tity. If space is limited, however, other solutions
are possible.
Cylin- Drain at
D0 D1 D2 H0 H1 H2 H3 W L OL Qm3
der No. cylinder No.
5 2-5 300 450 2225 1,240 450 90 400 600 9,600 1,140 38.2
6 2-5 350 475 2250 1,315 475 95 600 700 11,200 1,215 47.5
7 2-5-7 375 550 2275 1,400 550 110 600 700 12,800 1,300 58.1
8 2-4-6-8 400 550 2275 1,495 550 110 600 700 15,200 1,395 74.0
9 2-5-7-9 400 600 2300 1,585 600 110 600 700 16,800 1,485 87.1
10 2-5-7-10 425 600 2300 1,675 600 110 600 800 18,400 1,675 101.1
11 2-5-8-11 450 650 2325 1,770 650 120 600 800 20,000 1,860 122.8
12 2-5-8-11 475 700 2350 1,870 700 130 700 900 21,600 1,870 133.4
14 2-5-8-10-13 525 700 2375 2,000 700 130 700 900 24,800 2,000 164.4
Table 8.06.01b: Lubricating oil tank, with cofferdam
Lubricating oil tank operating conditions
The lubricating oil bottom tank complies with the

rules of the classification societies by operation
under the following conditions:
Angle of inclination, degrees

Athwartships Fore and aft
Static Dynamic Static Dynamic
15 22.5 5 7.5
MAN B&W S90MEC9.2

MAN Diesel 198 83 04-6.0
MAN B&W 8.07
Page 1 of 2
Crankcase Venting and Bedplate Drain Pipes
Crankcase venting
The engine crankcase is vented through AR
through a pipe extending directly to the deck. This
pipe has a drain arrangement that permits oil con-
densed in the pipe to be led to a drain tank, see
Fig. 8.01.01.
Deck
Inside diam. of pipe: 125 mm

To drain tank
To be laid with inclination
Venting from crankcase inside
diam. of pipe: 80 mm
Hole diam.: 90 mm
To be equipped with flame screen AR
if required by class rules
This pipe to be
delivered with the engine
Drain cowl
Inside diameter of drain pipe: 10 mm
198 97 101.4a
Fig. 8.07.01: Crankcase venting
MAN B&W K98ME/MEC, S90ME-C, K90ME/MEC

MAN Diesel 198 42 593.3
MAN B&W 8.07
Page 2 of 2
Drains
Drains from the engine bedplate AE are fitted on

both sides of the engine, see Fig. 8.08.01.
From the engine the oil collects in the oil pan from
where it is drained off to the bottom tank.
To charge air pipe Drain turbocharger

cleaning
AE
Cyl. 1
Drain cylinder frame
Hydraulic
Drain stuffing box power
supply
Filter tray
Hydraulic cyl. unit
LS 1236 AH Z LS 4112 AH
LS 1235 AH
AE
525 18 57-6.0.0
Fig. 8.07.02: Bedplate drain pipes
MAN B&W K98ME/MEC, S90ME-C, K90ME/MEC

MAN Diesel 198 42 593.3
MAN B&W 8.08
Page 1 of 1
Hydraulic Oil Backflushing
The special suction arrangement for purifier suc- This special arrangement for purifier suction will
tion in connection with the ME engine (Integrated ensure that a good cleaning effect on the lubrica-
system). tion oil is obtained.
The back-flushing oil from the self cleaning 6 m If found profitable the back-flushed lubricating oil
hydraulic control oil filter unit built onto the engine from the main lubricating oil filter (normally a 50 or
is contaminated and it is therefore not expedient to 40 m filter) can also be returned into the special
lead it directly into the lubricating oil sump tank. back-flushing oil drain tank.
The amount of back-flushed oil is large, and it Purifier

suction pipe
Lubricating
oil tank top
Backflushed hydraulic
control oil from self
is considered to be too expensive to discard Venting
cleaning 6 m filter
it. Therefore, we suggest that the lubricating holes
8X50
oil sump tank is modified for the ME engines in
order not to have this contaminated lubricating
50
hydraulic control oil mixed up in the total amount Oil level
of lubricating oil. The lubricating oil sump tank is
designed with a small back-flushing hydraulic Branch pipe to
control oil drain tank to which the back-flushed backflushing
hydraulic control
Sump
hydraulic control oil is led and from which the lu- oil drain tank
D
tank
bricating oil purifier can also suck. D
Backflushing
hydraulic control
D/3
This is explained in detail below and the principle D/3 oil drain tank
is shown in Fig. 8.08.01. Three suggestions for the
arrangement of the drain tank in the sump tank Lubricating Pipe 400
oil tank bottom or 400
are shown in Fig. 8.08.02 illustrates another sug- 178 52 496.2
gestion for a back-flushing oil drain tank. Fig. 8.08.01: Backflushing servo oil drain tank
The special suction arrangement for the purifier is

Purifier Backflushed hydraulic
consisting of two connected tanks (lubricating oil suction pipe controloil from self
cleaning 6 m filter
sump tank and back-flushing oil drain tank) and Lubricating
of this reason the oil level will be the same in both oil tank top
tanks, as explained in detail below.

Oil level Support
The oil level in the two tanks will be equalizing
through the branch pipe to back-flushing oil drain
tank, see Fig. 8.08.01. As the pipes have the
same diameters but a different length, the resis-
tance is larger in the branch pipe to back-flushing Venting holes
Sump
oil drain tank, and therefore the purifier will suck tank
Backflushing
primarily from the sump tank. hydraulic control
oil drain tank
The oil level in the sump tank and the back-flush-

ing oil drain tank will remain to be about equal be-
cause the tanks are interconnected at the top. D D
D/3
When hydraulic control oil is back-flushed from

D/3
the filter, it will give a higher oil level in the back-

flushing hydraulic control oil drain tank and the
Lubricating oil tank bottom
purifier will suck from this tank until the oil level is 178 52 518.2
the same in both tanks. After that, the purifier will Fig. 8.08.02: Alternative design for the
suck from the sump tank, as mentioned above. backflushing servo oil drain tank
MAN B&W ME/MEC/MEGI/ME-B engines

ME Engine Selection Guide MAN Diesel 198 48 297.3
MAN B&W 8.09
Page 1 of 4
Separate System for Hydraulic Control Unit
As an option, the engine can be prepared for the The tank is to be equipped with flange connec-
use of a separate hydraulic control oil system tions and the items listed below:
Fig. 8.09.01. 1 Oil filling pipe
1 Outlet pipe for pump suctions
The separate hydraulic control oil system can be 1 Return pipe from engine
built as a unit, or be built streamlined in the engine 1 Drain pipe
room with the various components placed and 1 Vent pipe.
fastened to the steel structure of the engine room.
The hydraulic control oil tank is to be placed at
The design and the dimensioning of the various least 1 m below the hydraulic oil outlet flange, RZ.
components are based on the aim of having a reli-
able system that is able to supply lowpressure oil
to the inlet of the enginemounted highpressure Hydraulic control oil pump
hydraulic control oil pumps at a constant pres-
sure, both at engine standby and at various en- The pump must be of the displacement type (e.g.
gine loads. The quality of the hydraulic control oil gear wheel or screw wheel pump).
must fulfil the same grade as for our standard in-
tegrated lube/cooling/hydrauliccontrol oil system, The following data is specified in Fig. 8.09.02:
i.e. ISO 4406 XX/16/13 equivalent to NAS 1638 Pump capacity
Class 7. Pump head
Delivery pressure
The hydraulic control oil system comprises: Working temperature
1 Hydraulic control oil tank Oil viscosity range.
2 Hydraulic control oil pumps (one for standby)
1 Pressure control valve
1 Hydraulic control oil cooler, watercooled by the Pressure control valve
low temperature cooling water
1 Threeway valve, temperature controlled The valve is to be of the selfoperating flow control-
1 Hydraulic control oil filter, duplex type or auto- ling type, which bases the flow on the predefined
matic selfcleaning type pressure set point. The valve must be able to react
1 Hydraulic control oil fine filter with pump quickly from the fullyclosed to the fullyopen posi-
1 Temperature indicator tion (tmax= 4 sec), and the capacity must be the
1 Pressure indicator same as for the hydraulic control oil lowpressure
2 Level alarms pumps. The set point of the valve has to be within
Valves and cocks the adjustable range specified on a separate
Piping. drawing.
The following data is specified in Fig. 8.09.02:

Hydraulic control oil tank Flow rate
Adjustable differential pressure range across
The tank can be made of mild steel plate or be a the valve
part of the ship structure. Oil viscosity range.

MAN Diesel 198 48 523.4
MAN B&W 8.09
Page 2 of 4
Hydraulic control oil cooler The fine filter is an off-line filter and removes me-
tallic and non-metallic particles larger than 0,8 m
The cooler must be of the plate heat exchanger or as well as water and oxidation residues. The filter
shell and tube type. has a pertaining pump and is to be fitted on the
top of the hydraulic control oil tank.
Heat dissipation A suitable fine filter unit is:
Oil flow rate Make: CJC, C.C. Jensen A/S, Svendborg,
Oil outlet temperature Denmark - www.cjc.dk.
Maximum oil pressure drop across the cooler
Cooling water flow rate For oil volume <10,000 litres:
Water inlet temperature HDU 27/-MZ-Z with a pump flow of 15-20% of the
Maximum water pressure drop across the cooler. total oil volume per hour.
For oil volume >10,000 litres:

Temperature controlled threeway valve HDU 27/-GP-DZ with a pump flow of 15-20% of
the total oil volume per hour.
The valve must act as a control valve, with an ex-
ternal sensor.
Temperature indicator
Capacity The temperature indicator is to be of the liquid
Adjustable temperature range straight type.
Maximum pressure drop across the valve.
Pressure indicator
Hydraulic control oil filter
The pressure indicator is to be of the dial type.
The filter is to be of the duplex full flow type with
manual change over and manual cleaning or of
the automatic self cleaning type. Level alarm
A differential pressure gauge is fitted onto the The hydraulic control oil tank has to have level
filter. alarms for high and low oil level.

Filter capacity Piping
Maximum pressure drop across the filter
Filter mesh size (absolute) The pipes can be made of mild steel.
Oil viscosity
Design temperature. The design oil pressure is to be 10 bar.
The return pipes are to be placed vertical or laid

Off-line hydraulic control oil fine filter / purifier with a downwards inclination of minimum 15.
Shown in Fig. 8.09.01, the off-line fine filter unit or

purifier must be able to treat 15-20% of the total
oil volume per hour.

MAN Diesel 198 48 523.4
MAN B&W 8.09
Page 3 of 4
PDS 13021 AH PI 1303 I TI 1310 I

Engine
Manual
filter
Temperature Control
Oil Cooler Valve RY
Auto
filter
TE 1310 AH Y
Cooling water PDS 13022 AH XS 1350 AH

inlet Fine filter
for back XS 1351 AH
flushing oil
To be positioned
Oil as close as
Vent Pipe possible to the
Filling
Pipe engine
Cooling water
outlet Deck
RZ
Manhole
LS 1320 AH AL
Oil Tank
Drain to Waste Oil Tank
Water drain
078 83 82-6.4.0
Fig. 8.09.01: Hydraulic control oil system, manual filter

MAN Diesel 198 48 523.4
MAN B&W 8.09
Page 4 of 4
Hydraulic Control Oil System
MAN Diesel 198 79 29-6.0

MAN B&W
Cylinder Lubrication

9
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 9.01
Page 1 of 1
Cylinder Lubricating Oil System
The cost of the cylinder lubricating oil is one of the A BN 70 cylinder oil is to be used as the default
largest contributions to total operating costs, next choice of oil and it may be used on all fuel types.
to the fuel oil cost. Another aspect is that the lu- However, in case of the engine running on fuel
brication rate has a great influence on the cylinder with sulphur content lower than 1.5% for more
condition, and thus on the overhauling schedules than 1 to 2 weeks, we recommend to change to a
and maintenance costs. lower BN cylinder oil such as BN 40-50.
It is therefore of the utmost importance that the The cylinder oils listed below have all given long-
cylinder lubricating oil system as well as its opera- term satisfactory service during heavy fuel opera-
tion is optimised. tion in MAN B&W engine installations:
Company Cylinder oil Cylinder oil

Cylinder oils SAE 50, BN 60-80 SAE 50, BN 40-50
BP CLO 50M CL 505
Cylinder oils should, preferably, be of the SAE 50 CL 605 CL-DX 405
viscosity grade. Castrol Cyltech 70 Cyltech 40SX / 50S
Chevron *) Taro Special HT 70 Taro Special HT LS 40
Modern highrated twostroke engines have a ExxonMobil Mobilgard 570 Mobilgard L540
Shell Alexia 50 Alexia LS
relatively great demand for detergency in the cyl-
Total Talusia Universal Talusia LS 40
inder oil. Therefore cylinder oils should be chosen
Talusia HR 70
according to the below list.
*) Includes Caltex, Chevron and Texaco
Deck
Also other brands have been used with satisfac-
Filling
Low BN CLO pipe tory results.
Cylinder oil Cylinder oil
storage or
service tank
storage or
service tank
Cylinder oil feed rate (dosage)
High BN CLO
Adjustment of the cylinder oil dosage to the sul-
phur content in the fuel being burnt is further ex-
plained in Section 9.02.
Min. 3,000 mm
Level alarm
Heater with set
point of 40 C
Small box for

Min. 2,000 mm
heater element
AC

178 52 376.2
Fig. 9.01.01: Cylinder lubricating oil system
MAN B&W ME/MEC/ME-B engines

MAN Diesel 198 48 224.8
MAN B&W 9.02
Page 1 of 6
MAN B&W Alpha Cylinder Lubrication System
The MAN B&W Alpha cylinder lubrication system, Alpha Adaptive Cylinder Oil
see Figs. 9.02.02a and 9.02.02b, is designed to Control (Alpha ACC)
supply cylinder oil intermittently, e.g. every four
engine revolutions with electronically controlled It is a wellknown fact that the actual need for
timing and dosage at a defined position. cylinder oil quantity varies with the operational
conditions such as load and fuel oil quality. Con-
The cylinder lubricating oil is pumped from the sequently, in order to perform the optimal lubrica-
cylinder oil storage tank to the service tank, the tion costeffectively as well as technically the
size of which depends on the owners and the cylinder lubricating oil dosage should follow such
yards requirements, it is normally dimensioned operational variations accordingly.
for minimum two days cylinder lubricating oil
consumption. The Alpha lubricating system offers the possibility
of saving a considerable amount of cylinder lubri-
Cylinder lubricating oil is fed to the Alpha cylinder cating oil per year and, at the same time, to obtain
lubrication system by gravity from the service a safer and more predictable cylinder condition.
tank.
The storage tank and the service tank may alter- Working principle
natively be one and the same tank.
The basic feed rate control should be adjusted in
The oil fed to the injectors is pressurised by relation to the actual fuel quality and amount be-
means of the Alpha Lubricator which is placed ing burnt at any given time. The sulphur percent-
on the HCU and equipped with small multipiston age is a good indicator in relation to wear, and an
pumps. oil dosage proportional to the sulphur level will
give the best overall cylinder condition.
The oil pipes fitted on the engine is shown in Fig.
9.02.04. The following two criteria determine the control:
The whole system is controlled by the Cylinder The cylinder oil dosage shall be proportional to
Control Unit (CCU) which controls the injection the sulphur percentage in the fuel
frequency on the basis of the enginespeed signal
given by the tacho signal and the fuel index. The cylinder oil dosage shall be proportional to
the engine load (i.e. the amount of fuel entering
Prior to start-up, the cylinders can be prelubric the cylinders).
ated and, during the runningin period, the opera-
tor can choose to increase the lubricating oil feed The implementation of the above two criteria will
rate to a max. setting of 200%. lead to an optimal cylinder oil dosage, proportion-
al to the amount of sulphur entering the cylinders.
The MAN B&W Alpha Cylinder Lubricator is pref-
erably to be controlled in accordance with the Al-
pha ACC (Adaptive Cylinder oil Control) feed rate
system.
The yard supply should be according to the items

shown in Fig. 9.02.02a within the broken line. With
regard to the filter and the small box, plese see
Fig. 9.02.05.
MAN B&W K98ME/MEC, S90ME-C, K90ME/ME-C,

S80ME-C, K80ME-C, S70ME-C/ME-GI, L70ME-C,
S65ME-C/ME-GI, S60ME-C/ME-GI/ME-B, L60ME-C
MAN Diesel 198 38 890.9
MAN B&W 9.02
Page 2 of 6
Basic and minimum setting with Alpha ACC
The recommendations are valid for all plants, Due to the sulphur dependency, the average cyl-
whether controllable pitch or fixed pitch propellers inder oil dosages rely on the sulphur distribution
are used. in worldwide fuel bunkers. Based on deliveries all
over the world, the resulting yearly specific cylin-
Safe and very lubricatingeconomical control after der oil dosage will be less than 0.65 g/kWh.
running-in is obtained with a basic setting accord-
ing to the formula: Further information on cylinder oil as a function of
fuel oil sulphur content and alkalinity of lubricating
Basic lubricating oil setting = 0.20 g/kWh x S% oil is available from MAN Diesel & Turbo.
with a minimum setting of 0.60 g/kWh, i.e. the set-

ting should be kept constant from about 3% sul-
phur and downwards.
Absolute dosage (g/kWh)

1.40
1.30
1.20
1.10
1.00
0.90
0.80
0.70
0.60
0.50
0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
0.00
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
Sulphur %
178 61 196.0
Fig 9.02.01: Cylinder lubricating oil dosage with Alpha ACC at all loads (BN 70 cylinder oil) after running-in
MAN B&W K98ME/MEC, S90ME-C, K90ME/ME-C,

S80ME-C, K80ME-C, S70ME-C/ME-GI, L70ME-C,
S65ME-C/ME-GI, S60ME-C/ME-GI/ME-B, L60ME-C
MAN Diesel 198 38 890.9
MAN B&W 9.02
Page 3 of 6
Cylinder Oil Pipe Heating
In case of low engine room temperature, it can be The engine builder is to make the insulation and
difficult to keep the cylinder oil temperature at 45 heating on the main cylinder oil pipe on the en-
C at the MAN B&W Alpha Lubricator, mounted on gine. Moreover, the engine builder is to mount the
the hydraulic cylinder. junction box and the thermostat on the engine.
See Fig. 9.02.03.
Therefore the cylinder oil pipe from the small tank,
see Figs. 9.02.02a and 9.02.02b, in the vessel and The ship yard is to make the insulation of the
of the main cylinder oil pipe on the engine is insu- cylinder oil pipe in the engine room. The heat-
lated and electricallly heated. ing cable supplied by the engine builder is to be
mounted from the small tank to the juntion box on
the engine. See Figs. 9.02.02a and 9.02.02b.
Deck
Filling pipe Filling pipe

TBN TBN
70/80 30/40
Cylinder oil Cylinder oil

storage or storage or
service tank service tank
Insulation
Sensor
Internal connection Lubricating
Level changes both at the oil pipe
alarm same time
Min. 3,000 mm
LS 8212 AL
Heater with set
point of 45C
TI
Small box for

Ship builder
heater element
Min. 2,000 mm
Heating cable
100 101
engine builder
supply Alutape
Heating cable
AC
Pipe with insulation and

el. heat tracing
Terminal box
El. connection
0079 33 17-1.0.1
Fig. 9.02.02a: Cylinder lubricating oil system with dual service tanks for two different TBN cylinder oils
MAN B&W ME/MEC/ME-B/GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 76 120.1
MAN B&W 9.02
Page 4 of 6
Cylinder Cylinder
liner * liner *
Flow sensor Flow sensor
Feedback sensor
Lubricator
Feedback sensor Lubricator
Solenoid valve Solenoid valve

200 bar To other
system oil cylinders
Hydraulic Hydraulic
Cylinder Unit Cylinder Unit
Cylinder Cylinder
Control Unit Control Unit
* The number of cylinder lubricating points
depends on the actual engine type
178 49 834.7b
Fig. 9.02.02b: Cylinder lubricating oil system. Example from 80/70/65ME-C engines
Temperature switch
AC Cylinder lubrication
Forward cyl
Terminal box
Aft cyl
Power Input
Heating cable
ship builder
supply
Power
Input
Heating cable
ship builder
supply
Terminal box
Temperature
switch
178 53 716.0
Fig. 9.02.03: Electric heating of cylinder oil pipes
MAN B&W ME/MEC/GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 55 20-9.4
MAN B&W 9.02
Page 5 of 6
6050MEC 8065MEC 9890ME/MEC
LS 8208 C Level switch
ZV 8204 C Solonoid valve

Lubricator
ZT 8203 C Feedback sensor
Venting
AC TE 8202 AH
Drain
The item No refer to Guidance Values Automation
121 50 90-1.6.1
Fig. 9.02.04: Cylinder lubricating oil pipes

MAN Diesel 198 55 20-9.4
MAN B&W 9.02
Page 6 of 6
From cylinder oil service To venting of cylinder

tank/storage tank oil service tank
Flange: 140 Flange: 140
4x18 PCD 100 460 4x18 PCD 100
(EN36F00420) (EN36F00420)
113
4x19
for mounting
154
Coupling box for

heating element
250
and level switch
mesh filter
Level switch Temperature

indicator
XC 8212 AL
925
To engine
connection AC
Flange 140
4x18 PCD 100
(EN362F0042)
Heating element 750 W

Set point 40 C Box, 37 l
112
74
425 91
260
850 268
920 410
Drain from tray G 3/8

193
239
178 52 758.1
Fig. 9.02.05: Suggestion for small heating box with filter
MAN B&W ME/MEC/MEB/-GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 79 37-9.0
MAN B&W
Piston Rod Stuffing

Box Drain Oil
10
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 10.01
Page 1 of 1
Stuffing Box Drain Oil System
For engines running on heavy fuel, it is important The amount of drain oil from the stuffing boxes is
that the oil drained from the piston rod stuffing about 5 10 litres/24 hours per cylinder during
boxes is not led directly into the system oil, as normal service. In the runningin period, it can be
the oil drained from the stuffing box is mixed with higher.
sludge from the scavenge air space.
The relatively small amount of drain oil is led to
The performance of the piston rod stuffing box on the general oily waste drain tank or is burnt in the
the engines has proved to be very efficient, pri- incinerator, Fig. 10.01.01. (Yards supply).
marily because the hardened piston rod allows a
higher scraper ring pressure.
Drain from stuffing box
Yards supply
AE
DN=32 mm
Drain from bedplate
High level alarm
To incinerator or oily waste drain tank

Drain tank
079 32 26-0.1.1
Fig. 10.01.01: Stuffing box drain oil system
MAN B&W 98-60MC/MCC, 98-60ME/MEC/ME-B/GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 83 45-3.0
MAN B&W
Central Cooling
Water System
11
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 11.01
Page 1 of 1
Central Cooling Water System
The water cooling can be arranged in several con- For information on the alternative Seawater Cool-
figurations, the most common system choice being System, see Chapter 12.
ing a Central cooling water system.
Advantages of the central cooling system: An arrangement common for the main engine
and MAN Diesel auxiliary engines is available on
Only one heat exchanger cooled by seawater, request.
and thus, only one exchanger to be overhauled
For further information about common cooling
All other heat exchangers are freshwater cooled water system for main engines and auxiliary en-
and can, therefore, be made of a less expensive gines please refer to our publication:
material
Uni-concept Auxiliary Systems for Two-Stroke Main
Few noncorrosive pipes to be installed Engines and Four-Stroke Auxiliary Engines
Reduced maintenance of coolers and compo- The publication is available at

nents www.mandieselturbo.com under Products
Increased heat utilisation. Technical Papers.
Disadvantages of the central cooling system:
Three sets of cooling water pumps (seawater,

central water and jacket water.
Higher first cost.
MAN B&W MC/MCC, ME/MEC/ME-B/GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 46 965.4
MAN B&W 11.02
Page 1 of 1
Central Cooling Water System
The central cooling water system is characterised air cooler as low as possible also applies to the
by having only one heat exchanger cooled by central cooling system. This means that the tem-
seawater, and by the other coolers, including the perature control valve in the central cooling water
jacket water cooler, being cooled by central cool- circuit is to be set to minimum 10 C, whereby the
ing water. temperature follows the outboard seawater tem-
perature when central cooling water temperature
In order to prevent too high a scavenge air tem- exceeds 10 C.
perature, the cooling water design temperature
in the central cooling water system is normally 36 For external pipe connections, we prescribe the
C, corresponding to a maximum seawater tem- following maximum water velocities:
perature of 32 C.
Jacket water................................................. 3.0 m/s
Our recommendation of keeping the cooling water Central cooling water................................... 3.0 m/s
inlet temperature to the main engine scavenge Seawater...................................................... 3.0 m/s
Expansion tank
central cooling water
PT 8421 AL
These valves to be provided

TI 8431 TE 8431 I AL with graduated scale
Seawater
outlet
Regarding the lubricating oil coolers, TI

this valve should be adjusted so that
the inlet temperature of the cooling TI TI
Lubricating
water is not below 10 C N
oil cooler
Central AS
Air pockets, if any, in the pipe line P
cooler TI
between the pumps, must be vented
to the expansion tank
PI TI PI TI
Seawater Central cooling Jacket water Main

pumps water pumps cooler engine
PI TI
Cooling water
drain air cooler
Seawater
inlet
Seawater
inlet
Jacket cooling water

Sea water
Fuel oil
The letters refer to list of Counterflanges, Fig. 5.10.01

The item No. refer to Guidance values automation
178 52 771.1
Fig. 11.02.01: Central cooling water system

MAN Diesel 198 40 579.5
MAN B&W 11.03
Page 1 of 2
Components for Central Cooling Water System
Seawater cooling pumps Central cooling water pumps
The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type. The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type.
Seawater flow...................... see List of Capacities Central cooling water flow.... see List of Capacities
Pump head....................................................2.5 bar Pump head....................................................2.5 bar
Test pressure......................according to class rules Delivery pressure................depends on location of
Working temperature, normal......................032 C expansion tank
Working temperature..................... maximum 50 C Test pressure......................according to class rules
Working temperature...................................... 80 C
The flow capacity must be within a range from Design temperature....................................... 100 C
100 to 110% of the capacity stated.
The flow capacity must be within a range from
The differential pressure of the pumps is to be de- 100 to 110% of the capacity stated.
termined on the basis of the total actual pressure
drop across the cooling water system. The List of Capacities covers the main engine
only. The differential pressure provided by the
pumps is to be determined on the basis of the to-
Central cooler tal actual pressure drop across the cooling water
system.
The cooler is to be of the shell and tube or plate
heat exchanger type, made of seawater resistant
material. Central cooling water thermostatic valve
Heat dissipation...................... see List of Capacities The low temperature cooling system is to be
Central cooling water flow...... see List of Capacities equipped with a threeway valve, mounted as a
Central cooling water temperature, outlet.......... 36 C mixing valve, which bypasses all or part of the
Pressure drop on central cooling side.....max. 0.2 bar fresh water around the central cooler.
Seawater flow......................... see List of Capacities
Seawater temperature, inlet.............................. 32 C The sensor is to be located at the outlet pipe from
Pressure drop on the thermostatic valve and is set so as to keep a
seawater side................................. maximum 0.2 bar temperature level of minimum 10 C.
The pressure drop may be larger, depending on

the actual cooler design.
The heat dissipation and the seawater flow figures

are based on MCR output at tropical conditions,
i.e. a seawater temperature of 32 C and an ambi-
ent air temperature of 45 C.
Overload running at tropical conditions will slightly

increase the temperature level in the cooling sys-
tem, and will also slightly influence the engine
performance.

MAN Diesel 198 39 872.6
MAN B&W 11.03
Page 2 of 2
Jacket water system Lubricating oil cooler
Due to the central cooler the cooling water inlet See Chapter 8 Lubricating Oil.
temperature is about 4 C higher for for this sys-
tem compared to the seawater cooling system.
The input data are therefore different for the scav- Cooling water pipes
enge air cooler, the lube oil cooler and the jacket
water cooler. Diagrams of cooling water pipes are shown in
Figs. 12.03.01.
The heat dissipation and the central cooling water
flow figures are based on an MCR output at tropi-
cal conditions, i.e. a maximum seawater tempera- Jacket water cooler
ture of 32 C and an ambient air temperature of
45 C. The cooler is to be of the shell and tube or plate
heat exchanger type.
Jacket water cooling pump Heat dissipation.................. see List of Capacities

Jacket water flow................ see List of Capacities
The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type. Jacket water temperature, inlet....................... 80 C
Jacket water flow................ see List of Capacities Pressure drop on jacket water side.....max. 0.2 bar
Pump head....................................................3.0 bar Central cooling water flow.... see List of Capacities
Delivery pressure................depends on location of Central cooling water
expansion tank temperature, inlet...............................approx. 42 C
Test pressure......................according to class rules Pressure drop on Central
Working temperature...................................... 80 C cooling water side.................................max. 0.2 bar
Design temperature....................................... 100 C
The other data for the jacket cooling water system
The flow capacity must be within a range from can be found in Chapter 12.
100 to 110% of the capacity stated.
For further information about a common cooling
The stated of capacities cover the main engine water system for main engines and MAN Diesel
only. The pump head of the pumps is to be de- auxiliary engines, please refer to our publication:
termined on the basis of the total actual pressure
drop across the cooling water system. Uni-concept Auxiliary Systems for Two-Stroke Main
Engines and Four-Stroke Auxiliary Engines
Scavenge air cooler The publication is available at

The scavenge air cooler is an integrated part of Marine Engines & Systems Low Speed
the main engine. Technical Papers.
Heat dissipation...................... see List of Capacities

Central cooling water flow...... see List of Capacities
Central cooling temperature, inlet..................... 36 C
Pressure drop on FWLT water side..... approx. 0.5 bar

MAN Diesel 198 39 872.6
MAN B&W
Seawater
Cooling System
12
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 12.01
Page 1 of 1
Seawater Systems
The water cooling can be arranged in several con-

figurations, the most simple system choices being
seawater and central cooling water system:
A seawater cooling system and a jacket cool-

ing water system
The advantages of the seawater cooling system

are mainly related to first cost, viz:
Only two sets of cooling water pumps (seawater

and jacket water)
Simple installation with few piping systems.
Whereas the disadvantages are:
Seawater to all coolers and thereby higher

maintenance cost
Expensive seawater piping of noncorrosive ma-

terials such as galvanised steel pipes or CuNi
pipes.

MAN Diesel 198 38 924.4
MAN B&W 12.02
Page 1 of 1
Seawater Cooling System
The seawater cooling system is used for cooling, The interrelated positioning of the coolers in the
the main engine lubricating oil cooler, the jacket system serves to achieve:
water cooler and the scavenge air cooler, see Fig.
12.02.01. The lowest possible cooling water inlet tem-
perature to the lubricating oil cooler in order to
The lubricating oil cooler for a PTO stepup gear obtain the cheapest cooler. On the other hand,
should be connected in parallel with the other in order to prevent the lubricating oil from stiff-
coolers. The capacity of the seawater pump is ening in cold services, the inlet cooling water
based on the outlet temperature of the seawater temperature should not be lower than 10 C
being maximum 50 C after passing through the
coolers with an inlet temperature of maximum The lowest possible cooling water inlet tempera-
32 C (tropical conditions), i.e. a maximum tem- ture to the scavenge air cooler, in order to keep
perature increase of 18 C. the fuel oil consumption as low as possible.
The valves located in the system fitted to adjust

the distribution of cooling water flow are to be
provided with graduated scales.
Lubricating
Seawater oil cooler
pumps
Thermostatic
valve P
Seawater
outlet
Scavenge
air cooler
Jacket water
cooler
Seawater
inlet
Seawater
inlet
198 98 132.5
Fig. 12.02.01: Seawater cooling system

MAN Diesel 198 38 936.5
MAN B&W 12.03
Page 1 of 1
Cooling Water Pipes
CoCos PDT 84242 1 CoCos/spare

CoCos PDT 84242 2
PT 8421 I AH AL TI 8422
PI 8421 TE 8422 I AH
N
TI 84232 TI 84231
CoCos PDT 84242 2 PDT 84241 I CoCos
TE 84232 I AH TE 84231 I AH
Scavenge air Scavenge air

cooler cooler
AS AS
121 14 99-1.4.0
The letters refer to list of Counterflanges. The item no. refer to Guidance Values Automation
Fig. 12.03.01a: Cooling water pipes for engines with two or more turbochargers
TE 8422 I AH PT 8421 I AL AH
TI 8422 PI 8421
BP
BN
N
* *
TI 84231 TI 8423n
PDT 84431 I PDT 8443n I
TE 84231 I AH TE 8423n I AH
PT 84441 I AL AH PT 8444n I AL AH
TI/TE 84421 I AH TE 84411 I AH TE 8441n I AH TI/TE 8442n I AH
PT 84401 I AH AL PT 8440n I AH AL
Waste heat Waste heat
Element Element
Scavenge Scavenge
air cooler air cooler
AS AS
The letters refer to list of Counterflanges. The item no. refer to Guidance Values Automation
521 21 78-2.1.0
* Calculated valve from PT8440/844X if possible

n Refer to number of A7C
Fig. 12.03.01a: Cooling water Cooling water cooling pipes with waste heat recovery for engines with two or more tur-
bochargers
MAN B&W 98 60MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C/ME-B/-GI-TII

MAN Diesel 198 83 05-8.0
MAN B&W 12.04
Page 1 of 1
Components for Seawater Cooling System
Seawater cooling pump Scavenge air cooler
The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type. The scavenge air cooler is an integrated part of
the main engine.
Seawater flow...................... see List of Capacities
Pump head....................................................2.5 bar Heat dissipation.................. see List of Capacities
Test pressure....................... according to class rule Seawater flow . ................... see List of Capacities
Working temperature..................... maximum 50 C Seawater temperature,
for seawater cooling inlet, max....................... 32 C
The flow capacity must be within a range from Pressure drop on
100 to 110% of the capacity stated. cooling water side............ between 0.1 and 0.5 bar
The heat dissipation and the seawater flow are

Lubricating oil cooler based on an MCR output at tropical conditions,
i.e. seawater temperature of 32 C and an ambient
See Chapter 8 Lubricating Oil. air temperature of 45 C.
Jacket water cooler Seawater thermostatic valve
The cooler is to be of the shell and tube or plate The temperature control valve is a threeway valve
heat exchanger type, made of seawater resistant which can recirculate all or part of the seawater to
material. the pumps suction side. The sensor is to be locat-
ed at the seawater inlet to the lubricating oil cooler,
Heat dissipation.................. see List of Capacities and the temperature level must be a minimum of
Jacket water flow................ see List of Capacities +10 C.
Jacket water temperature, inlet....................... 80 C
Pressure drop Seawater flow...................... see List of Capacities
on jacket water side.....................maximum 0.2 bar Temperature range,
Seawater flow...................... see List of Capacities adjustable within..................................+5 to +32 C
Seawater temperature, inlet ........................... 38 C
Pressure drop on
seawater side...............................maximum 0.2 bar
The heat dissipation and the seawater flow are

based on an MCR output at tropical conditions,
i.e. seawater temperature of 32 C and an ambient
air temperature of 45 C.

MAN Diesel 198 39 811.3
MAN B&W 12.05
Page 1 of 1
Jacket Cooling Water System
The jacket cooling water system is used for cool- The venting pipe in the expansion tank should end
ing the cylinder liners, cylinder covers and ex- just below the lowest water level, and the expan-
haust valves of the main engine and heating of the sion tank must be located at least 5 m above the
fuel oil drain pipes, see Fig. 12.05.01. engine cooling water outlet pipe.
The jacket water pump) draws water from the The freshwater generator, if installed, may be con-
jacket water cooler outlet and delivers it to the nected to the seawater system if the generator
engine. does not have a separate cooling water pump.
The generator must be coupled in and out slowly
At the inlet to the jacket water cooler there is a over a period of at least 3 minutes.
thermostatically controlled regulating valve, with
a sensor at the engine cooling water outlet, which For external pipe connections, we prescribe the
keeps the main engine cooling water outlet at a following maximum water velocities:
temperature of 80 C.
Jacket water................................................. 3.0 m/s
The engine jacket water must be carefully treated, Seawater...................................................... 3.0 m/s
maintained and monitored so as to avoid corro-
sion, corrosion fatigue, cavitation and scale for-
mation. It is recommended to install a preheater
if preheating is not available from the auxiliary
engines jacket cooling water system.
High level alarm

Venting pipe or automatic Alarm must be given if excess air
venting valve to be arranged is separated from the water in the Expansion tank
in one end of discharge pipe. deaerating tank
(Opposite end of discharge
to pump) Low level alarm
LS 8412 AL
Orifice for adjustment of Alarm device box, Normally closed valve.

PT 8413 I cooling water pressure see Fig. 12.07.02 To be opened when the
M L system is filled with
cooling water. (Manually
Tracing of fuel oil
or automatically)
drain pipe
Preheater
Preheater pump
AN Regulating valve
AF
*) BD TI
AH
PI
K
TI TI
AE AE PI
Deaerating tank, Freshwater
Jacket water
Jacket water pumps, see Fig. 12.07.01 generator
cooler
3 bar head
Main
engine
From tracing of fuel oil drain pipe *)
Water inlet for
cleaning turbocharger
Drain from bedplate/cleaning
turbocharger to waste tank Fresh cooling water drain
Jacket cooling water *) Flange BD and the tracing line are not applicable on MC/MCC engines type 42 and smaller
Sea water
Fuel oil
The letters refer to list of Counterflanges, Fig. 5.10.01

178 50 172.5
Fig. 12.05.01: Jacket cooling water system

MAN Diesel 198 38 948.6
MAN B&W 12.06
Page 1 of 1
Jacket Cooling Water Pipes
Water level check valve
Cyl. 1
TE 8408 I AH YH
TI 8408
PDS 8403 AL
L
M
TI 8408
AH
TI 8407
TE 8407 I AL
PT 8401 I AL YL
PI 8401 Local operation panel
PS 8402 Z Only GL
121 36 68-0.3.0

Fig. 12.06.01: Jacket cooling water pipes
MAN B&W S/K90 80MC-C/ME-C-TII

MAN Diesel 198 39 835.4
MAN B&W 12.07
Page 1 of 2
Components for Jacket Cooling Water System
Jacket water cooling pump The sensor is to be located at the outlet from the
main engine, and the temperature level must be
The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type. adjustable in the range of 7090 C.
Jacket water flow................ see List of Capacities

Pump head....................................................3.0 bar Jacket water preheater
Delivery pressure....................depends on position
of expansion tank When a preheater, see Fig. 12.05.01, is installed in
Test pressure....................... according to class rule the jacket cooling water system, its water flow, and
Working temperature,.............. 80 C, max. 100 C thus the preheater pump capacity, should be about
10% of the jacket water main pump capacity.
The flow capacity must be within a range from
100 to 110% of the capacity stated. Based on experience, it is recommended that the
pressure drop across the preheater should be
The stated capacities cover the main engine only. approx. 0.2 bar. The preheater pump and main
The pump head of the pumps is to be determined pump should be electrically interlocked to avoid
based on the total actual pressure drop across the risk of simultaneous operation.
the cooling water system.
The preheater capacity depends on the required
preheating time and the required temperature
Freshwater generator increase of the engine jacket water. The tempera-
ture and time relations are shown in Fig. 12.08.01.
If a generator is installed in the ship for produc-
tion of freshwater by utilising the heat in the jacket In general, a temperature increase of about 35 C
water cooling system it should be noted that the (from 15 C to 50 C) is required, and a preheating
actual available heat in the jacket water system is time of 12 hours requires a preheater capacity of
lower than indicated by the heat dissipation figures about 1% of the engine`s nominal MCR power.
given in the List of Capacities. This is because
the latter figures are used for dimensioning the
jacket water cooler and hence incorporate a safety Deaerating tank
margin which can be needed when the engine is
operating under conditions such as, e.g. overload. Design and dimensions of the deaerating tank
Normally, this margin is 10% at nominal MCR. are shown in Fig. 12.07.01 Deaerating tank and
the corresponding alarm device is shown in Fig.
The calculation of the heat actually available at 12.07.02 Deaerating tank, alarm device.
specified MCR for a derated diesel engine is stat-
ed in Chapter 6 List of Capacities.
Expansion tank
For illustration of installation of fresh water gen-
erator see Fig. 12.05.01. The total expansion tank volume has to be ap-
proximate 10% of the total jacket cooling water
amount in the system.
Jacket water thermostatic valve
The temperature control system is equipped with Fresh water treatment

a threeway valve mounted as a diverting valve,
which bypass all or part of the jacket water The MAN Diesel recommendations for treatment
around the jacket water cooler. of the jacket water/freshwater are available on re-
quest.

MAN Diesel 198 40 567.3
MAN B&W 12.07
Page 2 of 2
Deaerating tank
J
Deaerating tank dimensions
90
Tank size 0.16 m3 0.70 m3
B
Max. jacket water capacity 300 m /h 3

700 m3/h
Dimensions in mm
Max. nominal diameter 200 300
A 800 1,200
F
H 5
B 210 340
A
E
G
C 5 8
D 150 200
D
E 500 800
K
90
F 1,195 1,728
I
G 350 550
H 500 800
I 520 820
J ND 80 ND 100
K ND 50 ND 80
ND: Nominal diameter

Diameter corresponding to
pipe diameter in engine room Working pressure is according to actual piping arrangement.
178 06 279.2 In order not to impede the rotation of water, the pipe connec-
tion must end flush with the tank, so that no internal edges are
Fig. 12.07.01: Deaerating tank, option: 4 46 640 protruding.
Expansion tank
15
LS 8412 AL
Level switch float
Alarm device
Level switch
Level switch float Level switch float

in position for alarm in normal position no alarm
From deaerating tank
198 97 091.1
Fig. 12.07.02: Deaerating tank, alarm device, option: 4 46 645
MAN B&W K98MC/MC-C6/7, K98ME/MEC6/7, S90MC-C7/8,

S90MEC7/8/9, K90MC-C6, K90ME9, K90MEC6/9, S80MC6,
K80MC-C6, K80MEC6/9
MAN Diesel 198 40 614.3
MAN B&W 12.08
Page 1 of 1
Temperature at Start of Engine
In order to protect the engine, some minimum Temperature Preheater

increase of capacity in
temperature restrictions have to be considered jacket water % of nominal
MCR power
before starting the engine and, in order to avoid
1.25%
corrosive attacks on the cylinder liners during C
1.50% 1.00% 0.75%
starting. 60
Normal start of engine, fixed pitch propeller 50
0.50%
Normally, a minimum engine jacket water temper-
ature of 50 C is recommended before the engine 40
may be started and run up gradually from 80% to

90% of specified MCR speed (SMCR rpm) during
30 minutes. 30
For running up between 90% and 100% of SMCR

rpm, it is recommended that the speed be in- 20
creased slowly over a period of 60 minutes.
10
Start of cold engine, fixed pitch propeller
In exceptional circumstances where it is not pos- 0

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
sible to comply with the above-mentioned recom- hours
mendation, a minimum of 20 C can be accepted Preheating time
before the engine is started and run up slowly to
178 16 631.1
80% of SMCR rpm.
Fig. 12.08.01: Jacket water preheater, example
Before exceeding 80% SMCR rpm, a minimum
jacket water temperature of 50 C should be ob-
tained before the above described normal start Preheating of diesel engine
load-up procedure may be continued.
Preheating during standstill periods

Jacket water warming-up time
During short stays in port (i.e. less than 45 days),
The time period required for increasing the jacket it is recommended that the engine is kept pre-
water temperature from 20 C to 50 C will de- heated, the purpose being to prevent temperature
pend on the amount of water in the jacket cooling variation in the engine structure and correspond-
water system, and the engine load. ing variation in thermal expansions and possible
leakages.
Note:
The above considerations for start of cold engine The jacket cooling water outlet temperature should
are based on the assumption that the engine has be kept as high as possible and should before
already been well runin. starting up be increased to at least 50 C, either
by means of cooling water from the auxiliary en-
gines, or by means of a builtin preheater in the
jacket cooling water system, or a combination.
MAN B&W 98-80MC/MCC, 98-80ME/MEC/GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 39 860.3
MAN B&W
Starting and Control Air

13
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 13.01
Page 1 of 1
Starting and Control Air Systems
The starting air of 30 bar is supplied by the start- The components of the starting and control air
ing air compressors to the starting air receivers systems are further desribed in Section 13.02.
and from these to the main engine inlet A.
For information about a common starting air sys-
Through a reduction station, filtered compressed tem for main engines and MAN Diesel auxiliary
air at 7 bar is supplied to the control air for ex- engines, please refer to our publication:
haust valve air springs, through engine inlet B
Uni-concept Auxiliary Systems for Two-Stroke Main
Through a reduction valve, compressed air is sup- Engines and Four-Stroke Auxiliary Engines
plied at 10 bar to AP for turbocharger cleaning
(soft blast), and a minor volume used for the fuel The publication is available at
valve testing unit. www.mandieselturbo.com under Products
Please note that the air consumption for control Technical Papers.
air, safety air, turbocharger cleaning, sealing air
for exhaust valve and for fuel valve testing unit are
momentary requirements of the consumers.
Reduction valve
Reduction station
Pipe, DN25 mm To fuel valve
testing unit
Starting air
Filter, receiver 30 bar
40 m
Pipe, DN25 mm PI
To
bilge
B AP
A
Main Pipe a, DN *)
engine
Oil & water

separator
Starting air
receiver 30 bar
PI
To bilge
Air compressors

*) Pipe a nominal dimension: DN175 mm
078 83 76-7.2.0
Fig. 13.01.01: Starting and control air systems
MAN B&W S90MEC, K90ME, K90MEC

MAN Diesel 198 39 967.4
MAN B&W 13.02
Page 1 of 1
Components for Starting Air System
Starting air compressors Reduction valve for turbocharger cleaning etc
The starting air compressors are to be of the Reduction ...........................from 3010 bar to 7 bar
watercooled, twostage type with intercooling. (Tolerance 10%)
More than two compressors may be installed to Flow rate, free air ............. 2,600 Normal liters/min
supply the total capacity stated. equal to 0.043 m3/s
Air intake quantity: The consumption of compressed air for control air,
Reversible engine, exhaust valve air springs and safety air as well as
for 12 starts ........................ see List of capacities air for turbocharger cleaning and fuel valve testing
Nonreversible engine, is covered by the capacities stated for air receiv-
for 6 starts .......................... see List of capacities ers and compressors in the list of capacities.
Delivery pressure ......................................... 30 bar
Starting and control air pipes

Starting air receivers
The piping delivered with and fitted onto the main
The volume of the two receivers is: engine is shown in the following figures in Section
Reversible engine, 13.03:
for 12 starts ...................... see List of capacities *
Nonreversible engine, Fig. 13.03.01 Starting air pipes
for 6 starts ........................ see List of capacities * Fig. 13.03.02 Air spring pipes, exhaust valves
Working pressure ......................................... 30 bar
Test pressure . ................... according to class rule
Turning gear
* The volume stated is at 25 C and 1,000 mbar
The turning wheel has cylindrical teeth and is fit-
ted to the thrust shaft. The turning wheel is driven
Reduction station for control and safety air by a pinion on the terminal shaft of the turning
gear, which is mounted on the bedplate.
In normal operating, each of the two lines supplies
one engine inlet. During maintenance, three isolat- Engagement and disengagement of the turning
ing valves in the reduction station allow one of the gear is effected by displacing the pinion and ter-
two lines to be shut down while the other line sup- minal shaft axially. To prevent the main engine
plies both engine inlets, see Fig. 13.01.01. from starting when the turning gear is engaged,
the turning gear is equipped with a safety arrange-
Reduction .......................... from 3010 bar to 7 bar ment which interlocks with the starting air system.
(Tolerance 10%)
The turning gear is driven by an electric motor
Flow rate, free air .............. 2,100 Normal liters/min with a builtin gear and brake. Key specifications
equal to 0.035 m3/s of the electric motor and brake are stated in Sec-
Filter, fineness .............................................. 40 m tion 13.04.
MAN B&W ME/MEC/MEGI,

S60ME-B, S50ME-B MAN Diesel 198 60 578.1
MAN B&W 13.03
Page 1 of 2
Starting and Control Air Pipes
The starting air pipes, Fig. 13.03.01, contain a and compressors in the List of Capacities cover
main starting valve (a ball valve with actuator), a all the main engine requirements and starting of
nonreturn valve, a solenoid valve and a starting the auxiliary engines.
valve. The main starting valve is controlled by the
Engine Control System. Slow turning before start For information about a common starting air
of engine, EoD: 4 50 140, is included in the basic system for main engines and auxiliary engines,
design. please refer to our publication:
The Engine Control System regulates the supply Uni-concept Auxiliary Systems for Two-Stroke Main
of control air to the starting valves in accordance Engines and Four-Stroke Auxiliary Engines
with the correct firing sequence and the timing.
Please note that the air consumption for control www.mandieselturbo.com under Products
air, turbocharger cleaning and for fuel valve test- Marine Engines & Systems Low Speed
ing unit are momentary requirements of the con- Technical Papers.
sumers. The capacities stated for the air receivers
ZV 1120N C
Activate pilot pressure
to starting valves
Cyl. 1
Starting valve
Bursting cap
ZS 1116A I C
ZS 1117A C
ZS 1117B C
Blow off ZS 1112A I C Blow off
ZS 1116B I C
ZS 1111A I C
ZS 1111B I C
ZS 1112B I C
Slow turning
4 50 140
PT 8501A I AL
PT 8501B I AL
A
PI 8501 Local operating panel

The item Nos. refer to Guidance values automation
198 98 215.3
Fig. 13.03.01: Starting air pipes

MAN Diesel 198 40 004.7
MAN B&W 13.03
Page 2 of 2
Exhaust Valve Air Spring Pipes
The exhaust valve is opened hydraulically by the The compressed air is taken from the control air
Fuel Injection Valve Actuator (FIVA) system which supply, see Fig. 13.03.02.
is activated by the Engine Control System, and
the closing force is provided by an air spring
which leaves the valve spindle free to rotate.
PT 8505A I AL PT 8505B I AL
B
Control air supply (from Safety relief valve Safety relief valve Safety relief valve
the pneumatic system)
Air
spring
The item Nos. refer to Guidance values automation

121 36 87-1.1.1c
Fig. 13.03.02: Air spring pipes for exhaust valves

MAN Diesel 198 40 004.7
MAN B&W 13.04
Page 1 of 1
Electric Motor for Turning Gear
MAN Diesel delivers a turning gear with built-in Turning gear with electric motor of other protec-
disc brake, option 4 80 101. Two basic executions tion or insulation classes can be ordered, option
are available for power supply frequencies of 60 4 80 103. Information about the alternative execu-
and 50 Hz respectively. Nominal power and cur- tions is available on request.
rent consumption of the motors are listed below.
Electric motor and brake, voltage............. 3 x 440 V Electric motor and brake, voltage............. 3 x 380 V
Electric motor and brake, frequency...............60 Hz Electric motor and brake, frequency...............50 Hz
Protection, electric motor / brake........ IP 55 / IP 54 Protection, electric motor / brake........ IP 55 / IP 54
Insulation class ..................................................... F Insulation class ..................................................... F
Number of Electric motor Number of Electric motor

cylinders Nominal power, kW Normal current, A cylinders Nominal power, kW Normal current, A
5-7 9.0 13.4 5-7 7.5 15.5
8-14 13.2 19.4 8-14 11.0 22.5

MAN Diesel 198 83 08-3.0
MAN B&W
Scavenge Air

14
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 14.01
Page 1 of 1
Scavenge Air System
Scavenge air is supplied to the engine by two or The scavenge air system (see Figs. 14.01.01 and
more turbochargers, located on the exhaust side 14.02.01) is an integrated part of the main engine.
of the engine.
The engine power figures and the data in the list
The compressor of the turbocharger draws air of capacities are based on MCR at tropical con-
from the engine room, through an air filter, and ditions, i.e. a seawater temperature of 32 C, or
the compressed air is cooled by the scavenge freshwater temperature of 36 C, and an ambient
air cooler, one per turbocharger. The scavenge air inlet temperature of 45 C.
air cooler is provided with a water mist catcher,
which prevents condensate water from being car-
ried with the air into the scavenge air receiver and
to the combustion chamber.
Exhaust gas
receiver
Exhaust valve
Turbocharger
Cylinder liner
Scavenge air
receiver
Scavenge air
cooler
Water mist
catcher
178 25 188.1
Fig. 14.01.01: Scavenge Air System
MAN B&W K98MC/MC-C, K98ME/MEC, S90MC-C, S90MEC,

K90MC-C, K90ME/MEC, K80MEC9 MAN Diesel 198 40 028.4
MAN B&W 14.02
Page 1 of 2
Auxiliary Blowers
The engine is provided with a minimum of two During operation of the engine, the auxiliary blow-
electrically driven auxiliary blowers, the actual ers will start automatically whenever the blower
number depending on the number of cylinders as inlet pressure drops below a preset pressure,
well as the turbocharger make and amount. corresponding to an engine load of approximately
25-35%.
The auxiliary blowers are fitted onto the main
engine. Between the scavenge air cooler and the The blowers will continue to operate until the
scavenge air receiver, nonreturn valves are fit- blower inlet pressure again exceeds the preset
ted which close automatically when the auxiliary pressure plus an appropriate hysteresis (i.e. taking
blowers start supplying the scavenge air. recent pressure history into account), correspond-
ing to an engine load of approximately 30-40%.
Auxiliary blower operation

Emergency running
The auxiliary blowers start operating consecu-
tively before the engine is started and will ensure If one of the auxiliary blowers is out of function,
complete scavenging of the cylinders in the start- the other auxiliary blower will function in the sys-
ing phase, thus providing the best conditions for a tem, without any manual adjustment of the valves
safe start. being necessary.
Running with auxiliary blower
Running with turbocharger
178 44 705.1
Fig. 14.02.01: Scavenge air system

MAN Diesel 198 40 09-0.4
MAN B&W 14.02
Page 2 of 2
Control of the Auxiliary Blowers The starter panels with starters for the auxiliary
blower motors are not included, they can be or-
The control system for the auxiliary blowers is dered as an option: 4 55 653. (The starter panel
integrated in the Engine Control System. The aux- design and function is according to MAN Diesels
iliary blowers can be controlled in either automatic diagram, however, the physical layout and choice
(default) or manual mode. of components has to be decided by the manu-
facturer).
In automatic mode, the auxiliary blowers are
started sequentially at the moment the engine is Heaters for the blower motors are available as an
commanded to start. During engine running, the option: 4 55 155.
blowers are started and stopped according to
preset scavenge air pressure limits.
Scavenge air cooler requirements
When the engine stops, the blowers are stopped
after 10 minutes to prevent overheating of the The data for the scavenge air cooler is specified in
blowers. When a start is ordered, the blower will the description of the cooling water system chosen.
be started in the normal sequence and the actual
start of the engine will be delayed until the blow- For further information, please refer to our publi-
ers have started. cation titled:
In manual mode, the blowers can be controlled MAN Diesel & Turbo Influence of Ambient Tem-
individually from the ECR (Engine Control Room) perature Conditions
panel irrespective of the engine condition.
Referring to Fig. 14.02.02, the Auxiliary Blower www.mandieselturbo.com under Products
Starter Panels control and protect the Auxiliary Marine Engines & Systems Low Speed
Blower motors, one panel with starter per blower. Technical Papers.
Engine Control System
Engine room
Aux. blower Aux. blower Aux. blower Aux. blower Aux. blower
starter panel 1 starter panel 2 starter panel 3 starter panel 4 starter panel 5
M M M M M
Auxiliary Motor Auxiliary Motor Auxiliary Motor Auxiliary Motor Auxiliary Motor
blower heater blower heater blower heater blower heater blower heater
Power Power Power Power Power

cable cable cable cable cable
178 61 30-2.0
Fig. 14.02.02: Diagram of auxiliary blower control system

MAN Diesel 198 40 09-0.4
MAN B&W 14.03
Page 1 of 1
Scavenge Air Pipes
Turbocharger
Scavenge air cooler CoCoS TE 8612 I
Auxiliary blower TI 8605 PDT 8606 I AH CoCoS

TE 8609 I AH Y TE 8605 I PDI 8606 I
E 1180 E 1180
TI 8609 TI 8608
PT 8601B
TE 8608 I
PT 8601A
Combined PI 8601 PI 8601
instrument PI 8706 *) Sealing air TC *) Sealing air TC
Spare
Scavenge air receiver
Exh. receiver
Cyl. 1
525 11 86-5.0.0
The item No. refer to Guidance Values Automation
*) Option, see Fig. 5.02.05.
Fig. 14.03.01: Scavenge air pipes
MAN B&W K98ME/MEC, S90MEC, K90ME/MEC,

S80MEC, K80MEC, S70MEC/MEGI, L70MEC,
S65MEC/MEGI, S60MEC/MEGI/ME-B, L60MEC
MAN Diesel 198 40 136.3
MAN B&W 14.04
Page 1 of 1
Electric Motor for Auxiliary Blower
The number of auxiliary blowers in a propulsion Engine plants with waste heat recovery exhaust
plant may vary depending on the actual amount of gas by-pass may require less blower capacity,
turbochargers as well as space requirements. please contact MAN Diesel & Turbo, Copenhagen.
For typical engine configurations, the installed

size of the electric motors for auxiliary blowers are
listed in Table 14.04.01.
Number of Number of Installed power/blower

Number of cylinders
turbochargers auxiliary blowers kW
5 2 2 125
6 2 2 125
7 2 2 155
8 2 3 125
8 3 3 125
9 3 3 125
10 3 3 125
11 3 3 155
11 4 4 125
12 3 4 125
12 4 4 125
14 4 4 125
The installed power of the electric motors are based on a voltage supply of 3x440V at 60Hz.
The electric motors are delivered with and fitted onto the engine.
Table 14.04.01: Electric motor for auxiliary blower
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 83 09-5.0
MAN B&W 14.05
Page 1 of 2
Scavenge Air Cooler Cleaning System
The air side of the scavenge air cooler can be The system is equipped with a drain box with a
cleaned by injecting a grease dissolving media level switch, indicating any excessive water level.
through AK to a spray pipe arrangement fitted to
the air chamber above the air cooler element. The piping delivered with and fitted on the engine
is shown in Fig 14.05.01.
Drain from water mist catcher

Auto Pump Overboard System
Sludge is drained through AL to the drain water
collecting tank and the polluted grease dissolvent It is common practice on board to lead drain wa-
returns from AM, through a filter, to the chemical ter directly overboard via a collecting tank. Before
cleaning tank. The cleaning must be carried out pumping the drain water overboard, it is recom-
while the engine is at standstill. mended to measure the oil content. If above
15ppm, the drain water should be lead to the
Dirty water collected after the water mist catcher clean bilge tank / bilge holding tank.
is drained through DX and led to the bilge tank
via an open funnel, see Fig. 14.05.02. If required by the owner, a system for automatic
disposal of drain water with oil content monitoring
The AL drain line is, during running, used as a could be built as outlined in Fig. 14.05.02.
permanent drain from the air cooler water mist
catcher. The water is led through an orifice to pre-
vent major losses of scavenge air.
Atf
AK
AK
DX
DX
LS 8611 AH LS 8611 AH
AL AM
With two or more air cooler

The item no refer to Guidance values automation
509 22 67-3.5.0
Fig. 14.05.01: Air cooler cleaning pipes
MAN B&W K98MC/MC-C/ME/MEC, S90MC-C/MEC,

K90MC-C/ME/MEC, S80MC/MC-C/MEC, K80MC-C/MEC,
S70MC/MC-C/MEC/MEGI, L70MC-C/MEC, S65MEC/MEGI,
MAN Diesel 198 76 84-9.1
S60MC/MC-C/MEC/MEGI/ME-B, L60MC-C/MEC, S50ME-B9

MAN B&W 14.05
Page 2 of 2
Auto Pump Overboard System
DX AL
Oil in water
Drain water High level alarm
monitor
Hull
collecting tank (15ppm oil)
Start pump
Stop pump
Low level alarm
Overboard
Clean bilge tank /

To oily water bilge holding tank
separator
079 21 94-1.0.0c
Fig. 14.05.02: Suggested automatic disposal of drain water, if required by owner (not a demand from MAN Diesel)
Air Cooler Cleaning Unit
AK
PI
DN=25 mm
Air cooler Air cooler
Freshwater
(from hydrophor)
DX AL
Recirculation
DN=50 mm
AM
DN=50 mm
TI
Circulation pump
Chemical
cleaning tank Filter Drain from air cooler
1 mm mesh size cleaning & water mist
catcher in air cooler
Heating coil
To fit the chemical

makers requirement Sludge pump suction

079 21 94-1.0.0a
No. of cylinders
5-8 9-12 14
Chemical tank capacity 0.9 m3 1.5 m3 2 m3
Circulation pump capacity at 3 bar 3 m /h 5 m /hm 7.5 m3/hm 3 3
079 61 05-4.2.0
Fig. 14.05.03: Air cooler cleaning system with Air Cooler Cleaning Unit, option: 4 55 665
MAN B&W S90MEC9.2

MAN Diesel 198 83 10-5.0
MAN B&W 14.06
Page 1 of 1
Scavenge Air Box Drain System
The scavenge air box is continuously drained The pressurised drain tank must be designed to
through AV to a small pressurised drain tank, withstand full scavenge air pressure and, if steam
from where the sludge is led to the sludge tank. is applied, to withstand the steam pressure avail-
Steam can be applied through BV, if required, to able.
facilitate the draining. See Fig. 14.06.01.
The system delivered with and fitted on the en-
The continuous drain from the scavenge air box gine is shown in Fig. 14.07.03 Scavenge air space,
must not be directly connected to the sludge tank drain pipes.
owing to the scavenge air pressure.
Deck/Roof
DN=50 mm
If the engine is equipped with both AV and

AV1 connections, these can be connected
to the drain tank. Min. 15
The AV and AV1 connection can also be
connected to the drain tank separately.
DN=15 mm
AV
BV
AV1
Orifice 10 mm
1000 mm
Normally open. To be closed in

Steam inlet pressure 310 bar. case of fire in the scavenge air box. * The continuous drain
If steam is not available, 7 bar DN=65 mm from the scavenge air
compressed air can be used. box must not be directly
connected to the sludge
Drain tank owing to the risk of
tank * an explosion.
The drain tank must be

designed for full
scavenge air pressure
and, if steam is applied,
for the steam pressure
available.
Normally closed. Tank to be emptied

DN=50 mm during service with valve open.
Sludge tank for fuel
oil centrifuges
No. of cylinders: 5-6 7-9 10-12 14

Drain tank capacity 0.8 m 3
1.1 m 3
1.5 m 3
079 61 03-0.2.0
Fig. 14.06.01: Scavenge air box drain system
MAN B&W S90MEC9.2

MAN Diesel 198 83 13-0.0
MAN B&W 14.07
Page 1 of 2
Fire Extinguishing System for Scavenge Air Space
Fire in the scavenge air space can be extinguished The key specifications of the fire extinguishing
by steam, this being the basic solution, or, option- agents are:
ally, by water mist or CO2.
Steam fire extinguishing for scavenge air space
The external system, pipe and flange connections Max. test pressure: 15 bar
are shown in Fig. 14.07.01 and the piping fitted Steam quantity, approx.: 7.8 kg/cyl.
onto the engine in Fig. 14.07.02.
Water mist fire extinguishing for scavenge air space
In the Extent of Delivery, the fire extinguishing sys- Max. test pressure: 10 bar
tem for scavenge air space is selected by the fire Freshwater quantity, approx.: 6.3 kg/cyl.
extinguishing agent:
CO2 fire extinguishing for scavenge air space
basic solution: 4 55 140 Steam Max. test pressure: 150 bar
option: 4 55 142 Water mist CO2 quantity, approx.: 15.7 kg/cyl.
option: 4 55 143 CO2
Basic solution: Steam extinguishing Option: CO 2 extinguishing

Steam pressure: 310 bar CO 2 test pressure: 150 bar
AT AT
DN 30 mm
Normal position
open to bilge DN 30 mm
CO 2 bottles
Option: Water mist extinguishing CO 2

Fresh water presssure: min. 3.5 bar
At least two bottles ought to be installed.
In most cases, one bottle should be sufficient
to extinguish fire in three cylilnders, while two
or more bottles would be required to extinguish
AT fire in all cylinders.
DN 30 mm To prevent the fire from spreading to the next
cylinder(s), the ballvalve of the neighbouring
Normal position cylinder(s) should be opened in the event of
open to bilge fire in one cylinder.
079 61 029.0.0e
Fig. 14.07.01: Fire extinguishing system for scavenge air space
MAN B&W S90MC-C, S90MEC, K90MC-C, K90ME/ME-C

MAN Diesel 198 40 364.6
MAN B&W 14.07
Page 2 of 2
Fire Extinguishing Pipes in Scavenge Air Space
Exhaust side
Cyl. 1
Manoeuvering side
TE 8610 I AH Y
Extinguishing agent:
CO2, Steam or Freshwater
AT
Drain pipe, bedplate

(Only for steam or freshwater)
The letters refer to list of Counterflanges 126 40 81-0.6.1a
Fig. 14.07.02: Fire extinguishing pipes in scavenge air space
Scavenge Air Space, Drain Pipes
Exhaust side
Air cooler Aux. blower
Cyl. 1
Fore
AV
BV
The letters refer to list of Counterflanges 516 29 13-4.1.0
Fig. 14.07.03: Scavenge air space, drain pipes
MAN B&W S/K90MEC-C, S/K80ME-C

MAN Diesel 198 83 14-2.0
MAN B&W
Exhaust Gas

15
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 15.01
Page 1 of 1
Exhaust Gas System
The exhaust gas is led from the cylinders to the Turbocharger arrangement and cleaning systems
exhaust gas receiver where the fluctuating pres-
sures from the cylinders are equalised and from The turbochargers are located on the exhaust
where the gas is led further on to the turbocharger side of the engine.
at a constant pressure. See fig. 15.01.01.
The engine is designed for the installation of the
Compensators are fitted between the exhaust MAN turbocharger type TCA, option: 4 59 101,
valve housings and the exhaust gas receiver and ABB turbocharger types TPL or A100, option: 4 59
between the receiver and the turbocharger. A pro- 102, or MHI turbocharger type MET, option: 4 59
tective grating is placed between the exhaust gas 103.
receiver and the turbocharger. The turbocharger
is fitted with a pickup for monitoring and remote All makes of turbochargers are fitted with an ar-
indication of the turbocharger speed. rangement for water washing of the compressor
side, and soft blast cleaning of the turbine side,
The exhaust gas receiver and the exhaust pipes see Figs. 15.02.02, 15.02.03 and 15.02.04. Wash-
are provided with insulation, covered by steel ing of the turbine side is only applicable on MAN
plating. turbochargers and ABB (TPL type) turbochargers.
Exhaust gas
receiver
Exhaust valve
Turbocharger
Cylinder liner
Scavenge air
receiver
Scavenge
air cooler
Water mist
catcher
178 07 274.1
Fig. 15.01.01: Exhaust gas system on engine
MAN B&W K98MC/MC-C, K98ME/MEC, S90MC-C/MEC,

K90MC-C, K90ME/MEC, S80MC, S80MC-C, S80MEC,
K80MC-C, K80MEC, S70MC, S70MC-C/MEC/MEGI,
MAN Diesel 198 40 472.6
L70MC-C/MEC, S65MC-C/MEC/MEGI,
S60MEC/MEGI, L60MEC
MAN B&W 15.02
Page 1 of 3
Exhaust Gas Pipes
*)
TI/TE 8702 I AH AL YH YL Cyl. 1
To scavenge air receiver
PI 8601
PI 8706
Turbocharger
**)
PT 8706 TI 8701
TI/TE 8701 I AH YH ST 8801 I
Flange connection D
TI/TT 8707 I AH
PDT 8607 **)
TE 8612 **)
*) AL: Deviation alarm/Cylinder 50C

YL: Deviation alarm/Cylinder 60C
**) CoCos

121 15 27-9.2.1
Fig. 15.02.01: Exhaust gas pipes
MAN B&W 98-60 MC/MC-C/ME/MEC/ME-B/-GI-TII

MAN Diesel 198 40 709.4
MAN B&W 15.02
Page 2 of 3
Cleaning Systems
PI 8804
AN
Compressor cleaning
MAN Diesel TCA turbocharger
To bedplate drain, AE
121 15 21-8.0.0
Fig. 15.02.02: MAN Diesel TCA turbocharger, water washing of turbine side
PI 8804
AN
Water inlet
Inlet valve
ABB TPL Turbocharger
Drain cock
Compressor cleaning
Water cleaning nozzle
To bedplate drain, AE
121 36 75-1.0.0
Fig. 15.02.03: Water washing of turbine and compressor sides for ABB, TPL turbochargers
MAN B&W K98MC/MC-C, K98ME/MEC, S90MC-C, S90MEC,

K90MC-C, K90ME/ME-C, S80MC/MC-C, S80MEC, K80MC-C,
K80MEC, S70MC, S/L70MC-C, S/L70MEC, S70MEGI,
MAN Diesel 198 40 710.6
S65ME-C/ME-GI, S60MC, S/L60MC-C, S/L60MEC,

S60ME-GI/ME-B
MAN B&W 15.02
Page 3 of 3
Soft Blast Cleaning Systems
PI 8803
AP
Drain Dry cleaning turbine side,

Ordered in MS 92 or SF 215450
514 69 25-5.1.0
Fig. 15.02.04: Soft blast cleaning of turbine side, basic
PI 8803
AP
Dry cleaning turbine side

Drain
121 36 88-3.2.0
Fig. 15.02.05: Soft blast cleaning of turbine side, option
MAN B&W K98MC/MC-C, K98ME/MEC, S90MC-C,

S90MEC, K90MC-C, K90ME/ME-C, S80MC/MC-C,
S80MEC, K80MC-C, K80MEC
MAN Diesel 198 40 722.4
MAN B&W 15.03
Page of 1
Exhaust Gas System for Main Engine
At the specified MCR of the engine, the total The exhaust system for the main engine com-
backpressure in the exhaust gas system after the prises:
turbocharger (as indicated by the static pressure
measured in the piping after the turbocharger) Exhaust gas pipes
must not exceed 350 mm WC (0.035 bar). Exhaust gas boiler
Silencer
In order to have a backpressure margin for the Spark arrester (if needed)
final system, it is recommended at the design Expansion joints (compensators)
stage to initially use a value of about 300 mm WC Pipe bracings.
(0.030 bar).
In connection with dimensioning the exhaust gas
The actual backpressure in the exhaust gas piping system, the following parameters must be
system at specified MCR depends on the gas observed:
velocity, i.e. it is proportional to the square of the
exhaust gas velocity, and hence inversely propor- Exhaust gas flow rate
tional to the pipe diameter to the 4th power. It has Exhaust gas temperature at turbocharger outlet
by now become normal practice in order to avoid Maximum pressure drop through exhaust gas
too much pressure loss in the pipings to have an system
exhaust gas velocity at specified MCR of about Maximum noise level at gas outlet to atmos-
35 m/sec, but not higher than 50 m/sec. phere
Maximum force from exhaust piping on
For dimensioning of the external exhaust pipe turbocharger(s)
connections, see the exhaust pipe diameters for Sufficient axial and lateral elongation ability of
35 m/sec, 40 m/sec, 45 m/sec and 50 m/sec re- expansion joints
spectively, shown in Table 15.07.02. Utilisation of the heat energy of the exhaust gas.
As long as the total backpressure of the exhaust Items that are to be calculated or read from tables
gas system (incorporating all resistance losses are:
from pipes and components) complies with the
abovementioned requirements, the pressure Exhaust gas mass flow rate, temperature and max-
losses across each component may be chosen in- imum back pressure at turbocharger gas outlet
dependently, see proposed measuring points (M) Diameter of exhaust gas pipes
in Fig. 15.05.01. The general design guidelines for Utilisation of the exhaust gas energy
each component, described below, can be used Attenuation of noise from the exhaust pipe outlet
for guidance purposes at the initial project stage. Pressure drop across the exhaust gas system
Expansion joints.
Exhaust gas piping system for main engine
The exhaust gas piping system conveys the gas

from the outlet of the turbocharger(s) to the at-
mosphere.
The exhaust piping is shown schematically in

Fig. 15.04.01.

MAN Diesel 198 40 746.3
MAN B&W 15.04
Page 1 of 2
Components of the Exhaust Gas System
Exhaust gas compensator after turbocharger Exhaust gas boiler
When dimensioning the compensator, option: Engine plants are usually designed for utilisation of
4 60 610, for the expansion joint on the turbochar- the heat energy of the exhaust gas for steam pro-
ger gas outlet transition piece, option: 4 60 601, duction or for heating the thermal oil system. The
the exhaust gas piece and components, are to be exhaust gas passes an exhaust gas boiler which is
so arranged that the thermal expansions are ab- usually placed near the engine top or in the funnel.
sorbed by expansion joints. The heat expansion of
the pipes and the components is to be calculated It should be noted that the exhaust gas tempera-
based on a temperature increase from 20 C to ture and flow rate are influenced by the ambient
250 C. The max. expected vertical, transversal conditions, for which reason this should be con-
and longitudinal heat expansion of the engine sidered when the exhaust gas boiler is planned. At
measured at the top of the exhaust gas transition specified MCR, the maximum recommended pres-
piece of the turbocharger outlet are indicated in sure loss across the exhaust gas boiler is normally
Fig. 15.06.01 and Table 15.06.02 as DA, DB and DC. 150 mm WC.
The movements stated are related to the engine This pressure loss depends on the pressure losses
seating, for DC, however, to the engine centre. The in the rest of the system as mentioned above.
figures indicate the axial and the lateral movements Therefore, if an exhaust gas silencer/spark ar-
related to the orientation of the expansion joints. rester is not installed, the acceptable pressure loss
across the boiler may be somewhat higher than the
The expansion joints are to be chosen with an elas- max. of 150 mm WC, whereas, if an exhaust gas
ticity that limits the forces and the moments of the silencer/spark arrester is installed, it may be neces-
exhaust gas outlet flange of the turbocharger as sary to reduce the maximum pressure loss.
stated for each of the turbocharger makers in Table
15.06.04. The orientation of the maximum permis- The above mentioned pressure loss across the
sible forces and moments on the gas outlet flange exhaust gas boiler must include the pressure
of the turbocharger is shown in Fig. 15.06.03. losses from the inlet and outlet transition pieces.
D4
Exhaust gas outlet D0 Exhaust gas outlet

to the atmosphere
to the atmosphere
Exhaust gas Exhaust gas

silencer silencer
D4
D0
Slide support Exhaust gas

Exhaust gas boiler
Slide support boiler
Fixed support
Fixed support D4
D0 Exhaust gas compensator

D4
Exhaust gas compensator
Transition piece
Turbocharger gas
outlet flange D0
Main engine with
turbocharger on aft end
Main engine with turbochargers
on exhaust side
178 42 783.2 178 33 467.4
Fig. 15.04.01a: Exhaust gas system, one turbocharger Fig. 15.04.01b: Exhaust gas system, two or more TCs

MAN Diesel 198 40 758.7
MAN B&W 15.04
Page 2 of 2
Exhaust gas silencer

dB dB (A)
The typical octave band sound pressure levels 140
140
from the diesel engines exhaust gas system at a
distance of one meter from the top of the exhaust 130
130
gas uptake are shown in Fig.15.04.02. 120 14S90MEC9.2

120
The need for an exhaust gas silencer can be de- 110

5S90MEC9.2
110
cided based on the requirement of a maximum
permissible noise level at a specific position. 100
100
90
The exhaust gas noise data is valid for an exhaust 90
gas system without boiler and silencer, etc. 80
80
The noise level is at nominal MCR at a distance of 70
70
one metre from the exhaust gas pipe outlet edge
60
at an angle of 30 to the gas flow direction. NR60
20 0
50
30
1
40
0
50
For each doubling of the distance, the noise level 31,5 63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8kHz
will be reduced by about 6 dB (farfield law). Centre frequencies of octave bands
178 62 29-8.0
When the noise level at the exhaust gas outlet to
the atmosphere needs to be silenced, a silencer Fig. 15.04.02: ISOs NR curves and typical sound pres-
can be placed in the exhaust gas piping system sure levels from the engines exhaust gas system. The
after the exhaust gas boiler. noise levels at nominal MCR and a distance of 1 metre
from the edge of the exhaust gas pipe opening at an an-
The exhaust gas silencer is usually of the absorp- gle of 30 degrees to the gas flow and valid for an exhaust
tion type and is dimensioned for a gas velocity of gas system without boiler and silencer, etc. Data for a
approximately 35 m/s through the central tube of specific engine and cylinder no. is available on request.
the silencer.
An exhaust gas silencer can be designed based Spark arrester

on the required damping of noise from the ex-
haust gas given on the graph. To prevent sparks from the exhaust gas being
spread over deck houses, a spark arrester can be
In the event that an exhaust gas silencer is re- fitted as the last component in the exhaust gas
quired this depends on the actual noise level system.
requirement on the bridge wing, which is normally
maximum 6070 dB(A) a simple flow silencer of It should be noted that a spark arrester contrib-
the absorption type is recommended. Depending utes with a considerable pressure drop, which is
on the manufacturer, this type of silencer nor- often a disadvantage.
mally has a pressure loss of around 20 mm WC at
specified MCR. It is recommended that the combined pressure
loss across the silencer and/or spark arrester
should not be allowed to exceed 100 mm WC at
specified MCR. This depends, of course, on the
pressure loss in the remaining part of the system,
thus if no exhaust gas boiler is installed, 200 mm
WC might be allowed.
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 83 16-6.0
MAN B&W 15.05
Page 1 of 3
Calculation of Exhaust Gas BackPressure
The exhaust gas back pressure after the turbo Exhaust gas velocity (v)
charger(s) depends on the total pressure drop in
the exhaust gas piping system. In a pipe with diameter D the exhaust gas velocity is:
The components, exhaust gas boiler, silencer, and v = __

Mx _____
x4D2
in m/s
spark arrester, if fitted, usually contribute with a
major part of the dynamic pressure drop through Pressure losses in pipes (p)
the entire exhaust gas piping system.
For a pipe element, like a bend etc., with the resist-
The components mentioned are to be specified ance coefficient , the corresponding pressure
so that the sum of the dynamic pressure drop loss is:
through the different components should, if pos- p = x v2 x ___ 1
9.81
in mm WC
sible, approach 200 mm WC at an exhaust gas
flow volume corresponding to the specified MCR where the expression after is the dynamic pres-
at tropical ambient conditions. Then there will be sure of the flow in the pipe.
a pressure drop of 100 mm WC for distribution
among the remaining piping system. The friction losses in the straight pipes may, as a
guidance, be estimated as :
Fig. 15.05.01 shows some guidelines regarding
resistance coefficients and backpressure loss 1 mm WC per 1 diameter length
calculations which can be used, if the makers
data for backpressure is not available at an early whereas the positive influence of the updraught
stage of the project. in the vertical pipe is normally negligible.
The pressure loss calculations have to be based

on the actual exhaust gas amount and tempera- Pressure losses across components (p)
ture valid for specified MCR. Some general formu-
las and definitions are given in the following. The pressure loss p across silencer, exhaust
gas boiler, spark arrester, rain water trap, etc., to
be measured/ stated as shown in Fig. 15.05.01 (at
Exhaust gas data specified MCR) is normally given by the relevant
manufacturer.
M: exhaust gas amount at specified MCR in kg/sec.
T: exhaust gas temperature at specified MCR in C
Total backpressure (pM)
Please note that the actual exhaust gas tempera-
ture is different before and after the boiler. The The total backpressure, measured/stated as the stat-
exhaust gas data valid after the turbocharger may ic pressure in the pipe after the turbocharger, is then:
be found in Chapter 6.
pM = p
Mass density of exhaust gas () where p incorporates all pipe elements and
components etc. as described:
1.293 x ______
273
273
+T
x 1.015 in kg/m3
pM has to be lower than 350 mm WC.
The factor 1.015 refers to the average backpres-
sure of 150 mm WC (0.015 bar) in the exhaust gas (At design stage it is recommended to use max.
system. 300 mm WC in order to have some margin for
fouling).

MAN Diesel 198 40 949.3
MAN B&W 15.05
Page 2 of 3
Measuring Back Pressure
At any given position in the exhaust gas system,

the total pressure of the flow can be divided into
dynamic pressure (referring to the gas velocity)
and static pressure (referring to the wall pressure,
where the gas velocity is zero).
At a given total pressure of the gas flow, the

combination of dynamic and static pressure may
change, depending on the actual gas velocity. The
measurements, in principle, give an indication of
the wall pressure, i.e., the static pressure of the
gas flow.
It is, therefore, very important that the back pres-

sure measuring points are located on a straight
part of the exhaust gas pipe, and at some dis-
tance from an obstruction, i.e. at a point where
the gas flow, and thereby also the static pressure,
is stable. Taking measurements, for example, in a
transition piece, may lead to an unreliable meas-
urement of the static pressure.
In consideration of the above, therefore, the total

back pressure of the system has to be measured
after the turbocharger in the circular pipe and not
in the transition piece. The same considerations
apply to the measuring points before and after the
exhaust gas boiler, etc.

MAN Diesel 198 40 949.3
MAN B&W 15.05
Page 3 of 3
Pressure losses and coefficients of resistance in exhaust pipes
a a
60 b
Changeover valves 90 R = D = 0.28
90 R = 1.5D = 0.20
c Changeover valve D
R = 2D = 0.17
of type with con- R
stant cross section

a = 0.6 to 1.2
60
120 b = 1.0 to 1.5 R = D = 0.16
a b
c = 1.5 to 2.0 R = 1.5D = 0.12
D
R
R = 2D = 0.11
Changeover valve
of type with volume

a = b = about 2.0 30

= 0.05
D

M
90

p1 Spark
arrester D
M
R = D = 0.45
R
R = 1.5D = 0.35
R = 2D = 0.30
p2 Silencer
45

ptc
M
D

M = 0.14

Exhaust
p3 gas boiler

M
Outlet from = 1.00
top of exhaust
gas uptake

Mtc Mtc
Inlet (from
T/C turbocharger) = 1.00
M: Measuring points
178 32 091.0 178 06 853.0
Fig. 15.05.01: Pressure losses and coefficients of resistance in exhaust pipes

MAN Diesel 198 40 949.3
MAN B&W 15.06
Page 1 of 2
Forces and Moments at Turbocharger
DA
DB
DB
DC
DA: Max. movement of the turbocharger flange in the vertical direction

DB: Max. movement of the turbocharger flange in the transversal direction
DC: Max. movement of the turbocharger flange in the longitudinal direction
078 87 11-1.0.0b
Fig. 15.06.01: Vectors of thermal expansion at the turbocharger exhaust gas outlet flange
No. of cylinders 6-9 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14

Turbocharger DA DB DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC
Make Type mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
TCA77
MAN
TCA88
A180
ABB A185
A190
MET71
MHI MET83
MET90
Table 15.06.02: Max. expected movements of the exhaust gas flange resulting from thermal expansion
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 83 11-7.0
MAN B&W 15.06
Page 2 of 2
MAN Diesel ABB TPL

F1 F1
M1 M3 M1 M3
F2 F3 F2 F3
Mitsubishi
F1 M1 M3
F2 F3
078 38 48-6.2.0
Fig. 15.06.03: Forces and moments on the turbochargers exhaust gas outlet flange
Table 15.06.04 indicates the maximum permis

sible forces (F1, F2 and F3) and moments (M1 and
M3), on the exhaust gas outlet flange of the turbo
charger(s). Reference is made to Fig. 15.06.03.
Turbocharger M1 M3 F1 F2 F3
Make Type Nm Nm N N N
TCA77 4,100 8,200 10,900 10,900 5,400
MAN
TCA88 4,500 9,100 12,000 12,000 5,900
A180
ABB A185 Available on request
A190
MET71 7,000 3,500 9,600 3,300 3,100
MHI MET83 9,800 4,900 11,700 4,100 3,700
MET90 11,100 5,500 12,700 4,400 4,000
Table 15.06.04: The max. permissible forces and moments on the turbochargers gas outlet flanges
MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN Diesel 198 83 11-7.0
MAN B&W 15.07
Page 1 of 1
Diameter of Exhaust Gas Pipes
The exhaust gas pipe diameters listed in Table The exhaust gas velocities and mass flow listed
15.07.02 are based on the exhaust gas flow ca- apply to collector pipe D4. The table also lists the
pacity according to ISO ambient conditions and diameters of the corresponding exhaust gas pipes
an exhaust gas temperature of 250 C. D0 for various numbers of turbochargers installed.
Expansion joint
option: 4 60 610
D4 D4
D0
Transition piece D4
option: 4 60 601
Centre line turbocharger
178 09 395.2
Fig. 15.07.01: Exhaust pipe system, with turbocharger located on exhaust side of engine
Gas velocity
35 m/s 40 m/s 45 m/s 50 m/s D4
Gas mass flow 2 T/C 3 T/C 4 T/C
kg/s kg/s kg/s kg/s [DN] [DN] [DN] [DN]
67.0 76.5 86.1 95.7 1,300 1,100 950 1,900
74.2 84.8 95.4 106.0 1,400 1,150 1,000 2,000
81.8 93.5 105.2 116.9 1,500 1,200 1,050 2,100
89.8 102.6 115.5 128.3 1,600 1,300 1,100 2,200
98.1 112.2 126.2 140.2 1,600 1,300 1,150 2,300
106.9 122.1 137.4 152.7 1,700 1,400 1,200 2,400
116.0 132.5 149.1 165.6 1,800 1,400 1,300 2,500
125.4 143.3 161.2 179.2 1,800 1,500 1,300 2,600
Table 15.07.02: Exhaust gas pipe diameters and exhaust gas mass flow at various velocities
MAN B&W S90MC-C, S90ME-C

MAN Diesel 198 41 01-1.3
MAN B&W

16
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 16.01
Page 1 of 9
Engine Control System ME
The Engine Control System (ECS) for the ME en- Engine Control Unit (ECU)
gine is prepared for conventional remote control,
having an interface to the Bridge Control system For redundancy purposes, the control system
and the Local Operating Panel (LOP). comprises two ECUs operating in parallel and
performing the same task, one being a hot
A Multi-Purpose Controller (MPC) is applied as standby for the other. If one of the ECUs fail, the
control unit for specific tasks described below: other unit will take over the control without any
ACU, CCU, ECU, and EICU. Except for the CCU, interruption.
the control units are all built on the same identical
piece of hardware and differ only in the software The ECUs perform such tasks as:
installed. For the CCU, a downsized and cost-
optimised controller is applied, the MPC10. Speed governor functions, start/stop sequenc-
es, timing of fuel injection, timing of exhaust
The layout of the Engine Control System is shown valve activation, timing of starting valves, etc.
in Figs. 16.01.01a and b, the mechanicalhydraulic
system is shown in Figs. 16.01.02a and b, and the Continuous running control of auxiliary func-
pneumatic system, shown in Fig. 16.01.03. tions handled by the ACUs
The ME system has a high level of redundancy. Alternative running modes and programs.
It has been a requirement to its design that no
single failure related to the system may cause the
engine to stop. In most cases, a single failure will Cylinder Control Unit (CCU)
not affect the performance or power availability, or
only partly do so by activating a slow down. The control system includes one CCU per cylin-
der. The CCU controls the Fuel Injection and ex-
It should be noted that any controller could be haust Valve Activation (FIVA) and the Starting Air
replaced without stopping the engine, which will Valves (SAV), in accordance with the commands
revert to normal operation immediately after the received from the ECU.
replacement of the defective unit.
All the CCUs are identical, and in the event of a
failure of the CCU for one cylinder only this cylin-
Main Operating Panel (MOP) der will automatically be cut out of operation.
Two redundant MOP screens are available for the

engineer to carry out engine commands, adjust Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU)
the engine parameters, select the running modes,
and observe the status of the control system. The control of the auxiliary equipment on the en-
Both MOP screens are located in the Engine Con- gine is normally divided among three ACUs so
trol Room (ECR), one serving as back-up unit in that, in the event of a failure of one unit, there is
case of failure. sufficient redundancy to permit continuous opera-
tion of the engine.
Both MOP screens consist of a marine approved
Personal Computer with a touch screen and The ACUs perform the control of the auxiliary
pointing device as shown in Fig. 5.16.02. blowers, the control of the electrically and engine
driven hydraulic oil pumps of the Hydraulic Power
Supply (HPS) unit.
MAN B&W ME/MEC engines

MAN Diesel 198 48 476.7
MAN B&W 16.01
Page 2 of 9
Engine Interface Control Unit (EICU) The connection of the two MOPs to the control
network is shown in Fig. 5.16.01.
The two EICUs perform such tasks as interface
with the surrounding control systems, see Fig.
16.01.01a and b. The two EICU units operate in Power Supply
parallel and ensures redundancy for mission criti-
cal interfaces. The ME ECS is designed with two separate power
supplies as specified in the table below. The
The EICUs are located either in the Engine Control power supplies must be separated from other DC
Room (recommended) or in the engine room. systems.
In the basic execution, the EICUs are a placed in Supply voltage, nominal 24 V DC, IT (floating)
the Cabinet for EICUs, EoD: 4 65 601. Supply voltage, operational 18 V - 31 V
limits
Supply voltage, max. ripple 1 Vpp or 1 Vrms,
Local Operating Panel (LOP) voltage whichever is lowest
In normal operating the engine can be controlled

from either the bridge or from the engine control
room. Hydraulic Power Supply (HPS)
Alternatively, the LOP can be activated. This re- The purpose of the HPS unit is to deliver the
dundant control is to be considered as a substi- necessary high pressure hydraulic oil flow to the
tute for the previous Engine Side Control console Hydraulic Cylinder Units (HCU) on the engine at
mounted directly onto the MC engine. the required pressure (approx. 300 bar) during
startup as well as in normal service.
The LOP is as standard placed on the engine.
In case of the STANDARD mechanically driven
From the LOP, the basic functions are available, HPS unit, at start, one of the two electrically
such as starting, engine speed control, stopping, driven start-up pumps is activated. The startup
reversing, and the most important engine data are pump is stopped 25 seconds after the engine
displayed. reaches 15% speed.
The multiple pump configuration with standby

Control Network pumps ensures redundancy with regard to the
hydraulic power supply. The control of the engine
The MOP, the backup MOP and the MPCs are in- driven pumps and electrical pumps are divided
terconnected by means of the redundant Control between the three ACUs.
Networks, A and B respectively.
The high pressure pipes between the HPS unit
The maximum length of Control Network cabling and the HCU are of the double walled type, having
between the furthermost units on the engine and a leak detector (210 bar system only). Emergency
in the Engine Control Room (an EICU or a MOP) is running is possible using the outer pipe as pres-
230 meter. sure containment for the high pressure oil supply.
Should the layout of the ship make longer Control The sizes and capacities of the HPS unit depend
Network cabling necessary, a Control Network on the engine type. Further details about the HPS
Repeater must be inserted to amplify the signals and the lubricating oil/hydraulic oil system can be
and divide the cable into segments no longer than found in Chapter 8.
230 meter. For instance, where the Engine Control
Room and the engine room are located far apart.

MAN Diesel 198 48 476.7
MAN B&W 16.01
Page 3 of 9
Engine Control System Layout with Cabinet for EICU

On Bridge
Bridge Panel
In Engine Control Room
Backup Operation Panel Main Operation Panel

MOP A ECR Panel
MOP B
EICU A Cabinet for EICU EICU B
On Engine Local Operation

Panel LOP
ECU A ECU B
CCU CCU
ACU 1 ACU 2 ACU 3 Cylinder 1 Cylinder n
Se nsors
S en sors
A ctua tors
Actu ators
Fuel Exhaust
valve Fuel Exhaust
booster
position position booster valve
position position
Cylinder 1 Cylinder 1
FIVA Cylinder n Cylinder n FIVA
AL SAV Valve AL SAV Valve
Cylinder 1 Cylinder 1 Cylinder 1 Cylinder n Cylinder n Cylinder n
Auxiliary Auxiliary
M Pump 1
M Pump 2
Pump 1
Pump 2
Pump 3
Pump 4
Pump 5
Blower 1 Blower 2
M
M
M
M
M
Marker Sensor
Auxiliary Auxiliary
Blower 3 Blower 4
Angle Encoders
178 61 91-2.1
Fig. 16.01.01a: Engine Control System layout with cabinet for EICU for mounting in
ECR or on engine, EoD: 4 65 601

MAN Diesel 198 79 23-5.2
MAN B&W 16.01
Page 4 of 9
Engine Control System Layout with Common Control Cabinet

On Bridge
Bridge Panel
In Engine Control Room
Backup Operation Panel Main Operation Panel

MOP A ECR Panel
MOP B
ME ECS Common Control Cabinet

in Engine Control Room/Engine Room EICU A EICU B
ECU A ECU B
CCU CCU
ACU 1 ACU 2 ACU 3 Cylinder 1 Cylinder n
On Engine Local Operation

Panel LOP
Se nsors
S en sors
A ctua tors
Actu ators
Fuel Exhaust
valve Fuel Exhaust
booster
position position booster valve
position position
Cylinder 1 Cylinder 1
FIVA Cylinder n Cylinder n FIVA
AL SAV Valve AL SAV Valve
Cylinder 1 Cylinder 1 Cylinder 1 Cylinder n Cylinder n Cylinder n
Auxiliary Auxiliary
M Pump 1
M Pump 2
Pump 1
Pump 2
Pump 3
Pump 4
Pump 5
Blower 1 Blower 2
M
M
M
M
M
Marker Sensor
Auxiliary Auxiliary
Blower 3 Blower 4
Angle Encoders
178 61 76-9.1
Fig. 16.01.01b: Engine Control System layout with ECS Common Control Cabinet for mounting in
ECR or on engine, option: 4 65 602

MAN Diesel 198 79 23-5.2
MAN B&W 16.01
Page 5 of 9
Mechanicalhydraulic System with Mechanically Driven HPS
ZT 4111 C
Exhaust valve Oil supply to

hydraulic 'pushrod'
for exhaust valve
Fuel valves
High pressure pipes Return to Return to Return to

tank tank tank
Fuel pump
Exhaust Hydraulic pushrod
Return oil Valve
X Fuel oil inlet standpipe Actuator
Fuel oil outlet
F Activation
Fuel oil drain I ZT 4114 C
AD piston
Umbrella Hydraulic
Hydraulic piston sealing piston Hydraulic
piston
Return to tank
FIVA
with pilot valve
Distributor block LS 8208 C
ME lubricator
ZV 8204 C
ZT 8203 C
LS 4112 AH
To AE
Alarm box
ZV 1202 B
ZV 1202 A
PT 12011 C
Safety and
accumulator block PT 12012 C
PT 12013 C
ZV 1243 C
PS 12042 C
PS 12041 C
HPS unit Electrically

PT 12043 ZL
PT 1204n ZL
PT 12042 ZL
PT 12041 ZL
driven
pumps
227 B 225 bar
227 C 310 bar
Engine
driven M M
pumps
Stepup gear
TE 1270 I AH Y < Only 98 engine
Filter unit
XC 1231 AL
Backflushing oil
Main filter RW
Lubricating Alarm box Main tank

and cooling LS 1236 AH Z
oil pipes To AE
LS 1235 AH
RU

Th item No. refer to Guidance Values Automation 515 75 30-9.5.1
Fig. 16.01.02a: Mechanicalhydraulic System with mechanically driven Hydraulic Power Supply, 300 bar, common supply

MAN Diesel 198 79 24-7.1
MAN B&W 16.01
Page 6 of 9
Mechanicalhydraulic System with Electrically Driven HPS
ZT 4111 C
Exhaust valve Oil supply to

hydraulic 'pushrod'
for exhaust valve
Fuel valves
High pressure pipes Return to Return to Return to

tank tank tank
Fuel pump
Exhaust Hydraulic pushrod
Return oil Valve
X Fuel oil inlet standpipe Actuator
Fuel oil outlet
F Activation
Fuel oil drain I ZT 4114 C
AD piston
Umbrella Hydraulic
Hydraulic piston sealing piston Hydraulic
piston
Return to tank
FIVA
with pilot valve
Distributor block LS 8208 C
ME lubricator
ZV 8204 C
ZT 8203 C
LS 4112 AH
To AE
Alarm box
Safety and PT 12011 C

accumulator block PT 12012 C
PT 12013 C
PT 12043 ZL
PT 12042 ZL
PT 12041 ZL
PS 12043 C
PS 12042 C
PS 12041 C
ZV 1243 C
HPS unit
PT 1204n ZL
PS 1204n C
M M M M
Stepup gear
Filter unit
XC 1231 AL
Backflushing oil
Main filter RW
Lubricating Alarm box Main tank

and cooling LS 1236 AH Z
oil pipes To AE
LS 1235 AH
RU

Th item No. refer to Guidance Values Automation 515 75 49-1.1.1
Fig. 16.01.02b: Mechanicalhydraulic System with electrically driven Hydraulic Power Supply, 300 bar, common supply.
Example from S90/80ME-C engine

MAN Diesel 198 79 24-7.1
MAN B&W 16.01
Page 7 of 9
Engine Control System Interface to Surrounding Systems
To support the navigator, the vessels are For the safety system, combined shut down and
equipped with a ship control system, which in- slow down panels approved by MAN Diesel & Tur-
cludes subsystems to supervise and protect the bo are available. The following options are listed in
main propulsion engine. the Extent of Delivery:
4 75 610a Lyngs Marine

Alarm system
4 75 610b Kongsberg Maritime
The alarm system has no direct effect on the ECS.
The alarm alerts the operator of an abnormal con- 4 75 610c Nabtesco
dition.
4 75 610f Mitsui Zosen Systems Research.
The alarm system is an independent system, in
general covering more than the main engine itself, Where separate shut down and slow down panels
and its task is to monitor the service condition are installed, only panels approved by MAN Diesel
and to activate the alarms if a normal service limit & Turbo must be used.
is exceeded.
In any case, the remote control system and the
The signals from the alarm sensors can be used safety system (shut down and slow down panel)
for the slow down function as well as for remote must be compatible.
indication.
Telegraph system
Slow down system
This system enables the navigator to transfer the
Some of the signals given by the sensors of the commands of engine speed and direction of rota-
alarm system are used for the Slow down re- tion from the Bridge, the engine control room or
quest signal to the ECS of the main engine. the Local Operating Panel (LOP), and it provides
signals for speed setting and stop to the ECS.
Safety system The engine control room and the LOP are pro-
vided with combined telegraph and speed setting
The engine safety system is an independent sys- units.
tem with its respective sensors on the main en-
gine, fulfilling the requirements of the respective
classification society and MAN Diesel & Turbo.
If a critical value is reached for one of the meas-

uring points, the input signal from the safety
system must cause either a cancellable or a
noncancellable shut down signal to the ECS.

MAN Diesel 198 79 259.1
MAN B&W 16.01
Page 8 of 9
Remote Control system Auxiliary equipment system
The remote control system normally has two alter- The input signals for Auxiliary system ready are
native control stations: given partly through the Remote Control system
based on the status for:
the bridge control
the engine control room control fuel oil system
lube oil system
The remote control system is to be delivered by a cooling water systems
supplier approved by MAN Diesel & Turbo.
and partly from the ECS itself:
Bridge control systems from suppliers approved
by MAN Diesel & Turbo are available. The Extent turning gear disengaged
of Delivery lists the following options: main starting valve open
control air valve for sealing air open
for Fixed Pitch propeller plants, e.g.: control air valve for air spring open
auxiliary blowers running
4 95 601 Lyngs Marine hydraulic power supply ready.
4 95 607 Nabtesco
Monitoring systems
4 95 608 Mitsui Zosen Systems Research
In addition to the offline PMI system required for
4 95 615 Kongsberg Maritime the installation of the ME engine, PMI Auto-tuning
and CoCoSEDS can be used to improve the
and for Controllable Pitch propeller plants, e.g.: monitoring of the engine.
4 95 604 Lyngs Marine A description of the systems can be found in

Chapter 18 of this project guide.
4 95 916 Kongsberg Maritime
4 95 619 MAN Alphatronic. Instrumentation
Chapter 18 in the Project Guide for the specific

Power Management System engine type includes lists of instrumentation for:
The system handles the supply of electrical power The CoCoSEDS online system
onboard, i. e. the starting and stopping of the gen- The class requirements and MAN Diesel &
erating sets as well as the activation / deactivation Turbos requirements for alarms, slow down and
of the main engine Shaft Generator (SG), if fitted. shut down for Unattended Machinery Spaces.
The normal function involves starting, synchro-

nising, phasingin, transfer of electrical load and
stopping of the generators based on the electrical
load of the grid on board.
The activation / deactivation of the SG is to be

done within the engine speed range which fulfils
the specified limits of the electrical frequency.

MAN Diesel 198 79 259.1
ZS 1112A+B I C
ZS 1111A+B I C Starting
air
Option:
supply
MAN B&W
Service/blocked 4 50 166
30 bar
4 50 665

Only if GL Reduction
unit
30 > 7 bar
ZS 1116A+B C Open
F Fuel cutoff
Main starting
ZS 1117A+B C valve Control
air
X supply
Starting ZV 1120N C 7 bar
Shut down valves
ZV 8020 Z
Open
Slow turning
PT 8501A I A C
PT 8501B I A C
valve
ZV 1114 C
Fig. 16.01.03: Pneumatic Manoeuvring Diagram

Pneumatic Manoeuvring Diagram
ZV 1121A C
PT 8505 AL YL
Exhaust valve ZV 1121B C
MAN Diesel
Connected to Safety relief
oil mist detector valve
Connected to
oil filter
Turning gear
Symbol Description
Control
air One per cylinder
supply
7 bar
The drawing shows the system

in the following conditions:
Option: Option: ZS 1109A+B I C
Connection to 4 60 110 ZS 1110A+B I C Stop position

Pneumatic pressure on
PT 8503A I C AL AH PI 8503 exhaust gas Connection to Electric power on
bypass system turbocharger Main starting valve in
LOP
PT 8503B I C AL AH cutout system Service position
507 96 333.7.0
198 79 260.1
Page 9 of 9
16.01
MAN B&W
Vibration Aspects

17
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 17.01
Page 1 of 1
C C
Vibration Aspects
The vibration characteristics of the twostroke low A

speed diesel engines can for practical purposes
be split up into four categories, and if the adequate
countermeasures are considered from the early
project stage, the influence of the excitation sour
ces can be minimised or fully compensated. B
In general, the marine diesel engine may influence

the hull with the following:
External unbalanced moments
These can be classified as unbalanced 1st and
2nd order external moments, which need to be
considered only for certain cylinder numbers
Guide force moments D
Axial vibrations in the shaft system
Torsional vibrations in the shaft system.
The external unbalanced moments and guide force A Combustion pressure

moments are illustrated in Fig. 17.01.01. B Guide force
C Staybolt force
In the following, a brief description is given of their D Main bearing force
origin and of the proper countermeasures needed
to render them harmless.
1st order moment vertical 1 cycle/rev.
2nd order moment, vertical 2 cycle/rev.
External unbalanced moments
The inertia forces originating from the unbalanced

rotating and reciprocating masses of the engine
create unbalanced external moments although the 1st order moment, horizontal
external forces are zero. 1 cycle/rev.
Of these moments, the 1st order (one cycle per revo-

lution) and the 2nd order (two cycles per revolution)
need to be considered for engines with a low num
ber of cylinders. On 7cylinder engines, also the 4th
order external moment may have to be examined. Guide force moment,
The inertia forces on engines with more than 6 cylin H transverse Z cycles/rev.
ders tend, more or less, to neutralise themselves. Z is 1 or 2 times number of cylinder
Countermeasures have to be taken if hull resonance

occurs in the operating speed range, and if the vibra
tion level leads to higher accelerations and/or veloci
ties than the guidance values given by international
Guide force moment,
standards or recommendations (for instance related X transverse Z cycles/rev.
to special agreement between shipowner and ship Z = 1, 2, 3 ... 11, 12, 14
yard). The natural frequency of the hull depends
on the hulls rigidity and distribution of masses, 178 06 828.2
whereas the vibration level at resonance depends
mainly on the magnitude of the external moment Fig. 17.01.01: External unbalanced moments and guide
and the engines position in relation to the vibration force moments
nodes of the ship.

MAN Diesel 198 41 405.3
MAN B&W 17.02
Page 1 of 2
2nd Order Moments on 5 and 6cylinder Engines
The 2nd order moment acts only in the vertical Compensator solutions
direction. Precautions need only to be considered
for 5 and 6-cylinder engines in general. Several solutions are available to cope with the
2nd order moment, as shown in Fig. 17.03.02, out
Resonance with the 2nd order moment may oc- of which the most cost efficient one can be cho-
cur in the event of hull vibrations with more than sen in the individual case, e.g.:
3 nodes. Contrary to the calculation of natural
frequency with 2 and 3 nodes, the calculation of 1) No compensators, if considered unnecessary
the 4 and 5-node natural frequencies for the hull on the basis of natural frequency, nodal point
is a rather comprehensive procedure and often and size of the 2nd order moment.
not very accurate, despite advanced calculation
methods. 2) A compensator mounted on the aft end of the
engine, driven by chain, option: 4 31 203.
A 2nd order moment compensator comprises two
counterrotating masses running at twice the en- 3) A compensator mounted on the fore end,
gine speed. driven from the crankshaft through a separate
chain drive, option: 4 31 213.
As standard, the compensators reduce the exter-

nal 2nd order moment to a level as for a 7-cylinder
Cycles/min. *) Natural frequency engine or less.
cycles/min.
300
Briefly speaking, solution 1) is applicable if the
node is located far from the engine, or the engine
S50MEC
250
is positioned more or less between nodes. Solu-
tion 2) or 3) should be considered where one of
S60MEC 5n
200
od the engine ends is positioned in a node or close to
e
S70MEC it, since a compensator is inefficient in a node or
S80MEC close to it and therefore superfluous.
S90MEC 150
4 no
de
100
3 n od Determine the need
e
50
2 n od
e
A decision regarding the vibrational aspects and
dwt the possible use of compensators must be taken
at the contract stage. If no experience is available
20,000 40,000 60,000 80,000 from sister ships, which would be the best basis
*) Frequency of engine moment
for deciding whether compensators are necessary
M2V = 2 x engine speed or not, it is advisable to make calculations to de-
termine which of the solutions should be applied.
178 60 91-7.0
Fig. 17.02.01: Statistics of vertical hull vibrations in tank-

ers and bulk carriers
MAN B&W S90MEC9

MAN Diesel 198 83 61-9.0
MAN B&W 17.02
Page 2 of 2
Preparation for compensators 1st Order Moments on 4cylinder Engines
If compensator(s) are initially omitted, the engine This section is not applicable.
can be delivered prepared for compensators to be
fitted on engine fore end later on, but the decision
to prepare or not must be taken at the contract
stage, option: 4 31 212. Measurements taken dur-
ing the sea trial, or later in service and with fully
loaded ship, will be able to show if compensator(s)
have to be fitted at all.
If no calculations are available at the contract

stage, we advise to make preparations for the
fitting of a compensator in the steering compart-
ment, see Section 17.03.
Basic design regarding compensators
For 5 and 6-cylinder engines with mechanically

driven HPS, the basic design regarding 2nd order
moment compensators is:
With compensator aft, EoD: 4 31 203

Prepared for compensator fore, EoD: 4 31 212
For 5 and 6-cylinder engines with electrically

driven HPS, the basic design regarding 2nd order
moment compensators is:
With MAN B&W external electrically driven mo-

ment compensator, RotComp, EoD: 4 31 255
Prepared for compensator fore, EoD: 4 31 212
The available options are listed in the Extent of

Delivery.
MAN B&W S90MEC9

MAN Diesel 198 83 61-9.0
MAN B&W 17.03
Page 1 of 2
Electrically Driven Moment Compensator
If it is decided not to use chain driven moment The decision whether or not to install compen-
compensators and, furthermore, not to prepare sators can be taken at a much later stage of a
the main engine for compensators to be fitted lat- project, since no special version of the engine
er, another solution can be used, if annoying 2nd structure has to be ordered for the installation.
order vibrations should occur: An external electri-
cally driven moment compensator can neutralise No preparation for a later installation nor an ex-
the excitation, synchronised to the correct phase tra chain drive for the compensator on the fore
relative to the external force or moment. end of the engine is required. This saves the
cost of such preparation, often left unused.
This type of compensator needs an extra seating
fitted, preferably, in the steering gear room where Compensators could be retrofit, even on ships
vibratory deflections are largest and the effect of in service, and also be applied to engines with a
the compensator will therefore be greatest. higher number of cylinders than is normally con-
sidered relevant, if found necessary.
The electrically driven compensator will not give
rise to distorting stresses in the hull, but it is more The compensator only needs to be active at
expensive than the engine-mounted compensa- speeds critical for the hull girder vibration. Thus,
tors. It does, however, offer several advantages it may be activated or deactivated at specified
over the engine mounted solutions: speeds automatically or manually.
When placed in the steering gear room, the Combinations with and without moment com-
compensator is not as sensitive to the position- pensators are not required in torsional and axial
ing of the node as the compensators 2) and 3) vibration calculations, since the electrically
mentioned in Section 17.02. driven moment compensator is not part of the
mass-elastic system of the crankshaft.
Furthermore, by using the compensator as a vi-

bration exciter a ships vibration pattern can easily
be identified without having the engine running,
e.g. on newbuildings at an advanced stage of
construction. If it is verified that a ship does not
need the compensator, it can be removed and re-
used on another ship.
It is a condition for the application of the rotating

force moment compensator that no annoying lon-
gitudinal hull girder vibration modes are excited.
Based on our present knowledge, and confirmed
by actual vibration measurements onboard a ship,
we do not expect such problems.
Balancing other forces and moments
Further to compensating 2nd order moments,

178 57 45-6.0
electrically driven balancers are also available for
balancing other forces and moments. The avail-
Fig. 17.03.01: MAN B&W external electrically driven able options are listed in the Extent of Delivery.
moment compensator, RotComp, option: 4 31 255
MAN B&W K98MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C, S/K90MC-C/ME-C, K90ME,

G80ME-C, S80MC, S/K80MC-C/ME-C, G70ME-C, S70MC,
S/L70/MC-C/ME-C, S70ME-C-GI, S65MC-C/ME-C/-GI, G60ME-C,
MAN Diesel 198 42 221.6
S60MC/ME-B, S/L60MC-C/ME-C, S60ME-C-GI, S50MC/MC-C,

S50ME-B8, S46MC-C/ME-B, S42MC, S/L35MC, S26MC
MAN B&W 17.03
Page 2 of 2
Moment compensator Compensating moment

Aft end, option: 4 31 203 F2C Lnode
outbalances M2V
2
M2V
2 Node AFT
F2C
Lnode
Moment from compensator

M2C reduces M2V
Moment compensator
Fore end, option: 4 31 213 M2V
M2C
2 2
Electrically driven moment compensator
Compensating moment
FD Lnode
outbalances M2V
Centre line
crankshaft M2V
FD
Node Aft
3 and 4node vertical hull girder mode
L n
D od
4 Node e
3 Node
178 27 104.2
Fig. 17.03.02: Compensation of 2nd order vertical external moments
MAN B&W K98MC/MC-C/ME/ME-C, S/K90MC-C/ME-C, K90ME,

G80ME-C, S80MC, S/K80MC-C/ME-C, G70ME-C, S70MC,
S/L70/MC-C/ME-C, S70ME-C-GI, S65MC-C/ME-C/-GI, G60ME-C,
MAN Diesel 198 42 221.6
S60MC/ME-B, S/L60MC-C/ME-C, S60ME-C-GI, S50MC/MC-C,

S50ME-B8, S46MC-C/ME-B, S42MC, S/L35MC, S26MC
MAN B&W 17.04
Page 1 of 1
Power Related Unbalance
To evaluate if there is a risk that 1st and 2nd or- Based on service experience from a great number
der external moments will excite disturbing hull of large ships with engines of different types and
vibrations, the concept Power Related Unbal- cylinder numbers, the PRUvalues have been
ance (PRU) can be used as a guidance, see Table classified in four groups as follows:
17.04.01 below.
PRU Nm/kW Need for compensator
___________
PRU = External moment
Nm/kW 0 - 60 Not relevant
Engine power
60 - 120 Unlikely
With the PRUvalue, stating the external moment 120 - 220 Likely
relative to the engine power, it is possible to give 220 - Most likely
an estimate of the risk of hull vibrations for a spe-
cific engine.
S90ME-C9 5,810 kW/cyl at 84 r/min

5 cyl. 6 cyl. 7 cyl. 8 cyl. 9 cyl. 10 cyl. 11 cyl. 12 cyl. 14 cyl.
PRU acc. to 1st order, Nm/kW *) 0.0 12.2 1.0 17.0 1.3 0.4 0.0 31.3
PRU acc. to 2nd order, Nm/kW *) 176.3 43.9 0.0 15.5 1.1 0.9 0.0 15.6
Based on external moments in layout point L1

*) Data is available on request
Table 17.04.01: Power Related Unbalance (PRU) values in Nm/kW
Calculation of External Moments
In the table at the end of this chapter, the exter-

nal moments (M1) are stated at the speed (n1) and
MCR rating in point L1 of the layout diagram. For
other speeds (nA), the corresponding external mo-
ments (MA) are calculated by means of the formula:
{ }
nA 2
MA = M1 __
n kNm
1
(The tolerance on the calculated values is 2.5%).
MAN B&W S90ME-C9

MAN Diesel 198 82 76-9.0
MAN B&W 17.05
Page 1 of 3
Guide Force Moments
The socalled guide force moments are caused We recommend using the hydraulic top bracing
by the transverse reaction forces acting on the which allow adjustment to the loading conditions
crossheads due to the connecting rod/crankshaft of the ship. Mechanical top bracings with stiff
mechanism. These moments may excite engine connections are available on request.
vibrations, moving the engine top athwartships
and causing a rocking (excited by Hmoment) or With both types of top bracing, the above-men-
twisting (excited by Xmoment) movement of the tioned natural frequency will increase to a level
engine as illustrated in Fig. 17.05.01. where resonance will occur above the normal en-
gine speed. Details of the top bracings are shown
The guide force moments corresponding to the in Chapter 05.
MCR rating (L1) are stated in Table 17.07.01.
Definition of Guide Force Moments

Top bracing
Over the years it has been discussed how to de-
The guide force moments are harmless except fine the guide force moments. Especially now that
when resonance vibrations occur in the engine/ complete FEMmodels are made to predict hull/
double bottom system. engine interaction, the proper definition of these
moments has become increasingly important.
As this system is very difficult to calculate with the
necessary accuracy, MAN Diesel strongly recom-
mend, as standard, that top bracing is installed Htype Guide Force Moment (MH)
between the engines upper platform brackets
and the casing side. Each cylinder unit produces a force couple con-
sisting of:
The vibration level on the engine when installed in 1. A force at crankshaft level
the vessel must comply with MAN Diesel vibration 2. Another force at crosshead guide level. The po-
limits as stated in Fig. 17.05.02. sition of the force changes over one revolution
as the guide shoe reciprocates on the guide.
Htype Xtype
Top bracing level
Middle position of guide plane
Lz MH Lz DistX
L L Cyl.X M x
Crankshaft centre line
Lx Lx Engine seating level
Z X
178 06 816.4
Fig. 17.05.01: Htype and Xtype guide force moments

MAN Diesel 198 42 233.5
MAN B&W 17.05
Page 2 of 3
As the deflection shape for the Htype is equal The Xtype guide force moment is then defined as:
for each cylinder, the Nth order Htype guide force
moment for an Ncylinder engine with regular fir- MX = BiMoment/L kNm
ing order is:
For modelling purpose, the size of the four (4)
N MH(one cylinder) forces can be calculated:
For modelling purposes, the size of the forces in Force = MX /L X [kN]

the force couple is:
where:
Force = MH/L [kN]
L X is the horizontal length between force points.
where L is the distance between crankshaft level
and the middle position of the crosshead guide Similar to the situation for the Htype guide force
(i.e. the length of the connecting rod). moment, the forces may be applied in positions
suitable for the FEM model of the hull. Thus the
As the interaction between engine and hull is at forces may be referred to another vertical level
the engine seating and the top bracing positions, L Z above the crankshaft centre line. These forces
this force couple may alternatively be applied in can be calculated as follows:
those positions with a vertical distance of (L Z). M L
Then the force can be calculated as: ForceZ, one point = _____
x
L L
[kN]

x x
ForceZ = MH/L Z [kN]

In order to calculate the forces, it is necessary
Any other vertical distance may be applied so as to know the lengths of the connecting rods = L,
to accomodate the actual hull (FEM) model. which are:
The force couple may be distributed at any Engine Type L in mm

number of points in the longitudinal direction. A K98ME6/7 3,220
reasonable way of dividing the couple is by the K98MEC6/7 3,090
number of top bracing and then applying the forc-
S90MEC9 3,600
es at those points.
S90MEC8 3,270
ForceZ, one point = ForceZ, total/Ntop bracing, total [kN] K90ME-C6 3,159
G80ME-C9 3,720
S80MEC9 3,450
Xtype Guide Force Moment (MX ) S80MEC7/8 3,280
K80MEC9 2,975
The Xtype guide force moment is calculated
based on the same force couple as described K80MEC6 2,920
above. However, as the deflection shape is twist- G70ME-C9 3,256
ing the engine, each cylinder unit does not con- S70ME-C7/8 2,870
tribute with an equal amount. The centre units L70MEC7/8 2,660
do not contribute very much whereas the units at
S65MEC8 2,730
each end contributes much.
G60ME-C9 2,790
A socalled Bimoment can be calculated (Fig. S60MEC7/8 2,460
17.05.01): L60MEC8 2,280
S50MEC7/8 2,050
Bimoment = [forcecouple(cyl.X) distX]
in kNm2
MAN B&W ME/ME-C engines

MAN Diesel 198 45 170.9
MAN B&W 17.05
Page 3 of 3
Vibration Limits Valid for Single Order Harmonics
m
m
m
10
1
5x10 2 mm/s

10
5
m
m
/s 2
10 2 mm/s
m
m
1
10
50mm/s
t
en
em

ac
0m
pl
/s
is
2
m
D
m
2
25mm/s
m
m
1
10
Velocity 4
m
m
/s 2
10 mm/s
m
m
2
10
Ac
ce
le
ra
tio
n
10
3
m
m
/s 2
1 mm/s
m
m
3
10
5x10 1 mm/s
60 100 10 1.000 10 6.000 c/min
m 2
m
m m
/s 2 /s 2
1 Hz 10 Hz Frequency 100 Hz
Zone : Acceptable
Zone : Vibration will not damage the main engine, however,
under adverse conditions, annoying/harmful vibration
responses may appear in the connected structures
Zone : Not acceptable
078 81 27-6.1
Fig.17.05.02: Vibration limits

MAN Diesel 198 82 64-9.0
MAN B&W 17.06
Page 1 of 2
Axial Vibrations
When the crank throw is loaded by the gas pressure The socalled QPT (Quick Passage of a barred speed
through the connecting rod mechanism, the arms of range Technique), is an alternative to a torsional
the crank throw deflect in the axial direction of the vibration damper, on a plant equipped with a control-
crankshaft, exciting axial vibrations. Through the thrust lable pitch propeller. The QPT could be implemented
bearing, the system is connected to the ships hull. in the governor in order to limit the vibratory stresses
during the passage of the barred speed range.
Generally, only zeronode axial vibrations are of
interest. Thus the effect of the additional bending The application of the QPT, option: 4 31 108, has to
stresses in the crankshaft and possible vibrations of be decided by the engine maker and MAN Diesel
the ship`s structure due to the reaction force in the based on final torsional vibration calculations.
thrust bearing are to be consideraed.
Sixcylinder engines, require special attention. On
An axial damper is fitted as standard on all engines, min- account of the heavy excitation, the natural frequen-
imising the effects of the axial vibrations, EoD: 4 31 111. cy of the system with one-node vibration should
be situated away from the normal operating speed
range, to avoid its effect. This can be achieved by
Torsional Vibrations changing the masses and/or the stiffness of the
system so as to give a much higher, or much lower,
The reciprocating and rotating masses of the engine natural frequency, called undercritical or overcritical
including the crankshaft, the thrust shaft, the inter- running, respectively.
mediate shaft(s), the propeller shaft and the propeller
are for calculation purposes considered a system of Owing to the very large variety of possible shafting
rotating masses (inertias) interconnected by torsional arrangements that may be used in combination with
springs. The gas pressure of the engine acts through a specific engine, only detailed torsional vibration cal-
the connecting rod mechanism with a varying torque culations of the specific plant can determine whether
on each crank throw, exciting torsional vibration in or not a torsional vibration damper is necessary.
the system with different frequencies.
In general, only torsional vibrations with one and Undercritical running

two nodes need to be considered. The main critical
order, causing the largest extra stresses in the shaft The natural frequency of the one-node vibration is
line, is normally the vibration with order equal to the so adjusted that resonance with the main critical
number of cylinders, i.e., six cycles per revolution on order occurs about 3545% above the engine speed
a six cylinder engine. This resonance is positioned at at specified MCR.
the engine speed corresponding to the natural tor-
sional frequency divided by the number of cylinders. Such undercritical conditions can be realised by
choosing a rigid shaft system, leading to a relatively
The torsional vibration conditions may, for certain high natural frequency.
installations require a torsional vibration damper, op-
tion: 4 31 105. The characteristics of an undercritical system are
normally:
Plants with 11 or 12-cylinder engines type 98-80 re- Relatively short shafting system
quire a torsional vibration damper. Probably no tuning wheel
Turning wheel with relatively low inertia
Based on our statistics, this need may arise for the Large diameters of shafting, enabling the use of
following types of installation: shafting material with a moderate ultimate tensile
Plants with controllable pitch propeller strength, but requiring careful shaft alignment,
Plants with unusual shafting layout and for special (due to relatively high bending stiffness)
owner/yard requirements Without barred speed range.
Plants with 8cylinder engines.
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/ME-C/GI, ME-B engines

MAN Diesel 198 42 245.4
MAN B&W 17.06
Page 2 of 2
Critical Running
When running undercritical, significant varying Torsional vibrations in overcritical conditions may,
torque at MCR conditions of about 100150% of in special cases, have to be eliminated by the use
the mean torque is to be expected. of a torsional vibration damper.
This torque (propeller torsional amplitude) induces Overcritical layout is normally applied for engines
a significant varying propeller thrust which, under with more than four cylinders.
adverse conditions, might excite annoying longi-
tudinal vibrations on engine/double bottom and/or Please note:
deck house. We do not include any tuning wheel or torsional
vibration damper in the standard scope of supply,
The yard should be aware of this and ensure that as the proper countermeasure has to be found af-
the complete aft body structure of the ship, inter torsional vibration calculations for the specific
cluding the double bottom in the engine room, is plant, and after the decision has been taken if and
designed to be able to cope with the described where a barred speed range might be acceptable.
phenomena.
For further information about vibration aspects,
please refer to our publications:
Overcritical running
An Introduction to Vibration Aspects
The natural frequency of the onenode vibration
is so adjusted that resonance with the main criti- Vibration Characteristics of Two-stroke Engines
cal order occurs about 3070% below the engine
speed at specified MCR. Such overcritical con- The publications are available at
ditions can be realised by choosing an elastic www.mandieselturbo.com under Products
shaft system, leading to a relatively low natural Marine Engines & Systems Low Speed
frequency. Technical Papers.
The characteristics of overcritical conditions are:
Tuning wheel may be necessary on crankshaft

fore end
Turning wheel with relatively high inertia
Shafts with relatively small diameters, requiring

shafting material with a relatively high ultimate
tensile strength
With barred speed range, EoD: 4 07 015, of

about 10% with respect to the critical engine
speed.

MAN Diesel 198 42 269.3
MAN B&W 17.07
Page 1 of 1
External Forces and Moments, S90ME-C9 Layout point L1
No of cylinder : 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14
1-6-13-
1-8-7-3- 1-5-11-6- 1-6-11-7-
1-5-3-4- 1-7-2-5-4- 1-8-3-4-7- 1-6-7-3-5- 10-5-3-8-
Firing type : 5-9-4-2- 2-7-9-4-3- 3-5-10-9-
2-6 3-6 2-5-6 8-2-4-9 12-11-2-
10-6 8-10 2-4-12-8
4-9-14-7
External forces [kN] :

1. Order : Horizontal 0 0 0 17 2 2 0 0
1. Order : Vertical 0 0 0 17 2 2 0 0
2. Order : Vertical 0 0 0 20 0 3 0 0
4. Order : Vertical 0 0 0 84 107 87 0 0
6. Order : Vertical 25 0 0 3 1 6 0 0
External moments [kNm] :
1. Order : Horizontal a) 0 495 47 886 77 27 0 2,545
1. Order : Vertical a) 0 495 47 886 77 27 0 2,545
2. Order : Vertical 6,143 c) 1,783 0 810 62 59 0 1,272
4. Order : Vertical 352 1,000 406 496 706 908 704 627
6. Order : Vertical 0 2 0 113 76 8 0 21
Guide force H-moments in [kNm] :
1 x No. of cyl. 3,230 2,514 1,838 1,078 307 340 333 342
2 x No. of cyl. 167 171 179 - - - - -
3 x No. of cyl. - - - - - - - -
Guide force X-moments in [kNm] :
1. Order : 0 286 27 511 45 16 0 1,470
2. Order : 125 36 0 17 1 1 0 26
3. Order : 883 966 1,445 1,704 1,902 2,476 3,096 4,157
4. Order : 1,362 3,871 1,573 1,922 2,734 3,517 2,724 2,428
5. Order : 0 373 5,454 1,995 735 3,440 0 1,083
6. Order : 0 64 0 4,110 2,745 303 0 765
7. Order : 0 0 4 758 3,310 339 0 1,238
8. Order : 351 27 0 545 386 2,087 703 327
9. Order : 543 61 2 100 181 330 1,903 176
10. Order : 133 379 0 176 426 276 0 238
11. Order : 0 217 324 126 276 363 0 932
12. Order : 0 12 49 174 87 99 0 9
13. Order : 0 3 156 61 81 8 0 15
14. Order : 37 0 0 76 88 148 0 0
15. Order : 90 3 0 140 78 180 315 14
16. Order : 34 10 0 76 111 190 68 7
Data for 5-cylinder engines is available on request.
a) 1st order moments are, as standard, balanced so as to obtain equal values for horizontal and vertical
moments for all cylinder numbers.
c) 6-cylinder engines can be fitted with 2nd order moment compensators on the aft and fore end, reducing
the 2nd o
rder external moment.
Table 17.07.01
MAN B&W S90ME-C9

MAN Diesel 198 82 75-7.0
MAN B&W
Monitoring Systems and

Instrumentation
18
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 18.01
Page 1 of 1
Monitoring Systems and Instrumentation
The Engine Control System (ECS) can be sup

ported by the computerised PMI system and
the CoCoSEDS online (Computer Controlled
SurveillanceEngine Diagnostics System).
The monitoring system measures the main para

meters of the engine and makes an evaluation of
the general engine condition, indicating the coun
termeasures to be taken. This ensures that the
engine performance is kept within the prescribed
limits throughout the engines lifetime.
In its basic design, the ME and ME-B engine in

strumentation consists of:

Shutdown sensors, EoD: 4 75 124
PMI Offline system, EoD: 4 75 208
CoCoS-EDS ME basic, EoD: 4 09 658.
The optional extras are:
CoCoS-EDS Full version (AMS interface),

option: 4 09 660
PMI Auto-tuning system, option: 4 75 216.
As most engines are sold for Unattended Machin

ery Spaces (UMS), the following option is normally
included:
Sensors for alarm, slow down and remote indi

cation according to the classification societys
and MAN Diesel & Turbos requirements for
UMS, option: 4 75 127, see Section 18.04.
Sensors for CoCoS-EDS Full version can be or

dered, if required, as option: 4 75 129. They are
listed in Section 18.03.
All instruments are identified by a combination of

symbols and a position number as shown in Sec
tion 18.07.

MAN Diesel 198 45 802.4
MAN B&W 18.02
Page 1 of 2
PMI Offline System
On the MAN B&W ME and ME-B engines, the me- The system gets its data from a high performance
chanical indicator system is replaced by the PMI piezoelectric pressure transducer which is to be
Offline system for measurement of the cylinder mounted on the indicator valve. The transducer
combustion pressure. This system is specified as is moved from one cylinder to another in order to
standard for all ME and ME-B engines, EoD: 4 75 complete measurements on all cylinders.
208.
The crankshaft position is determined by means
The PMI Offline system measures the engines of the same trigger system used by the engine
main parameters, such as cylinder pressure, scav- control system. The PMI system automatically
enge air pressure, engine speed, etc., thus ena- compensates for the twisting experienced by
bling the engineer to adjust the diesel engine to its each section of the crankshaft due to the torque
optimum performance. Measurements are stored generated at different engine loads.
and viewed for analysis on a PC. These measure-
ments can also be transferred to CoCoS-EDS for
further processing.
24V DC
Power Supply
PMI-DAU Pressure sensor
Scavenge air
pressure sensor
Indicator valve
Cylinder cover
CJB
Trigger & TDC pulses from

TSAA crankshaft pickup sensors
Laptop or PC Abbreviations:
TSA-A: Tacho System Amplifier
CJB: Calibration Junction Box
DAU: Data Acquisition Unit
Data acquisition & analysis
178 62 441.1
Fig. 18.02.01: PMI Offline system, EoD: 4 75 208
MAN B&W ME/MEC/ME-B/-GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 45 814.5
MAN B&W 18.02
Page 2 of 2
PMI Auto-tuning System
The PMI Auto-tuning system is an advanced cylin- measured and reference values. This, in turn,
der pressure monitoring system that automatically facilitates the optimal combustion pressures for
adjusts combustion pressures for optimum per- the next firing. Thus, the system ensures that the
formance, option: 4 75 216. On engines with this engine is running at the desired maximum pres-
option installed, it completely replaces the PMI sure, p(max). Furthermore, the operator can press
Offline system. a button on the touch panel display, causing the
system to automatically balance the engine.
The auto-tuning concept is based on the online
measurement of the combustion chamber pres- Pressure measurements are presented in real time
sures from permanently mounted sensors. in measurement curves on a PC, thereby eliminat-
ing the need for manual measurements. Key per-
The engine control system constantly monitors formance values are continuously calculated and
and compares the measured combustion pres- displayed in tabular form. These measurements
sures to a reference value. As such, the control may be stored for later analysis or transferred to
system automatically adjusts the fuel injection CoCoS-EDS for further processing.
and valve timing to reduce the deviation between
Portable measuring unit

24V DC
Power
PMI-DAU Supply
CJB
Handheld
calibration box
Pressure sensor
Trigger & TDC pulses from

TSAA
Connector with crankshaft pickup sensors
integrated
charge amplifier
Scavenge air Abbreviations:
pressure sensor
TSA-A: Tacho System Amplifier
CJB: Calibration Junction Box
Up to 14 cylinders Cyl: Engine cylinder sensor
DAU: Data Acquisition Unit
Cyl. 1 Cyl. 2 Cyl. 3 Cyl. 4
MOP B MOP-S Engine control room
Engine
Control
System
VPN Router / Firewall & switch
(ECS)
Engine control Data logging,

& adjustment monitoring & analysis
178 62 453.1
Fig. 18.02.02: PMI Auto-tuning system, option: 4 75 216
MAN B&W ME/MEC/ME-B/-GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 45 814.5
MAN B&W 18.03
Page 1 of 2
Condition Monitoring System CoCoS-EDS
The Computer Controlled Surveillance system,

CoCoS-EDS, is the condition monitoring system
for MAN B&W engines from MAN Diesel & Turbo.
Two versions are available, CoCoS-EDS Full ver-

sion and CoCoS-EDS ME basic. Both versions are
run on the PMI/CoCoS PC located in the engine
control room. The network connection is shown in
Fig. 5.16.01.
CoCoSEDS Full version
CoCoSEDS Full version (AMS interface), option:

4 09 660, assists in engine performance evalua-
tion and provides detailed engine operation sur-
veillance.
Key features are: online data logging, monitoring,

trending and reporting.
The CoCoSEDS Full version is recommended as

an extension for the Engine Control System and
the PMI System in order to obtain an easier, more
versatile performance monitoring system.
For the CoCoSEDS Full version additional sen-

sors are required, option: 4 75 129. The sensors
are listed in Table 18.03.01.
CoCoSEDS ME basic
All MAN B&W ME and ME-B engines are as

standard specified with CoCoS-EDS ME basic,
EoD: 4 09 658.
Key features are: data logging, monitoring, trend-

ing and reporting as for the Full version. However,
the AMS interface and reference curves for diag-
nostic functions are not included.
CoCoS-EDS ME basic provides a software in-

terface to the ME/ME-B Engine Control System
and the PMI system, no additional sensors are
required.

MAN Diesel 198 45 826.8
MAN B&W 18.03
Page 2 of 2
CoCoSEDS Sensor List
Sensors required for the CoCoS-EDS Full version engine performance analysis, option: 4 75 129, see Table
18.03.01. All pressure gauges are measuring relative pressure, except for PT 8802 Ambient pressure.
No. Recommended Resolu-

Sensor Parameter name Remark
sensors range tion 3)
Fuel oil system data

PT 8001 Inlet pressure 1 0 10 bar 0.1 bar
TE 8005 Inlet temperature 1 0 200 C 0.1 C
Cooling water system

PT 8421 Pressure air cooler inlet A/C 0 - 4 bar 0.1 bar
TE 8422 Temperature air cooler inlet 1 0 100 C 0.1 C
TE 8423 Temperature air cooler outlet A/C 0 100 C 0.1 C
PDT 8424 dP cooling water across air cooler A/C 0 - 800 mbar 0.1 mbar
Scavenging air system

PT 8601 Scavenge air receiver pressure Rec. 0 4 bar 1 mbar 1)
TE 8605 Scavenge air cooler air inlet temperature A/C 0 200 C 0.1 C
PDT 8606 dP air across scavenge air cooler A/C 0 100 mbar 0.1 mbar
TE 8608 Scavenge air cooler air outlet temperature A/C 0 100 C 0.1 C Optional if one T/C
TE 8609 Scavenge air receiver temperature Rec. 0 100 C 0.1 C
TE 8612 T/C air intake temperature T/C 0 100 C 0.1 C
Exhaust gas system

TC 8701 Exhaust gas temperature at turbine inlet T/C 0 - 600 C 0.1 C
TC 8702 Exhaust gas temperature after exhaust valve Cyl. 0 - 600 C 0.1 C
PT 8706 Exhaust gas receiver pressure Rec. 0 - 4 bar 0.01 bar
TC 8707 Exhaust gas temperature at turbine outlet T/C 0 - 600 C 0.1 C
PT 8708 Turbine back presssure T/C 0 - 100 mbar 0.1 mbar
General data
ZT 8801 Turbocharger speed T/C rpm 1 rpm
PT 8802 Ambient pressure 1 900 1,100 mbar 1 mbar Absolute!
ZT 4020 Engine speed 1 rpm 0.1 rpm 1)
XC 8810 Governor index (relative) 1 % 0.1 % 1)
Power take off/in from main engine shaft 1 kW 1 kW With option
(PTO/PTI) installed
Pressure measurement
XC1401 Mean Indicated Pressure, MIP Cyl. bar 0.01 bar 2)
XC1402 Maximum Pressure, Pmax Cyl. bar 0.1 bar 2)
XC1403 Compression Pressure, Pcomp Cyl. bar 0.1 bar 2)
PMI online engine speed Cyl. rpm 0.1 rpm 2)
1) Signal acquired from Engine Control System (ECS)

2) In case of MAN Diesel PMI system: signal from PMI system. Other MIP systems: signal from manual input
3) Resolution of signals transferred to CoCoS-EDS (from the Alarm Monitoring System).
Table 18.03.01: List of sensors for CoCoS-EDS Full version

MAN Diesel 198 45 826.8
MAN B&W 18.04
Page 1 of 7
Alarm Slow Down and Shut Down System
The shut down system must be electrically sepa- Alarm, slow down and remote indication sensors
rated from other systems by using independent
sensors, or sensors common for the alarm system The International Association of Classification So-
but with galvanically separated electrical circuits, cieties (IACS) indicates that a common sensor can
i.e. one sensor with two sets of electrically inde- be used for alarm, slow down and remote indica-
pendent terminals. The list of sensors are shown tion.
in Table 18.04.04.
A general view of the alarm, slow down and shut
down systems is shown in Fig. 18.04.01.
Basic safety system design and supply
Tables 18.04.02 and 18.04.03 show the require-
The basic safety sensors for a MAN B&W engine ments by MAN Diesel & Turbo for alarm and slow
are designed for Unattended Machinery Space down and for UMS by the classification societies
(UMS) and comprises: (Class), as well as IACS recommendations.
the temperature sensors and pressure sensors The number of sensors to be applied to a specific
that are specified in the MAN Diesel column for plant for UMS is the sum of requirements of the
shut down in Table 18.04.04. classification society, the Buyer and MAN Diesel
& Turbo.
These sensors are included in the basic Extent of
Delivery, EOD: 4 75 124. If further analogue sensors are required, they can
be ordered as option: 4 75 128.
Alarm and slow down system design and supply

Slow down functions
The basic alarm and slow down sensors for a
MAN B&W engine are designed for Unattended The slow down functions are designed to safe-
Machinery Space (UMS) and comprises: guard the engine components against overloading
during normal service conditions and to keep the
the sensors for alarm and slow down, ship manoeuvrable if fault conditions occur.
option: 4 75 127.
The slow down sequence must be adapted to the
The shut down and slow down panels can be or- actual plant parameters, such as for FPP or CPP,
dered as options: 4 75 610, 4 75 614 or 4 75 615 engine with or without shaft generator, and to the
whereas the alarm panel is yards supply, as it required operating mode.
normally includes several other alarms than those
for the main engine.
For practical reasons, the sensors for the engine

itself are normally delivered from the engine sup-
plier, so they can be wired to terminal boxes on
the engine.
The number and position of the terminal boxes

depends on the degree of dismantling specified in
the Dispatch Pattern for the transportation of the
engine based on the lifting capacities available at
the engine maker and at the yard.
MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/MEC/ME-B/GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 70 403.2
MAN B&W 18.04
Page 2 of 7
Electrical System, General Outline
The figure shows the concept approved by all One common power supply might be used, in-
classification societies. stead of the three indicated, provided that the
systems are equipped with separate fuses.
The shut down panel and slow down panel can be
combined for some makers.
The classification societies permit having com-

mon sensors for slow down, alarm and remote
indication.
Output signals Output signals Slow down panel

and
Alarm Slow down Shut down panel
panel panel Option:
4 75 610
or
Yard s 4 75 614
supply or
Power supply 2 4 75 615
Remote Binary sensor Required by

indication Class and MAN
Diesel & Turbo,
Analog sensor option: 4 75 127
Additional sensors,
Binary sensor option:
4 75 128
Analog sensor or
4 75 129
Output signals
Shut down
Power supply 1 panel
Binary sensors
Included in
option: 4 75 124
Analog sensors
Power supply 3
178 30 100.6
Fig. 18.04.01: Panels and sensors for alarm and safety systems

MAN Diesel 198 70 403.2
MAN B&W 18.04
Page 3 of 7
Alarms for UMS Class and MAN Diesel requirements
MAN Diesel
RINA
IACS
Sensor and
CCS
DNV
ABS
NK
KR
RS
GL
BV
LR
function Point of location

Fuel oil
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PT 8001 AL Fuel oil, inlet engine
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 LS 8006 AH Leakage from high pressure pipes
Lubricating oil
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TE 8106 AH Thrust bearing segment
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PT 8108 AL Lubricating oil inlet to main engine
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TE 8112 AH Lubricating oil inlet to main engine
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TE 8113 AH Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FS 8114 AL Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TE 8117 AH Turbocharger lubricating oil outlet from
turbocharger/turbocharger
1 TE 8123 AH Main bearing oil outlet temperature/main bearing
(S40/35ME-B9 only)
1 XC 8126 AH Bearing wear (All types except S40/35ME-B9); sensor
common for XC 8126/27
1 XS 8127 A Bearing wear detector failure (All types except S40/
35ME-B)
1 1 1 1 1 PDS 8140 AH Lubricating oil differential pressure cross filter
1 XS 8150 AH Water in lubricating oil; sensor common for XS
8150/51/52
1 XS 8151 AH Water in lubricating oil too high
1 XS 8152 A Water in lubricating oil sensor not ready
MAN B&W Alpha Lubrication

1 LS 8212 AL Small box for heating element, low level
1 Indicates that the sensor is required.

The sensors in the MAN Diesel column are included for Unattended Machinery Spaces (UMS), option: 4 75 127.
The sensor identification codes and functions are listed in Table 18.07.01.
The tables are liable to change without notice, and are subject to latest class requirements.
Table 18.04.02a: Alarm functions for UMS

MAN Diesel 198 45 838.7
MAN B&W 18.04
Page 4 of 7
MAN Diesel
RINA
IACS
Sensor and
CCS
DNV
ABS
NK
KR
RS
GL
BV
LR

Hydraulic Power Supply
1 XC 1231 A Automatic main lube oil filter, failure (Boll & Kirch)
Cooling water
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PT 8401 AL Jacket cooling water inlet
1 PDS/PDT Jacket cooling water across engine; to be calculated
8403 AL in alarm system from sensor no. 8402 and 8413
1 1 TE 8407 AL Jacket cooling water inlet
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TE 8408 AH Jacket cooling water outlet, cylinder
1 PT 8413 I Jacket cooling water outlet, common pipe
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PT 8421 AL Cooling water inlet air cooler
1 1 TE 8422 AH Cooling water inlet air cooler/air cooler
Compressed air
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PT 8501 AL Starting air inlet to main starting valve
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1+ 1 1 1 PT 8503 AL Control air inlet and finished with engine
1 1 PT 8505 AL Air inlet to air cylinder for exhaust valve
Scavenge air
1 1 1 PS 8604 AL Scavenge air, auxiliary blower, failure (Only ME-B)
1 1 1 1 1 TE 8609 AH Scavenge air receiver
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TE 8610 AH Scavenge air box fire alarm, cylinder/cylinder
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 LS 8611 AH Water mist catcher water level

Select one of the alternatives

+ Alarm for high pressure, too
Alarm for low pressure, too
Table 18.04.02b: Alarm functions for UMS

MAN Diesel 198 45 838.7
MAN B&W 18.04
Page 5 of 7
MAN Diesel
RINA
IACS
Sensor and
CCS
DNV
ABS
NK
KR
RS
GL
BV
LR

Exhaust gas
1 1 1 1 1 1 (1) 1 1 1 1 1 TC 8701 AH Exhaust gas before turbocharger/turbocharger
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TC 8702 AH Exhaust gas after exhaust valve, cylinder/cylinder
Exhaust gas outlet turbocharger/turbocharger (Yards
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TC 8707 AH
supply)
Miscellaneous
1 WT 8812 AH Axial vibration monitor 2)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XS 8813 AH Oil mist in crankcase/cylinder; sensor common for
XS 8813/14
1 1 XS 8814 AL Oil mist detector failure
1 XC 8816 I Shaftline earthing device
1 TE 8820 AH Cylinder liner monitoring/cylinder 3)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XC 2201 A Power failure
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XC 2202 A ME common failure
Power Supply Units to Alarm System

1 XC 2901 A Low voltage ME power supply A
1 XC 2902 A Low voltage ME power supply B
1 XC 2903 A Earth failure ME power supply

(1) May be combined with TC 8702 AH where turbocharger is mounted directly on the exhaust manifold.
2) Required for: K-ME-C6/7 and K98ME6/7 engines with 11 and 14 cylinders.

G-ME-C9, S-ME-C9 and K80ME-C9 engines.
S-ME-C7/8, S-ME-C-GI7/8 and L-ME-C7/8 engines with 5 and 6 cylinders.
G50ME-B9 and S50-35ME-B8/9 engines, S60ME-B8 with 5 and 6 cylinders.
3) Required for: K98ME/ME-C, S90ME-C, K90ME-C and K80ME-C9 engines
Alarm for overheating of main, crank and crosshead bearings, option: 4 75 134.
Table 18.04.02c: Alarm functions for UMS

MAN Diesel 198 45 838.7
MAN B&W 18.04
Page 6 of 7
Slow down for UMS Class and MAN Diesel requirements
MAN Diesel
RINA
IACS
Sensor and
CCS
DNV
ABS
NK
KR
RS
GL
BV
LR

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TE 8106 YH Thrust bearing segment
1 1 1 1* 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PT 8108 YL Lubricating oil inlet to main engine
1 1 TE 8112 YH Lubricating oil inlet to main engine
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TE 8113 YH Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FS 8114 YL Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder
1 TE 8123 YH Main bearing oil outlet temperature/main bearing
(S40/35ME-B9 only)
1 XC 8126 YH Bearing wear (All except S40/35ME-B9)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PT 8401 YL Jacket cooling water inlet
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TE 8408 YH Jacket cooling water outlet, cylinder/cylinder
1 1 1 TE 8609 YH Scavenge air receiver
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TE 8610 YH Scavenge air box fire-alarm, cylinder/cylinder
1 1 1 TC 8701 YH Exhaust gas before turbocharger/turbocharger
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TC 8702 YH Exhaust gas after exhaust valve, cylinder/cylinder
1 1 TC 8702 YH Exhaust gas after exhaust valve, cylinder/cylinder,
deviation from average
1 WT 8812 YH Axial vibration monitor 2)
1 1 1* 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XS 8813 YH Oil mist in crankcase/cylinder
1 XS/XT Turbocharger overspeed (Only in case of VTA/VTG TC,
8817 Y Waste Heat Recovery, Exhaust Gas Bypass, TC Cut-out)

2) Required for: K-ME-C6/7 and K98ME6/7 engines with 11 and 14 cylinders.

G-ME-C9, S-ME-C9 and K80ME-C9 engines.
S-ME-C7/8, S-ME-C-GI7/8 and L-ME-C7/8 engines with 5 and 6 cylinders.
G50ME-B9 and S50-35ME-B8/9 engines, S60ME-B8 with 5 and 6 cylinders.
Select one of the alternatives * Or shut down
Or alarm for low flow * Or shut down
Or alarm for overheating of main, crank and crosshead bearings, option: 4 75 134.
See also Table 18.04.04: Shut down functions for AMS and UMS

Table 18.04.03: Slow down functions for UMS

MAN Diesel 198 45 838.7
MAN B&W 18.04
Page 7 of 7
Shut down for AMS and UMS Class and MAN Diesel requirements
MAN Diesel
RINA
IACS
Sensor and
CCS
DNV
ABS
NK
KR
RS
GL
BV
LR

1 1 1 1* 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PS/PT 8109 Z Lubricating oil inlet to main engine and thrust
bearing
1 1 1 1* 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ZT 4020 Z Engine overspeed
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TE/TS 8107 Z Thrust bearing segment
1 PS/PT 8402 Z Jacket cooling water inlet
* 1 XS 8813 Z Oil mist in crankcase/cylinder

Or alarm for overheating of main, crank and crosshead bearings, option: 4 75 134.
See also Table 18.04.03: Slow down functions for UMS
* Or slow down
International Association of Classification Societies
The members of the International Association of Classification Societies, IACS, have agreed that the stated sensors are
their common recommendation, apart from each class requirements.
The members of IACS are:

ABS American Bureau of Shipping
BV Bureau Veritas
CCS China Classification Society
CRS Croatian Register of Shipping
DNV Det Norske Veritas
GL Germanischer Lloyd
IRS Indian Register of Shipping
KR Korean Register of Shipping
LR Lloyds Register
NK Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
PRS Polish Register of Shipping
RINA Registro Italiano Navale
RS Russian Register
Table 18.04.04: Shut down functions for AMS and UMS, option: 4 75 124

MAN Diesel 198 45 838.7
MAN B&W 18.05
Page 1 of 3
Local Instruments
The basic local instrumentation on the engine, options: 4 70 119 comprises thermometers, pressure gaug-
es and other indicators located on the piping or mounted on panels on the engine. The tables 18.05.01a, b
and c list those as well as sensors for slow down, alarm and remote indication, option: 4 75 127.
Local instruments Remote sensors Point of location

Thermometer, Temperature
stem type element/switch
Hydraulic power supply
TE 1270 HPS bearing temperature (Only K98ME/ME-C with HPS in centre position)
Fuel oil
TI 8005 TE 8005 Fuel oil, inlet engine
Lubricating oil
TI 8106 TE 8106 Thrust bearing segment
TE/TS 8107 Thrust bearing segment
TI 8112 TE 8112 Lubricating oil inlet to main engine
TI 8113 TE 8113 Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder
TI 8117 TE 8117 Lubricating oil outlet from turbocharger/turbocharger
(depends on turbocharger design)
TE 8123 Main bearing oil outlet temperature/main bearing (S40/35ME-B9 only)
Cylinder lubricating oil

TE 8202 Cylinder lubricating oil inlet
TS 8213 Cylinder lubricating heating
High temperature cooling water, jacket cooling water

TI 8407 TE 8407 Jacket cooling water inlet
TI 8408 TE 8408 Jacket cooling water outlet, cylinder/cylinder
TI 8409 TE 8409 Jacket cooling water outlet/turbocharger
Low temperature cooling water, seawater or freshwater for central cooling

TI 8422 TE 8422 Cooling water inlet, air cooler
TI 8423 TE 8423 Cooling water outlet, air cooler/air cooler
Scavenge air
TI 8605 TE 8605 Scavenge air before air cooler/air cooler
TI 8608 TE 8608 Scavenge air after air cooler/air cooler
TI 8609 TE 8609 Scavenge air receiver
TE 8610 Scavenge air box fire alarm, cylinder/cylinder
Thermometer, Thermo couple

dial type
Exhaust gas
TI 8701 TC 8701 Exhaust gas before turbocharger/turbocharger
TI/TC 8702 Exhaust gas after exhaust valve, cylinder/cylinder
TC 8704 Exhaust gas inlet exhaust gas receiver
TI 8707 TC 8707 Exhaust gas outlet turbocharger
Table 18.05.01a: Local thermometers on engine, options 4 70 119, and remote indication sensors, option: 4 75 127

MAN Diesel 198 45 863.6
MAN B&W 18.05
Page 2 of 3

Pressure gauge Pressure
(manometer) transmitter/switch
Fuel oil
PI 8001 PT 8001 Fuel oil, inlet engine
Lubricating oil
PI 8103 PT 8103 Lubricating oil inlet to turbocharger/turbocharger
PI 8108 PT 8108 Lubricating oil inlet to main engine
PS/PT 8109 Lubricating oil inlet to main engine and thrust bearing
PDS 8140 Lubricating oil differential pressure cross filter
High temperature jacket cooling water, jacket cooling water

PI 8401 PT 8401 Jacket cooling water inlet
PS/PT 8402 Jacket cooling water inlet (Only Germanischer Lloyd)
PDS/PDT 8403 Jacket cooling water across engine (or PT 8401 and PT 8413)
PT 8413 Jacket cooling water outlet, common pipe
Low temperature cooling water, seawater or freshwater for central cooling

PI 8421 PT 8421 Cooling water inlet, air cooler
Compressed air
PI 8501 PT 8501 Starting air inlet to main starting valve
PI 8503 PT 8503 Control air inlet
PT 8505 Air inlet to air cylinder for exhaust valve (Only ME-B)
Scavenge air
PI 8601 PT 8601 Scavenge air receiver (PI 8601 instrument same as PI 8706)
PDI 8606 PDT 8606 Pressure drop of air across cooler/air cooler
PDT 8607 Pressure drop across blower filter of turbocharger (ABB turbochargers only)
Exhaust gas
PI 8706 Exhaust gas receiver/Exhaust gas outlet turbocharger
Miscellaneous functions
PI 8803 Air inlet for dry cleaning of turbocharger
PI 8804 Water inlet for cleaning of turbocharger (Not applicable for MHI turbochargers)
Table 18.05.01b: Local pressure gauges on engine, options: 4 70 119, and remote indication sensors, option: 4 75 127

MAN Diesel 198 45 863.6
MAN B&W 18.05
Page 3 of 3

Other indicators Other transmitters/
switches
XC 1231 Automatic main lube oil filter, failure (Boll & Kirch)
LS 1235 Leakage oil from hydraulic system
LS 1236 Leakage oil from hydraulic system
Engine cylinder components

LS 4112 Leakage from hydraulic cylinder unit
Fuel oil
LS 8006 Leakage from high pressure pipes
Lubricating oil
FS 8114 Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder
XC 8126 Bearing wear (All types except S40/35ME-B9)
XS 8127 Bearing wear detector failure (All types except S40-35ME-B9)
XS 8150 Water in lubricating oil
XS 8151 Water in lubricating oil too high
XS 8152 Water in lubricating oil sensor not ready
Cylinder lube oil

LS 8208 Level switch
LS 8212 Small box for heating element, low level
Scavenge air
LS 8611 Water mist catcher water level
Miscellaneous functions
ZT 8801 I Turbocharger speed/turbocharger
WI 8812 WT 8812 Axial vibration monitor (For certain engines only, see note in Table 18.04.04)
(WI 8812 instrument is part of the transmitter WT 8812)
XS 8813 Oil mist in crankcase/cylinder
XS 8814 Oil mist detector failure
XC 8816 Shaftline earthing device
XS/XT 8817 Turbocharger overspeed (Only in case of VTA/VTG, Waste Heat Recovery,
Exhaust Gas Bypass, TC Cut-out)
Table 18.05.01c: Other indicators on engine, options: 4 70 119, and remote indication sensors, option: 4 75 127

MAN Diesel 198 45 863.6
MAN B&W 18.06
Page 1 of 5
Other Alarm Functions
Drain Box for Fuel Oil Leakage Alarm Oil Mist Detector
Any leakage from the fuel oil high pressure pipes The oil mist detector system constantly measures
of any cylinder is drained to a common drain box samples of the atmosphere in the crankcase com-
fitted with a level alarm. This is included for both partments and registers the results on an opti-
Attended Machinery Space (AMS) and Unattend- cal measuring track, where the opacity (degree
ed Machinery Space (UMS). of haziness) is compared with the opacity of the
atmospheric air. If an increased difference is re-
corded, a slow down is activated (a shut down in
Bearing Condition Monitoring case of Germanischer Lloyd).
Based on our experience we decided in 1990 that Furthermore, for shop trials only MAN Diesel re-
all plants, whether constructed for AMS or for quires that the oil mist detector is connected to
UMS, must include an oil mist detector specified the shut down system.
by MAN Diesel. Since then an Oil Mist Detec-
tor (OMD) and optionally some extent of Bearing The following oil mist detectors are available:
Temperature Monitoring (BTM) equipment have
made up the warning arrangements for prevention 4 75 161 Oil mist detector Graviner MK6.
of crankcase explosions on two-stroke engines. Make: Kidde Fire Protection
Both warning systems are approved by the clas- 4 75 163 Oil mist detector Visatron VN 215/93.
sification societies. Make: Schaller Automation
4 75 165 Oil mist detector QMI.
In order to achieve a response to damage faster Make: Quality Monitoring Instruments Ltd.
than possible with Oil Mist Detection and Bearing
Temperature Monitoring alone we introduce Bear- 4 75 166 Oil mist detector MD-SX.
Make: Daihatsu Diesel Mfg. Co., Ltd.
ing Wear Monitoring (BWM) systems. By monitor-
ing the actual bearing wear continuously, mechani- 4 75 167 Oil mist detector Vision III C.
cal damage to the crank-train bearings (main-, Make: Specs Corporation
crank- and crosshead bearings) can be predicted 4 75 168 Oil mist detector GDMS-OMDN09.
in time to react and avoid damaging the journal Make: MSS GmbH
and bearing housing.
Diagrams of the two of them are shown for refer-
If the oil supply to a main bearing fails, the bearing ence in Figs. 18.06.01a and 18.06.01b.
temperature will rise and in such a case a Bear-
ing Temperature Monitoring system will trigger
an alarm before wear actually takes place. For
that reason the ultimate protection against severe
bearing damage and the optimum way of provid-
ing early warning, is a combined bearing wear and
temperature monitoring system.
For all types of error situations detected by the

different bearing condition monitoring systems
applies that in addition to damaging the compo-
nents, in extreme cases, a risk of a crankcase
explosion exists.

MAN Diesel 198 45 875.8
MAN B&W 18.06
Page 2 of 5
XS 8813 AH Y
Cables Junction box
Detector head
178 49 809.3
Fig. 18.06.01a: Oil mist detector pipes on engine, type Graviner MK6 from Kidde Fire Protection, option: 4 75 161
XS 8813 AH Y
Driving air connection

Siphonblock
Exhaust air connection to crank space
178 49 810.3
Fig. 18.06.01b: Oil mist detector pipes on engine, type Visatron VN215/93 from Schaller Automation, option: 4 75 163

MAN Diesel 198 45 875.8
MAN B&W 18.06
Page 3 of 5
Bearing Wear Monitoring System Bearing Temperature Monitoring System
The Bearing Wear Monitoring (BWM) system mon- The Bearing Temperature Monitoring (BTM) sys-
itors all three principal crank-train bearings using tem continuously monitors the temperature of the
two proximity sensors forward/aft per cylinder unit bearing. Some systems measure the temperature
and placed inside the frame box. on the backside of the bearing shell directly, other
systems detect it by sampling a small part of the
Targeting the guide shoe bottom ends continu- return oil from each bearing in the crankcase.
ously, the sensors measure the distance to the
crosshead in Bottom Dead Center (BDC). Signals In case a specified temperature is recorded, either
are computed and digitally presented to computer a bearing shell/housing temperature or bearing oil
hardware, from which a useable and easily inter- outlet temperature alarm is triggered.
pretable interface is presented to the user.
In main bearings, the shell/housing temperature or
The measuring precision is more than adequate to the oil outlet temperature is monitored depending
obtain an alarm well before steel-to-steel contact on how the temperature sensor of the BTM sys-
in the bearings occur. Also the long-term stability tem, option: 4 75 133, is installed.
of the measurements has shown to be excellent.
In crankpin and crosshead bearings, the shell/
In fact, BWM is expected to provide long-term housing temperature or the oil outlet temperature
wear data at better precision and reliability than is monitored depending on which BTM system is
the manual vertical clearance measurements nor- installed, options: 4 75 134 or 4 75 135.
mally performed by the crew during regular serv-
ice checks. For shell/housing temperature in main, crankpin
and crosshead bearings two high temperature
For the above reasons, we consider unscheduled alarm levels apply. The first level alarm is indicated
open-up inspections of the crank-train bearings to in the alarm panel while the second level activates
be superfluous, given BWM has been installed. a slow down.
Two BWM high wear alarm levels including devia- For oil outlet temperature in main, crankpin and
tion alarm apply. The first level of the high wear / crosshead bearings two high temperature alarm
deviation alarm is indicated in the alarm panel only levels including deviation alarm apply. The first
while the second level also activates a slow down. level of the high temperature / deviation alarm is
indicated in the alarm panel while the second level
The Extent of Delivery lists four Bearing Wear activates a slow down.
Monitoring options of which the two systems from
Dr. E. Horn and Kongsberg Maritime could also In the Extent of Delivery, there are three options:
include Bearing Temperature Monitoring:
4 75 133 Temperature sensors fitted to main bear-
4 75 261 Bearing Wear Monitoring System XTSW. ings
Make: AMOT 4 75 134 Temperature sensors fitted to main bear-
4 75 262 Bearing Wear Monitoring System BDMS. ings, crankpin bearings, crosshead bear-
Make: Dr. E. Horn ings and for moment compensator, if any
4 75 263 Bearing Wear Monitoring System PS-10. 4 75 135 Temperature sensors fitted to main bear-
Make: Kongsberg Maritime ings, crankpin bearings and crosshead
bearings
4 75 264 Bearing Wear Monitoring System OPEN-
predictor. Make: Rovsing Dynamics
ME, ME-C and -GI engines are as standard spe-

cified with Bearing Wear Monitoring for which any
of the above mentioned options could be chosen.

MAN Diesel 198 67 265.4
MAN B&W 18.06
Page 4 of 5
Water In Oil Monitoring System Please note: Corrosion of the overlayer is a poten-
tial problem only for crosshead bearings, because
All MAN B&W engines are as standard specified only crosshead bearings are designed with an
with Water In Oil monitoring system in order to de- overlayer. Main, thrust and crankpin bearings may
tect and avoid free water in the lubricating oil. also suffer irreparable damage from water con-
tamination, but the damage mechanism would be
In case the lubricating oil becomes contaminated different and not as acute.
with an amount of water exceeding our limit of
50% of the saturation point (corresponding to ap-
prox. 0.2% water content), acute corrosive wear of Liner Wall Monitoring System
the crosshead bearing overlayer may occur. The
higher the water content, the faster the wear rate. The Liner Wall Monitoring (LWM) system monitors
the temperature of each cylinder liner. It is to be
To prevent water from accumulating in the lube regarded as a tool providing the engine room crew
oil and, thereby, causing damage to the bearings, the possibility to react with appropriate counter-
the oil should be monitored manually or automati- measures in case the cylinder oil film is indicating
cally by means of a Water In Oil (WIO) monitor- early signs of breakdown.
ing system connected to the engine alarm and
monitoring system. In case of water contamination In doing so, the LWM system can assist the crew
the source should be found and the equipment in the recognition phase and help avoid conse-
inspected and repaired accordingly. quential scuffing of the cylinder liner and piston
rings.
The saturation point of the water content in the
lubricating oil varies depending on the age of the Signs of oil film breakdown in a cylinder liner
lubricating oil, the degree of contamination and will appear by way of increased and fluctuating
the temperature. For this reason, we have chosen temperatures. Therefore, recording a preset max
to specify the water activity measuring principle allowable absolute temperature for the individual
and the aw-type sensor. Among the available cylinder or a max allowed deviation from a calcu-
methods of measuring the water content in the lated average of all sensors will trigger a cylinder
lubricating oil, only the aw-type sensor measures liner temperature alarm.
the relationship between the water content and
the saturation point regardless of the properties of The LWM system includes two sensors placed in
the lubricating oil. the manoeuvring and exhaust side of the liners,
near the piston skirt TDC position. The sensors
WIO systems with aw-type sensor measure water are interfaced to the ship alarm system which
activity expressed in aw on a scale from 0 to 1. monitors the liner temperatures.
Here, 0 indicates oil totally free of water and 1
oil fully saturated by water. For each individual engine, the max and deviation
alarm levels are optimised by monitoring the tem-
Alarm levels are specified as follows: perature level of each sensor during normal serv-
ice operation and setting the levels accordingly.
Engine condition Water activity, aw
High alarm level 0.5 The temperature data is logged on a PC for one
High High alarm level 0.9 week at least and preferably for the duration of a
round trip for reference of temperature develop-
The aw = 0.5 alarm level gives sufficient margin ment.
to the satuartion point in order to avoid free water
in the lubricating oil. If the aw = 0.9 alarm level All types 98 and 90 ME and ME-C engines as well
is reached within a short time after the aw = 0.5 as K80ME-C9 are as standard specified with Liner
alarm, this may be an indication of a water leak Wall Monitoring system. For all other engines, the
into the lubricating oil system. LWM system is available as an option: 4 75 136.

MAN Diesel 198 67 265.4
MAN B&W 18.06
Page 5 of 5
Control Devices
The control devices mainly include a position switch (ZS) or a position transmitter (ZT) and solenoid valves
(ZV) which are listed in Table 18.06.02 below. The sensor identification codes are listed in Table 18.07.01.
Sensor Point of location

Manoeuvring system
ZS 1109A/B C Turning gear disengaged
ZS 1110A/B C Turning gear engaged
ZS 1111A/B C Main starting valve blocked
ZS 1112A/B C Main starting valve in service
ZV 1114 C Slow turning valve
ZS 1116A/B C Start air distribution system in service
ZS 1117A/B C Start air distribution system blocked
ZV 1120 C Activate pilot press air to starting valves
ZS 1121A/B C Activate main starting valves - open
E 1180 Electric motor, auxiliary blower
E 1181 Electric motor, turning gear
E 1185 C LOP, Local Operator Panel

PT 12011/2/3 C Hydraulic oil pressure, after non-return valve
ZV 1202A/B C Force-driven pump by-pass
PS/PT 12041/2/3 C Lubricating oil pressure after filter, suction side
Tacho/crankshaft position
ZT 4020 Tacho for safety
Engine cylinder components

XC 4108 C ELVA NC valve
ZT 4111 C Exhaust valve position
ZT 4114 C Fuel plunger, position 1
Fuel oil
ZV 8020 Z Fuel oil cut-off at engine inlet (shut down), Germanischer Lloyd only
Cylinder lubricating oil

ZT 8203 C Confirm cylinder lubricator piston movement, cyl/cyl
ZV 8204 C Activate cylinder lubricator, cyl/cyl
Scavenge air
PS 8603 C Scavenge air receiver, auxiliary blower control
Table 18.06.02: Control devices on engine

MAN Diesel 198 67 28-9 .1
MAN B&W 18.07
Page of 1
Identification of Instruments
The instruments and sensors are identified by a 54xx VOC, engine related components
position number which is made up of a combina- 80xx Fuel oil system
tion of letters and an identification number: 81xx Lubricating oil system
82xx Cylinder lube oil system
Measured variables 83xx Stuffing box drain system
First letters: 84xx Cooling water systems
DS Density switch 85xx Compressed air systems
DT Density transmitter 86xx Scavenge air system
FT Flow transmitter 87xx Exhaust gas system
FS Flow switch 88xx Miscellaneous functions
GT Gauging transmitter (Index, load) 90xx Project specific functions
LI Level indication, local
LS Level switch xxxxA Alternative redundant sensors
LT Level transmitter xxxx1 Cylinder/turbocharger numbers
PDI Pressure difference indication, local
PDS Pressure difference switch ECS: Engine Control System
PDT Pressure difference transmitter VOC: Volatile Organic Compound
PI Pressure indication, local
PS Pressure switch Functions
PT Pressure transmitter Secondary letters:
ST Speed transmitter A Alarm
TC Thermo couple (NiCrNi) AH Alarm, high
TE Temperature element (Pt 100) AL Alarm, low
TI Temperature indication, local C Control
TS Temperature switch H High
VS Viscosity switch I Indication
VT Viscosity transmitter L Low
WI Vibration indication, local R Recording
WS Vibration switch S Switching
WT Vibration transmitter X Unclassified function
XC Unclassified control Y Slow down
XS Unclassified switch Z Shut down
XT Unclassified transmitter
Repeated signals
ZS Position switch
Signals which are repeated for example for each cylin-
ZT Position transmitter (proximity switch)
ZV Position valve (solenoid valve) der or turbocharger are provided with a suffix number
indicating the location, 1 for cylinder 1, etc.
Location of measuring point
Ident. number: If redundant sensors are applied for the same measur-
11xx Manoeuvring system ing point, the suffix is a letter: A, B, C, etc.
12xx Hydraulic power supply system
14xx Combustion pressure supervision Examples:
20xx ECS to/from safety system TI 8005 indicates a local temperature indication (ther-
21xx ECS to/from remote control system mometer) in the fuel oil system.
22xx ECS to/from alarm system
30xx ECS miscellaneous input/output
ZS 1112A C and ZS 1112B C indicate that there are
40xx Tacho/crankshaft position system
41xx Engine cylinder components two position switches in the manoeuvring system, A
50xx VOC, supply system and B for control of the main starting air valve position.
51xx VOC, sealing oil system
52xx VOC, control oil system PT 8501 I AL Y indicates a pressure transmitter locat-
53xx VOC, other related systems ed in the control air supply for remote indication, alarm
for low pressure and slow down for low pressure.
Table 18.07.01: Identification of instruments

MAN Diesel 198 45 851.5
MAN B&W
Dispatch Pattern, Testing,

Spares and Tools
19
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 19.01
Page 1 of 2
Dispatch Pattern, Testing, Spares and Tools
Painting of Main Engine Note:

Long term preservation and seaworthy packing
The painting specification, Section 19.02, indicates are always to be used for class B.
the minimum requirements regarding the quality
and the dry film thickness of the coats of, as well Furthermore, the dispatch patterns are divided
as the standard colours applied on MAN B&W en- into several degrees of dismantling in which 1
gines built in accordance with the Copenhagen comprises the complete or almost complete en-
standard. gine. Other degrees of dismantling can be agreed
upon in each case.
Paints according to builders standard may be
used provided they at least fulfil the requirements When determining the degree of dismantling, con-
stated. sideration should be given to the lifting capacities
and number of crane hooks available at the engine
maker and, in particular, at the yard (purchaser).
Dispatch Pattern
The approximate masses of the sections appear
The dispatch patterns are divided into two class- in Section 19.04. The masses can vary up to 10%
es, see Section 19.03: depending on the design and options chosen.
A: Short distance transportation and short term Lifting tools and lifting instructions are required
storage for all levels of dispatch pattern. The lifting tools,
B: Overseas or long distance transportation or options: 4 12 110 or 4 12 111, are to be specified
long term storage. when ordering and it should be agreed whether
the tools are to be returned to the engine maker,
Short distance transportation (A) is limited by a option: 4 12 120, or not, option: 4 12 121.
duration of a few days from delivery ex works until
installation, or a distance of approximately 1,000 MAN Diesel & Turbos recommendations for pres-
km and short term storage. ervation of disassembled / assembled engines are
available on request.
The duration from engine delivery until installation
must not exceed 8 weeks. Furthermore, it must be considered whether a
drying machine, option: 4 12 601, is to be installed
Dismantling of the engine is limited as much as during the transportation and/or storage period.
possible.
Overseas or long distance transportation or Shop Trials/Delivery Test

long term storage require a class B dispatch pat-
tern. Before leaving the engine makers works, the en-
gine is to be carefully tested on diesel oil in the
The duration from engine delivery until installation presence of representatives of the yard, the ship-
is assumed to be between 8 weeks and maximum owner and the classification society.
6 months.
The shop trial test is to be carried out in accord-
Dismantling is effected to a certain degree with ance with the requirements of the relevant clas-
the aim of reducing the transportation volume of sification society, however a minimum as stated in
the individual units to a suitable extent. Section 19.05.

MAN Diesel 198 76 203.1
MAN B&W 19.01
Page 2 of 2
MAN Diesel & Turbos recommendations for shop Large spare parts, dimensions and masses
trial, quay trial and sea trial are available on re-
quest. The approximate dimensions and masses of the
larger spare parts are indicated in Section 19.09.
In connection with the shop trial test, it is required A complete list will be delivered by the engine
to perform a pre-certification survey on engine maker.
plants with FPP or CPP, options: 4 06 060a Engine
test cycle E3 or 4 06 060b Engine test cycle E2
respectively. Tools
List of standard tools

Spare Parts
The engine is delivered with the necessary special
List of spare parts, unrestricted service tools for overhauling purposes. The extent, dimen-
sions and masses of the main tools is stated in
The tendency today is for the classification socie- Section 19.10. A complete list will be delivered by
ties to change their rules such that required spare the engine maker.
parts are changed into recommended spare parts.
MAN Diesel & Turbo, however, has decided to Tool panels

keep a set of spare parts included in the basic
extent of delivery, EoD: 4 87 601, covering the Most of the tools are arranged on steel plate pan-
requirements and recommendations of the major els, EoD: 4 88 660, see Section 19.11 Tool Panels.
classification societies, see Section 19.06.
It is recommended to place the panels close to the
This amount is to be considered as minimum location where the overhaul is to be carried out.
safety stock for emergency situations.
Additional spare parts recommended by

MAN Diesel & Turbo
The abovementioned set of spare parts can be

extended with the Additional Spare Parts Rec-
ommended by MAN Diesel & Turbo, option: 4 87
603, which facilitates maintenance because, in
that case, all the components such as gaskets,
sealings, etc. required for an overhaul will be read-
ily available, see Section 19.07.
Wearing parts
The consumable spare parts for a certain period

are not included in the above mentioned sets, but
can be ordered for the first 1, 2, up to 10 years
service of a new engine, option: 4 87 629.
The wearing parts that, based on our service

experience, are estimated to be required, are
listed with service hours in Tables 19.08.01 and
19.08.02.

MAN Diesel 198 76 203.1
MAN B&W 19.02
Page 1 of 2
Specification for painting of main engine
Components to be painted before Type of paint No. of coats/ Colour:

shipment from workshop Total dry film RAL 840HR
thickness DIN 6164
m MUNSELL
1. Component/surfaces exposed to oil and air, inside engine
Unmachined surfaces all over. However, In accordance with corrosivity

cast type crankthrows, main bearing cap, categories C2 Medium ISO 12944-5
crosshead bearing cap, crankpin bearing Engine alkyd primer, weather 2/80 Free
cap, pipes inside crankcase and chainwheel resistant.
need not to be painted, but the cast surface
Oil and acid resistant alkyd paint. 1/40 White:
must be cleaned of sand and scales and be
Temperature resistant to mini- RAL 9010
kept free of rust.
mum 80 C. DIN N:0:0.5
MUNSELL N9.5
2. Components, outside engine
Engine body, pipes, gallery, brackets, etc. In accordance with corrosivity

categories C2 Medium ISO 12944-5
Delivery standard is in a primed and fin- Engine alkyd primer, weather 2/80 Free
ished-painted condition, unless otherwise resistant.
stated in the contract.
Final alkyd paint resistant to salt 1/40 Light green:
water and oil, option: 4 81 103. RAL 6019
DIN 23:2:2
MUNSELL10GY 8/4
3. Heat affected components
Supports for exhaust receiver. In accordance with corrosivity

Scavenge air cooler housing (inside categories C3 Medium ISO 12944-5
and outside). Ethyl silicate based zinc-rich 1/80
No surface may be left unpainted in the paint, heat resistant to minimum
cooler housing. 300 C.
4. Components affected by water, cleaning agents, and acid fluid below neutral Ph
Scavenge air reversing chamber (inside). In accordance with corrosivity

Preparation, actual number of coats, film categories C5-M High ISO 12944-5
thickness per coat, etc. must be according
to the paint manufacturers specifications. Two-component epoxy phenolic 3/350 Free
No unpainted surfaces.
Supervision from manufacturer is recom- See specifi-
mended, in the phase of introduction of the cations from
paint system. product data
sheet
5. Gallery plates topside Engine alkyd primer, weather C2 Medium Free

resistant. 2/80
MAN B&W MC/MCC, ME/ME-C/MEB/GI engines

MAN Diesel 198 45 169.4
MAN B&W 19.02
Page 2 of 2
Components to be painted before Type of paint No. of coats/ Colour:

shipment from workshop Total dry film RAL 840HR
thickness DIN 6164
m MUNSELL
6. Purchased equipment and instruments painted in makers colour are acceptable unless otherwise stated in the contract
Tools
Tools are to be surface treated according to Electro-galvanised See speci-

specifications stated on the drawings. fications on
drawings
Purchased equipment painted in mark-
ers colour is acceptable, unless otherwise
stated in the contract/drawing.
Tool panels Oil resistant paint C2 Medium Light grey:
2/80 RAL 7038
DIN:24:1:2
MUNSELL N7.5
Note:
All paints must be of good quality. Paints according to builders standard may be used provided they at least fulfil the
above requirements.
The data stated are only to be considered as guidelines. Preparation, number of coats, film thickness per coat, etc.,
must be in accordance with the paint manufacturers specifications.
074 33 57-9.3.0
Fig. 19.02.01: Painting of main engine, option: 4 81 101, 4 81 102 or 4 81 103

MAN Diesel 198 45 169.4
MAN B&W 19.03
Page 1 of 4
Dispatch Pattern
The relevant engine supplier is responsible for the

actual execution and delivery extent. As differenc-
es may appear in the individual suppliers extent
and dispatch variants.
Dispatch Pattern A - short:

Short distance transportation limited by duration
of transportation time within a few days or a dis-
tance of approximately 1000 km and short term
storage.
Duration from engine delivery to installation must

not exceed eight weeks.
Dismantling must be limited.
Dispatch Pattern B - long:

Overseas and other long distance transportation,
as well as long-term storage.
Dismantling is effected to reduce the transport

volume to a suitable extent.
Long-term preservation and seawort

hy packing must always be used.
Note
The engine supplier is responsible for the nec-
essary lifting tools and lifting instructions for
transportation purposes to the yard. The deliv-
ery extent of lifting tools, ownership and lend/
lease conditions are to be stated in the contract.
(Options: 4 12 120 or 4 12 121)
Furthermore, it must be stated whether a drying

machine is to be installed during the transporta-
tion and/or storage period. (Option: 4 12 601)
MAN B&W K98ME/ME-C, S90ME-C,

K90ME/ME-C, S80ME-C, K80ME-C MAN Diesel 198 76 32-3.1
MAN B&W 19.03
Page 2 of 4
Dispatch pattern variants
A1 + B1 (option 4 12 021 + 4 12 031) A1 + B1

Engine complete, i.e. not disassembled
Engine complete
A2 + B2 (option 4 12 022 + 4 12 032) A2 + B2

Top section including cylinder frame complete,
cylinder covers complete, scavenge air re-
ceiver including cooler box and cooler insert,
turbocharger(s), piston complete and galleries
with pipes, HCU units and oil filter
Bottom section including bedplate complete,
frame box complete, connecting rods, turning
gear, crankshaft complete and galleries
Remaining parts including stay bolts, chains,
FIVA valves etc.
Top section
Bottom section
074 27 27-7.0.0a
Fig. 19.03.01: Dispatch pattern, engine with turbocharger on exhaust side (4 59 123)

MAN B&W 19.03
Page 3 of 4
A3 + B3 (option 4 12 023 + 4 12 033) A3 + B3

cylinder covers complete, scavenge air re-
ceiver including cooler box and cooler insert,
turbocharger(s), piston complete and galleries
with pipes, HCU Units
Frame box section including frame box com-
plete, chain drive, connecting rods and galleries,
gearbox for hydraulic power supply, hydraulic
pump station and oil flter
Bedplate/crankshaft section including bedplate
complete, crankshaft complete with chain- Top section
wheels and turning gear
Remaining parts including stay bolts, chains
FIVA valves, etc.
Frame box section
Bedplate/crankshaft section
074 27 27-7.0.0b

MAN B&W 19.03
Page 4 of 4
A4 + B4 (option 4 12 024 + 4 12 034)

cylinder covers complete, piston complete and
galleries with pipes on manoeuvre side, HCU
units
Exhaust receiver with pipes
Scavenge air receiver with galleries and pipes
Turbocharger
Air cooler box with cooler insert Top section Scavenge air receiver
Frame box section including frame box com-
plete, chain drive, connecting rods and galleries,
gearbox for hydraulic power supply, hydraulic
power station and oil flter
Crankshaft with chain wheels
Bedplate with pipes and turning gear
Remaining parts including stay bolts, auxiliary
blowers, chains FIVA valves etc. Exhaust receiver Turbocharger
Frame box section Air cooler box
Bedplate section
Crankshaft section
074 27 27-7.0.0c

MAN B&W 19.04
Page 1 of 1
Dispatch Pattern, List of Masses and Dimensions
MAN Diesel 198 47 63-6.0

MAN B&W 19.05
Page 1 of 1
Shop Test
Minimum delivery test EIAPP certificate
The minimum delivery test, EoD: 4 14 001, involves: Most marine engines installed on ocean going
vessels are required to have an Engine Interna-
Starting and manoeuvring test at no load tional Air Pollution Prevention (EIAPP) Certificate,
Load test or similar. Therefore, a pre-certification survey is
Engine to be started and run up to 50% of to be carried out for all engines according to the
Specified MCR (M) in 1 hour survey method described in the engines NOx
Technical File, which is prepared by the engine
Followed by: manufacturer. For MAN B&W engines, the Unified
Technical File (UTF) format is recommended.
0.50 hour running at 25% of specified MCR
0.50 hour running at 50% of specified MCR The EIAPP certificate documents that the specific
0.50 hour running at 75% of specified MCR engine meets the international NOx emission limi-
1.00 hour running at 100% of specified MCR tations specified in Regulation 13 of MARPOL An-
0.50 hour running at 110% of specified MCR nex VI. The basic engine Economy running mode,
EoD: 4 06 060, complies with these limitations.
Only for Germanischer Lloyd:
The pre-certification survey for a Parent or an
0.75 hour running at 110% of specified MCR Individual engine includes NOx measurements
during the delivery test. For Member engines, a
Governor tests, etc: survey according to the group definition for the
engine group is needed. This survey should be
Governor test based on the delivery test.
Minimum speed test
Overspeed test The applicable test cycles are:
Shut down test
Starting and reversing test E3, marine engine, propeller law for FPP, option:
Turning gear blocking device test 4 06 060a
Start, stop and reversing from the Local or
Operating Panel (LOP) E2, marine engine, constant speed for CPP, op-
tion: 4 06 060b.
Before leaving the factory, the engine is to be
carefully tested on diesel oil in the presence of For further information and options regarding
representatives of Yard, Shipowner, Classification shop test, see Extent of Delivery.
Society, and MAN Diesel & Turbo.
At each load change, all temperature and pres-

sure levels etc. should stabilise before taking new
engine load readings.
Fuel oil analysis is to be presented.
All tests are to be carried out on diesel or gas oil.
Table 9.05.01: Shop trial running/delivery test: 4 14 001

MAN Diesel 198 46 127.6
MAN B&W 19.06
Page 1 of 1
List of Spare Parts, Unrestricted Service
Spare parts are requested by the following Classes 1 Encoder

only: GL, KR, NK and RS, while just recommended by: 1 Fuse kit
ABS, DNV and LR, but neither requested nor recom-
mended by: BV, CCS and RINA. Starting valve, plate 907
1 Starting valve, complete
Cylinder cover, plate 901 and others 1 Solenoid valve 2)
1 Cylinder cover with fuel, exhaust and starting
valves, indicator valve and sealing rings (disas- Hydraulic cylinder unit, plate 907 1 and 2)
sembled) 1 Fuel booster barrel, complete with plunger
set Studs for 1 cylinder cover 1 FIVA valve complete
1 Suction valve complete
Piston, plate 902
1 set Flex pipes, one of each size
1 Piston complete (with cooling pipe), piston rod,
piston rings and stuffing box, studs and nuts 1 High-pressure pipe kit
1 set Piston rings for 1 cylinder 1 Packing kit
Cylinder liner, plate 903 Exhaust valve, plate 908
1 Cylinder liner inclusive of sealing rings and 2 Exhaust valves complete. 1 only for GL
gaskets. 1 Highpressure pipe from actuator to exhaust valve
1 Exhaust valve position sensor
Cylinder lubricating oil system, plate 903 1)
Fuel valve, plate 909
1 set Spares for lubricating oil system for 1 cyl.
1 set Fuel valves for all cylinders on one engine for BV,
2 Lubricator backup cable
CCS, DNV, GL, KR, NK, RINA, RS and IACS
1 set Fuel valves for half the number of cylinders on
Connecting rod, and crosshead bearing, plate 904
the engine for ABS
1 Telescopic pipe with bushing for 1 cylinder 1 Highpressure pipe, from fuel oil pressure
1 Crankpin bearing shells in 2/2 with studs and nuts booster to fuel valve
1 Crosshead bearing shell lower part with studs
and nuts Turbocharger, plate 910
2 Thrust pieces 1 Set of makers standard spare parts
1 a) Spare rotor for one turbocharger, including
Thrust block, plate 905 compressor wheel, rotor shaft with turbine
1 set Thrust pads for ahead blades and partition wall, if any
For NK also one set astern if different from
ahead Scavenge air blower, plate 910
1 set Rotor, rotor shaft, gear wheel or equivalent
HPS Hydraulic Power Supply, plate 906 1 and 2) working parts
1 Proportional valve for hydraulic pumps 1 set Bearings for electric motor
1 Leak indicator 1 set Bearing for blower wheel
1 Safety coupling for hydraulic pump 1 Belt, if applied
1 Accumulator 1 set Packing for blower wheel
6 Chain links. Only for ABS, LR and NK
1 set Flex pipes, one of each size Bedplate, plate 912
Main bearing shell (1 upper and 1 lower) of
1
Engine control system, plate 906 2) each size
1 Multi Purpose Controller 1 set Studs and nuts for 1 main bearing
1 Amplifier for Auxiliary Control Unit
1 Position Amplifier ) MD required spare parts.
1
1 Trigger sensor for tacho system, only if ) All spare parts are requested by all Classes.
2
trigger ring
1 Marker sensor for tacho system a) Only required for RS. To be ordered separately as
1 Tacho signal amplifier option: 4 87 660 for other classification societies.
1 IDkey
Please note: Plate number refers to Instruction Book,
Vol. III containing plates with spare parts
Fig. 19.06.01: List of spare parts, unrestricted service: 4 87 601
MAN B&W 98-60ME/MEC engines

MAN Diesel 198 64 162.5
MAN B&W 19.07
Page 1 of 2
Additional Spares
Beyond class requirements or recommendation, for easier maintenance and increased security in operation.
Cylinder cover, section 90101 Cylinder Lubricating Oil System, section 90306
4 Studs for exhaust valve 1 set Spares for MAN B&W Alpha lubricating oil
4 Nuts for exhaust valve system for 1cyl.
set Orings for cooling jacket 1 Lubricator
1 Cooling jacket 2 Feed back sensor, complete
set Sealing between cylinder cover and liner 1 Complete sets of Orings for lubricator
4 Spring housings for fuel valve (depending on number of lubricating nozzles
per cylinder)
Hydraulic tool for cylinder cover, section 90161
1 set Hydraulic hoses with protection hose Connecting rod and crosshead, section 90401
complete with couplings 1 Telescopic pipe
8 pcs Orings with backup rings, upper 2 Thrust piece
8 pcs Orings with backup rings, lower
HPS Hydaulic Power Supply, section 906
Piston and piston rod, section 90201 1 Delivery pump
1 box Locking wire, L=63 m 1 Start up pump
5 Piston rings of each kind 1 Pressure relief valve
2 Drings for piston skirt 1 Pumps short cutting valve
2 Drings for piston rod 1 set Check valve Cartridge (3 pcs)
Piston rod stuffing box, section 90205 Engine Control System, section 906
15 Self-locking nuts 1 set Fuses for MPC, TSA, CNR
5 Orings 1 Segment for trigger ring
5 Top scraper rings
15 Pack sealing rings HCU Hydraulic Cylinder Unit, section 906
10 Cover sealing rings 1 set Packings
120 Lamellas for scraper rings
30 Springs for top scraper and sealing rings Main starting valve, section 90702
20 Springs for scraper rings 1 Repair kit for main actuator
1 Repair kit for main ball valve
Cylinder frame, section 90301 1 *) Repair kit for actuator, slow turning
set Studs for cylinder cover for one cyl. 1 *) Repair kit for ball valve, slow turning
1 Bushing
*) if fitted
Cylinder liner and cooling jacket, section 90302
1 Cooling jacket of each kind Starting valve, section 90704
4 Non return valves 2 Locking plates
1 set Orings for one cylinder liner 2 Piston
set Gaskets for cooling water connection 2 Spring
set Orings for cooling water pipes 2 Bushing
1 set Cooling water pipes between liner and cover 1 set Oring
for one cylinder 1 Valve spindle
Fig. 19.07.01a: Additional spare parts beyond class requirements or recommendation, option: 4 87 603

MAN Diesel 198 46 367.8
MAN B&W 19.07
Page 2 of 2
Exhaust valve, section 90801 Fuel oil high pressure pipes, section 90913
1 Exhaust valve spindle 1 High pressure pipe, from fuel oil pressure
1 Exhaust valve seat booster to fuel valve
set Oring exhaust valve/cylinder cover 1 High pressure pipe from actuator to exhaust
4 Piston rings valve
set Guide rings 1 set Orings for high pressure pipes
set Sealing rings
set Safety valves Overflow valve, section 90915
1 set Gaskets and Orings for safety valve 1 Overflow valve, complete
1 Piston complete 1 Orings of each kind
1 Damper piston
1 set Orings and sealings between air piston and Fuel injection system, section 90917
exhaust valve housing/spindle 1 Fuel oil pressure booster complete, for 1 cyl.
1 Liner for spindle guide 1 Hydraulic cylinder unit
1 set Gaskets and Orings for cooling water 1 set Gaskets and sealings
connection 1 Electronic fuel injection control valve
1 Conical ring in 2/2
1 set Orings for spindle/air piston Scavenge air receiver, section 91001
1 set Nonreturn valve 2 Nonreturn valves complete
1 Compensator
Exhaust valve, section 90802
1 Sealing oil control unit Exhaust pipes and receiver, section 91003
1 Compensator between TC and receiver
Exhaust valve actuator, section 90805 2 Compensator between exhaust valve and re-
1 Hydraulic exhaust valve actuator complete for ceiver
1 cylinder 1 set Gaskets for each compensator
1 Electronic exhaust valve control valve
Arrangement of safety cap, section 91104
Cooling water outlet, section 90810 1 set Bursting disc
2 Ball valve
1 Butterfly valve Engine Lubricating System, section 912
1 Compensator 1 set 6 filter
1 set Gaskets for butterfly valve and compensator
Fuel valve, section 90910

1 set Fuel nozzles
1 set Orings for fuel valve
3 Spindle guides, complete
set Springs
set Discs, +30 bar
3 Thrust spindles
3 Non return valve (if mounted)
Note: Section numbers refer to Instruction Book, Vol. III containing plates with spare parts
Fig. 19.07.01b: Additional spare parts beyond class requirements or recommendation, option: 4 87 603

MAN Diesel 198 46 367.8
MAN B&W 19.08
Page 1 of 2
Wearing Parts
MAN Diesel & Turbo Service Letter SL-509 pro- The wearing parts expected to be replaced at the
vides Guiding Overhaul Intervals and expected service hours mentioned in the Service Letter are
service life for key engine components. listed in the tables below.
32,000
88,000
48,000
96,000
36,000
56,000
84,000
64,000
60,000
20,000
72,000
80,000
40,000
24,000
12,000
16,000
8,000
Service hours
Description Replace parts
Piston
Soft iron gasket (1 set per cylinder) x x x x
Piston crown (1 pc per cylinder) x
O-rings for piston (1 set per cylinder) x
Piston rings (1 set per cylinder) x x x x
Piston cleaning ring (1 pc per cylinder) x
Stuffing box
Lamellas (1 set per cylinder) x x x x
Top scraper ring (1 pc per cylinder) x x x x
O-rings (1 set per cylinder) x x x x
Cylinder liner (1 pc per cylinder) x
O-rings for cylinder liner (1 set per cylinder) x
O-rings for cooling water jacket (1 set per cylinder) x
O-rings for cooling water connections (1 set per cyl.) x
Exhaust valve
DuraSpindle (1 pc per cylinder) x
Nimonic spindle (1 pc per cylinder) x
Bottom piece (1 pc per cylinder) x
Piston rings for exhaust valve & oil piston (1 set per cyl.) x
O-rings for bottom piece (1 set per cylinder) x x x x
Fuel valves
Valve nozzle (2 sets per cylinder) x x x x x x
Spindle guide (2 sets per cylinder) x x x x x x
O-ring (2 sets per cylinder) x x x x x x x x x x x x
Spring housings (1 set per cylinder) x
Bearings
Crosshead bearing (1 set per cylinder) x
Crankpin bearing (1 set per cylinder) x
Main bearing (1 set per cylinder) x
Thrust bearing (1 set per engine) x
Cylinder cover (1 pc per cylinder) x
O-rings for cooling water jacket (1 set per cylinder) x x x x
O-ring for starting valve (1 pc per cylinder) x x x x x x x x
Table 19.08.01a: Wearing parts according to Service Letter SL-509
MAN B&W 98-80ME/ME-C engines

MAN Diesel 198 46 37-9.4
MAN B&W 19.08
Page 2 of 2
32,000
88,000
48,000
36,000
56,000
84,000
96,000
64,000
60,000
20,000
72,000
80,000
40,000
24,000
12,000
16,000
8,000
Service hours
Description Replace parts
Air cooler(s) (1 pc per turbocharger) x x
Chains (1 set per engine) x
Turbocharger(s) *)
Alpha Lubricator
Solenoid valve (1 pc per pump) x x x x
Non-return valve (1 pc per pump piston) x x x x
O-rings (1 set per lubricator) x x x x
Mechanical cylinder lubricator *)
ME Parts
Hydraulic hoses (1 set per engine) x x x
FIVA valve (1 pc per cylinder) x
Fuel oil pressure booster (1 pc per cylinder) x
Angle encoder (2 pcs per engine) x
MPC (1 pc per cylinder + 7 pcs) x
MOP A (1 pc per engine) x
MOP B (1 pc per engine) x
CCU amplifier (1 pc per cylinder) x
ACU amplifier (3 pcs per engine) x
LVDT hydraulic pump amplifier (3 pcs per engine) x
LDI hydraulic pump amplifier (3 pcs per engine) x
Proportional valve for main hydraulic pump x x x x
Hydrostatic bearings for main hydraulic pump x x x
Sealings for pressure relief valve for main hydr. pump x x
Static sealing rings for exh. valve actuator (1 pc per cyl.) x x x
Membranes for accumulators on HPS x x x
Membranes for accumulators on HCU x x x
Fuel booster sensor (1 pc per cylinder) x
Exhaust valve sensor (1 pc per cylinder) x
Marker sensor (1 pc per engine) x
Cables (1 set per engine) x
Gear wheel bearings (1 set per engine) x
*) According to manufacturers recommendations.
Table 19.08.01b: Wearing parts according to Service Letter SL-509
MAN B&W 98-80ME/ME-C engines

MAN Diesel 198 46 37-9.4
MAN B&W 19.09
Page 1 of 1
Large Spare Parts, Dimensions and Masses
A A
1 2 3
C
C A D
D C E
B
4 5
A
B A C
178 51 597.2
Mass Dimensions (mm)

Pos Sec. Description
(kg) A B C D E
1 Cylinder liner, incl. cooling jacket 9,500 1,270 1,160 3,620 1,040
2 Exhaust valve 2,197 2,280.5 1,151 811,5
3 Piston complete, with piston rod 4,700 900 614 350 4,634 576
4 Cylinder cover, incl. valves 5,400 1,600 722 1,270
Rotor for turbocharger, TCA 77-26 380 770 1,375.5 722
Rotor for turbocharger, TCA 88-26 640 915 1,633.8 857,5
Rotor for turbocharger, A185-L34 680 843 1,619 767
5 Rotor for turbocharger, A185 L35 710 875 1,619 811
Rotor for turbocharger, MET71MB 480 790 1,410 771
Rotor for turbocharger, MET83MB 750 924 1,608 902
Rotor for turbocharger, MET90MB 950 1,020 1,794 996
Fig. 19.09.01: Large spare parts, dimensions and masses for 12S90ME-C9.2
MAN B&W S90MEC9.2

MAN Diesel 198 82 69-8.1
MAN B&W 19.10
Page 1 of 2
List of Standard Tools for Maintenance
The engine is delivered with all necessary special tools for scheduled maintenance. The extent of the tools
is stated below. Most of the tools are arranged on steel plate panels. It is recommended to place them
close to the location where the overhaul is to be carried out, see Section 19.11.
All measurements are for guidance only.
Cylinder Cover, MF/SF 21-9010 Fuel Oil System Tools, MF/SF 21-9042
1 pcs Tool panel incl. lifting chains, grinding mandrels, 1 pcs Tool panel incl. grinding, lifting, adjustment and
extractor tools etc. assembly tools etc.
1 pcs Cylinder cover rack 1 set Fuel valve nozzle tools
1 set Cylinder cover tightening tools 1 set Toolbox for fitting of fuel pump seals
1 pcs Probe light
Cylinder Unit Tools, MF/SF 21-9014 1 pcs Test rig for fuel valve
1 pcs Tool panel incl. pressure testing tool, piston ring
expander, stuffing box tools, templates etc. Turbocharger System Tools, MF/SF 21-9046
1 pcs Guide ring for piston
1 set Air cooler cleaning tool
1 pcs Lifting tool for piston
1 set Guide rails, air cooler element
1 pcs Support iron for piston
1 pcs Compensator, dismantling tool
1 pcs Crossbar for cylinder liner, piston
1 pcs Travelling trolley
1 set Measuring tool for cylinder liner
1 pcs Blanking plate
1 set Test equipment for accumulator
1 pcs ECU temporary backup cable for indicator
General Tools, MF/SF 21-9058
1 set Pump for hydraulic jacks incl. hydraulic
Crosshead and Connection Rod Tools, MF/SF 21-9022 accessories
1 pcs Tool panel incl. suspension and lifting tools, 1 set Set of tackles, trolleys, eye bolts, shackles, wire
protection in crankcase etc. ropes
1 pcs Crankpin shell, lifting tool 1 set Instruments incl. mechanical / digital measuring
tools
1 set Working platforms incl. supports
Crankshaft and Thrust Bearing Tools, MF/SF 21-9026
1 pcs Tool panel incl. lifting, testing and retaining 1 set Hand tools incl. wrenches, pliers and spanners
tools etc.
1 pcs Lifting tool for crankshaft Hydraulic Jacks, MF/SF 21-94
1 pcs Lifting tool for thrust shaft It is important to notice, that some jacks are used on
1 pcs Main bearing shell, lifting tool different components on the engine, Fig. 19.10.07
1 set Feeler gauges
Personal Safety Equipment, MF/SF 21-9070
1 pcs Fall arrest block and rescue harness
Control Gear Tools, MF/SF 21-9030
1 pcs Tool panel incl. pin gauges, chain assembly 1 pcs Fall arrest equipment - Optional
tools, camshaft tools etc.
1 set Hook wrenches for accumulator Optional Tools
1 pcs Collar ring for piston
Exhaust Valve Tools, MF/SF 21-9038 1 pcs Safety ring for cylinder cover
1 pcs Tool panel incl. grinding-, lifting-, adjustment- 1 pcs Support for tilting tool
and test tools etc. 1 pcs Valve seat and spindle grinder
1 pcs Wave cutting machine for cylinder liner
1 pcs Wear ridge milling machine
1 pcs Work table for exhaust valve
1 pcs Cylinder Wear Meassuring Tool
Mass of the complete set of tools: Approximately 6,800 kg
MAN B&W S90ME-C9

MAN Diesel 198 83 17-8.0
MAN B&W 19.10
Page 2 of 2
Number of Size
MF-SF
boxes required
Hydraulic Jacks:
21-9410 Cylinder cover
21-9420 Piston crown
21-9421 Piston rod
21-9430 Crosshead
21-9431 Connecting rod
21-9440 Main bearing
21-9441 Tuning wheel
21-9442 Turning wheel
21-9443 Chain wheel
21-9444 AVD
21-9445 Segment stopper
310 18 3-9.3.0
21-9446 Counter weight
Example of a box containing hydraulic jacks for con- 21-9447 Torsion damper
necting rod and end chocks.
21-9450 Chain tightener
The exact design and dimensions will be specified by 21-9451 Intermediate shaft Data not yet
the engine builder or subsupplier. available
21-9452 Camshaft bearing
However, as a minimum, the boxes must be provided 21-9453 Main Hydra.pipe
with the following: 21-9454 Moment compensator
supports 21-9460 Exhaust spindle
rigid handles 21-9461 Exhaust valve
rigid locks
reinforced corners 21-9462 Exhaust valve actuator
be resistant to water and oil 21-9463 HPU block
hydraulic jacks must be secured in the box.
21-9464 HCU block
The table indicates the scope and estimated size of 21-9470 Fuel pump
boxes for hydraulic jacks. 21-9480 Stay bolts
Hydraulic jacks are often used at different locations, 21-9481 Complete set
which is why not all fields have been filled in. 21-9490 Holding down bolts /
End chock
21-9491 End Chock
Approx. dimensions in mm. Total number of boxes
containing hydraulic jacks
Size 1.: 300 mm x 400 mm x 500 mm
Size 2.: 500 mm x 700 mm x 500 mm
Size 3.: 900 mm x 1,200 mm x 500 mm
Fig. 19.10.07: Dimensions and masses of tools
MAN B&W S90ME-C9

MAN Diesel 198 83 17-8.0
MAN B&W 19.11
Page 1 of 1
Tool Panels
Proposal for placing of tool panels
219010 219014
Top Level
219038
219042
219030
Middle Level
Bottom Level
219022 219026
Standard sizes of tool panels

1,800
1,350
900
450
900 900 900 900
178 61 48-3.0
Total mass of tools

Section Tool Panel
and panels in kg
Cylinder Cover
21-9010 290 *
Panel incl. lifting chains, grinding mandrels, extractor tools etc.
Cylinder Unit Tools,
21-9014 1,200 *
Panel incl. pressure testing tool, piston ring expander, stuffing box tools, templates etc.
Exhaust valve Tools
21-9038 120 *
Panel incl. grinding-, lifting-, adjustment- and test tools, etc.
Fuel oil system Tools
21-9042 120 *
Panel incl. grinding-, lifting-, adjustment- and assembly tools, etc.
Control gear Tools
21-9030 180 *
Panel incl. pin gauges, chain assembly tools, camshaft tools, etc.
Crosshead and Connection rod Tools
21-9022 260 *
Panel incl. suspension-, lifting tools, protection in crank case, etc.
Crankshaft and Thrust bearing Tools
21-9026 390 *
Panel incl. lifting-, testing- and retaining tools, etc.
* Estimated
Fig. 19.11.01 Tool Panels. 4 88 660
MAN B&W S90ME-C9

MAN Diesel 198 83 19-1.0
MAN B&W
Project Suppport and

Documentation
20
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W 20.01
Page 1 of 1
Project Support and Documentation
The selection of the ideal propulsion plant for a Installation aspects

specific newbuilding is a comprehensive task. Auxiliary systems
However, as this selection is a key factor for the Vibration aspects.
profitability of the ship, it is of the utmost impor-
tance for the enduser that the right choice is made. After selecting the engine type on the basis of
this general information, and after making sure
MAN Diesel & Turbo is able to provide a wide va- that the engine fits into the ships design, then a
riety of support for the shipping and shipbuilding more detailed project can be carried out based
industries all over the world. on the Project Guide for the specific engine type
selected.
The knowledge accumulated over many decades
by MAN Diesel & Turbo covering such fields as
the selection of the best propulsion machinery, Project Guides
optimisation of the engine installation, choice
and suitability of a Power Take Off for a specific For each engine type of MC, ME or ME-B design a
project, vibration aspects, environmental control Project Guide has been prepared, describing the
etc., is available to shipowners, shipbuilders and general technical features of that specific engine
ship designers alike. type, and also including some optional features
and equipment.
Part of this information can be found in the follow-
ing documentation: The information is general, and some deviations
may appear in a final engine documentation, de-
Marine Engine Programme pending on the content specified in the contract
Turbocharger Selection and on the individual licensee supplying the en-
Installation Drawings gine. The Project Guides comprise an extension
CEAS - Engine Room Dimensioning of the general information in the Engine Selection
Project Guides Guide, as well as specific information on such
Extent of Delivery (EOD) subjects as:
Technical Papers
Engine Design
The publications are available at: Engine Layout and Load Diagrams, SFOC
www.mandieselturbo.com under Products Turbocharger Selection & Exhaust Gas Bypass
Marine Engines & Systems Low Speed. Electricity Production
Installation Aspects
List of Capacities: Pumps, Coolers & Exhaust Gas
Engine Selection Guides Fuel Oil
Lubricating Oil
The Engine Selection Guides are intended as a Cylinder Lubrication
tool to provide assistance at the very initial stage Piston Rod Stuffing Box Drain Oil
of the project work. The guides give a general Central Cooling Water System
view of the MAN B&W twostroke Programme for Seawater Cooling
MC as well as for ME and ME-B engines and in- Starting and Control Air
clude information on the following subjects: Scavenge Air
Exhaust Gas
Engine data Engine Control System
Engine layout and load diagrams Vibration Aspects
specific fuel oil consumption Monitoring Systems and Instrumentation
Turbocharger selection Dispatch Pattern, Testing, Spares and Tools
Electricity production, including power take off Project Support and Documentation.

MAN Diesel 198 45 887.5
MAN B&W 20.02
Page 1 of 1
Installation Data Application
Additional customised information can be obtained Supplementary project data on request

from MAN Diesel & Turbo as project support. For
this purpose, we have developed the CEAS ap- Further to the data generated by the CEAS appli-
plication, by means of which specific calculations cation, the following data are available on request
can be made during the project stage. at the project stage:
Estimation of ships dimensions

The CEAS application Propeller calculation and power prediction
Selection of main engine
The CEAS application is found at Main engines comparison
www.mandieselturbo.com under Products Maintenance and spare parts costs of the en-
Marine Engines & Systems Low Speed gine
CEAS Engine Room Dimensions. Total economy comparison of engine rooms
Steam and electrical power ships requirement
On completion of the CEAS application, a report Utilisation of exhaust gas heat
is generated covering the following: Utilisation of jacket cooling water heat, fresh
water production
Main engine room data Exhaust gas back pressure
Specified main engine and ratings Layout/load diagrams of engine.
Ambient reference conditions
Expected SFOC, lube oil consumption, air and Contact MAN Diesel & Turbo, Copenhagen in this
exhaust gas data regard.
Necessary capacities of auxiliary machinery
(SMCR)
Starting air system, engine dimensions, tanks,
etc.
Tables of SFOC and exhaust gas data
Heat dissipation of engine
Water condensation separation in air coolers
Noise engine room, exhaust gas, structure
borne
Preheating of diesel engine
Alternative engines and turbochargers, further
reading.
Links to related MAN Diesel & Turbo publications

and papers are provided, too.

MAN Diesel 198 45 909.3
MAN B&W 20.03
Page 1 of 1
Extent of Delivery
MAN Diesel & Turbos Extent of Delivery (EoD) The Copenhagen Standard Extent of Delivery in-
is provided to facilitate negotiations between cludes:
the yard, the engine maker, consultants and the
customer in specifying the scope of supply for a Items for Unattended Machinery Space
specific project involving MAN B&W two-stroke Minimum of alarm sensors recommended by the
engines. classification societies and MAN Diesel & Turbo
Moment compensator for certain numbers of
We provide four different EoDs: cylinders
MAN turbochargers
EoD 98 50 MC/MC-C Type Engine The basic Engine Control System
EoD 46 26 MC/MC-C Type Engines CoCoSEDS online
EoD 98 50 ME/ME-C/-GI Type Engines Spare parts either required or recommended by
EoD 60 35 ME-B/-GI Type Engines the classification societies and MAN Diesel &
Turbo
These publications are available in print and at: Tools required or recommended by the classifi-
www.mandieselturbo.com under Quicklinks cation societies and MAN Diesel & Turbo.
Marine Engines and Systems Low speed
Extent of Delivery (EoD) MAN Diesel & Turbo licencees may select a differ-
ent extent of delivery as their standard.
Basic items and Options

EoD and the final contract
The Extent of Delivery (EoD) is the basis for
specifying the scope of supply for a specific order. The filledin EoD is often used as an integral part
of the final contract.
The list consists of Basic and Optional items.
The final and binding extent of delivery of MAN
The Basic items define the simplest engine, de- B&W two-stroke engines is to be supplied by our
signed for attended machinery space (AMS), with- licensee, the engine maker, who should be con-
out taking into consideration any specific require tacted in order to determine the execution for the
ments from the classification society, the yard, the actual project.
owner or any specific regulations.
The Options are extra items that can be alternatives

to the Basic, or additional items available to fulfil
the requirements/functions for a specific project.
Copenhagen Standard Extent of Delivery
At MAN Diesel & Turbo, Copenhagen, we base

our first quotations on a mostly required scope
of supply. This is the so-called Copenhagen
Standard Extent of Delivery, which is made up by
options marked with an asterisk * in the EoD.

MAN Diesel 198 45 910.4
MAN B&W 20.04
Page 1 of 4
Installation Documentation
When a final contract is signed, a complete set of Enginerelevant documentation

documentation, in the following called Installation
Documentation, will be supplied to the buyer by Main Section 901 Engine data
the engine maker. External forces and moments
Guide force moments
The Installation Documentation is normally di- Water and oil in engine
vided into the A and B volumes mentioned in Centre of gravity
the Extent of Delivery under items: Basic symbols for piping
Instrument symbols for piping
4 09 602 Volume A: Balancing
Mainly comprises general guiding system draw-
ings for the engine room Main Section 915 Engine connections
Scaled engine outline
4 09 603 Volume B: Engine outline
Mainly comprises specific drawings for the main List of flanges/counterflanges
engine itself Engine pipe connections
Gallery outline
Most of the documentation in volume A are simi-
lar to those contained in the respective Project Main Section 921 Engine instrumentation
Guides, but the Installation Documentation will List of instruments
only cover the orderrelevant designs. These will Connections for electric components
be forwarded within 4 weeks from order. Guidance values for automation
The engine layout drawings in volume B will, in Main Section 923 Engine Control System
each case, be customised according to the buy- Engine Control System, description
ers requirements and the engine manufacturers Engine Control System, diagrams
production facilities. The documentation will be Pneumatic system
forwarded, as soon as it is ready, normally within Speed correlation to telegraph
36 months from order. List of components
Sequence diagram
As MAN Diesel & Turbo and most of our licens-
ees are using computerised drawings UniGraph- Main Section 924 Oil mist detector
ics, Cadam and TIFF format, the documentation Oil mist detector
forwarded will normally be in size A4 or A3. The
maximum size available is A1. Main Section 925 Control equipment for
auxiliary blower
The drawings of volume A are available on CD Electric wiring diagram
ROM. Auxiliary blower
Starter for electric motors
The following list is intended to show an example
of such a set of Installation Documentation, but Main Section 932 Shaft line
the extent may vary from order to order. Crankshaft driving end
Fitted bolts
Main Section 934 Turning gear

Turning gear arrangement
Turning gear, control system
Turning gear, with motor

MAN Diesel 198 45 922.4
MAN B&W 20.04
Page 2 of 4
Main Section 936 Spare parts Engine roomrelevant documentation

List of spare parts
Main Section 901 Engine data
Main Section 939 Engine paint List of capacities
Specification of paint Basic symbols for piping
Instrument symbols for piping
Main Section 940 Gaskets, sealings, Orings
Instructions Main Section 902 Lube and cooling oil
Packings Lube oil bottom tank
Gaskets, sealings, Orings Lubricating oil filter
Crankcase venting
Main Section 950 Engine pipe diagrams Lubricating and hydraulic oil system
Engine pipe diagrams Lube oil outlet
Bedplate drain pipes
Instrument symbols for piping Main Section 904 Cylinder lubrication
Basic symbols for piping Cylinder lube oil system
Lube oil, cooling oil and hydraulic oil piping
Cylinder lube oil pipes Main Section 905 Piston rod stuffing box
Stuffing box drain pipes Stuffing box drain oil cleaning system
Cooling water pipes, air cooler
Jacket water cooling pipes Main Section 906 Seawater cooling
Fuel oil drain pipes Seawater cooling system
Fuel oil pipes
Control air pipes Main Section 907 Jacket water cooling
Starting air pipes Jacket water cooling system
Turbocharger cleaning pipe Deaerating tank
Scavenge air space, drain pipes Deaerating tank, alarm device
Scavenge air pipes
Air cooler cleaning pipes Main Section 909 Central cooling system
Exhaust gas pipes Central cooling water system
Steam extinguishing, in scav.box Deaerating tank
Oil mist detector pipes Deaerating tank, alarm device
Pressure gauge pipes
Main Section 910 Fuel oil system
Fuel oil heating chart
Fuel oil system
Fuel oil venting box
Fuel oil filter
Main Section 911 Compressed air

Starting air system
Main Section 912 Scavenge air

Scavenge air drain system
Main Section 913 Air cooler cleaning

Air cooler cleaning system
Main Section 914 Exhaust gas

Exhaust pipes, bracing
Exhaust pipe system, dimensions

MAN Diesel 198 45 922.4
MAN B&W 20.04
Page 3 of 4
Main Section 917 Engine room crane Main Section 931 Top bracing of engine
Engine room crane capacity, overhauling space Top bracing outline
Top bracing arrangement
Main Section 918 Torsiograph arrangement Frictionmaterials
Torsiograph arrangement Top bracing instructions
Top bracing forces
Main Section 919 Shaft earthing device Top bracing tension data
Earthing device
Main Section 932 Shaft line
Main Section 920 Fire extinguishing in Static thrust shaft load
scavenge air space Fitted bolt
Fire extinguishing in scavenge air space
Main Section 933 Power TakeOff
Main Section 921 Instrumentation List of capacities
Axial vibration monitor PTO/RCF arrangement, if fitted
Main Section 926 Engine seating Main Section 936 Spare parts dimensions
Profile of engine seating Connecting rod studs
Epoxy chocks Cooling jacket
Alignment screws Crankpin bearing shell
Crosshead bearing
Main Section 927 Holdingdown bolts Cylinder cover stud
Holdingdown bolt Cylinder cover
Round nut Cylinder liner
Distance pipe Exhaust valve
Spherical washer Exhaust valve bottom piece
Spherical nut Exhaust valve spindle
Assembly of holdingdown bolt Exhaust valve studs
Protecting cap Fuel valve
Arrangement of holdingdown bolts Main bearing shell
Main bearing studs
Main Section 928 Supporting chocks Piston complete
Supporting chocks Starting valve
Securing of supporting chocks Telescope pipe
Thrust block segment
Main Section 929 Side chocks Turbocharger rotor
Side chocks
Liner for side chocks, starboard Main Section 940 Gaskets, sealings, Orings
Liner for side chocks, port side Gaskets, sealings, Orings
Main Section 930 End chocks Main Section 949 Material sheets
Stud for end chock bolt MAN B&W Standard Sheets Nos:
End chock
Round nut S19R
Spherical washer, concave S45R
Spherical washer, convex S25Cr1
Assembly of end chock bolt S34Cr1R
Liner for end chock C4
Protecting cap

MAN Diesel 198 45 922.4
MAN B&W 20.04
Page 4 of 4
Engine production and Tools

installationrelevant documentation
Main Section 926 Engine seating
Main Section 935 Main engine production Hydraulic jack for holding down bolts
records, engine installation drawings Hydraulic jack for end chock bolts
Installation of engine on board
Dispatch pattern 1, or Main Section 937 Engine tools
Dispatch pattern 2 List of tools
Check of alignment and bearing clearances Outline dimensions, main tools
Optical instrument or laser
Reference sag line for piano wire Main Section 938 Tool panel
Alignment of bedplate Tool panels
Piano wire measurement of bedplate
Check of twist of bedplate Auxiliary equipment
Crankshaft alignment reading 980 Fuel oil supply unit, if ordered
Bearing clearances 990 Exhaust silencer, if ordered
Check of reciprocating parts 995 Other auxiliary equipment
Production schedule
Inspection after shop trials
Dispatch pattern, outline
Preservation instructions
Main Section 941 Shop trials

Shop trials, delivery test
Shop trial report
Main Section 942 Quay trial and sea trial

Stuffing box drain cleaning
Fuel oil preheating chart
Flushing of lube oil system
Freshwater system treatment
Freshwater system preheating
Quay trial and sea trial
Adjustment of control air system
Adjustment of fuel pump
Heavy fuel operation
Guidance values automation
Main Section 945 Flushing procedures

Lubricating oil system cleaning instruction

MAN Diesel 198 45 922.4
MAN B&W
Appendix

A
MAN Diesel
MAN B&W Appendix A
Page 1 of 3
Symbols for Piping
No. Symbol Symbol designation No. Symbol Symbol designation
1 General conventional symbols 2.14 Spectacle flange
1.1 Pipe 2.15 Bulkhead fitting water tight, flange
1.2 Pipe with indication of direction of flow 2.16 Bulkhead crossing, nonwatertight
1.3 Valves, gate valves, cocks and flaps 2.17 Pipe going upwards
1.4 Appliances 2.18 Pipe going downwards
1.5 Indicating and measuring instruments 2.19 Orifice
2 Pipes and pipe joints 3 Valves, gate valves, cocks and flaps
2.1 Crossing pipes, not connected 3.1 Valve, straight through
2.2 Crossing pipes, connected 3.2 Valves, angle
2.3 Tee pipe 3.3 Valves, three way
2.4 Flexible pipe 3.4 Nonreturn valve (flap), straight
2.5 Expansion pipe (corrugated) general 3.5 Nonreturn valve (flap), angle
Nonreturn valve (flap), straight, screw

2.6 Joint, screwed 3.6
down
Nonreturn valve (flap), angle, screw

2.7 Joint, flanged 3.7
down
2.8 Joint, sleeve 3.8 Flap, straight through
2.9 Joint, quickreleasing 3.9 Flap, angle
2.10 Expansion joint with gland 3.10 Reduction valve
2.11 Expansion pipe 3.11 Safety valve
2.12 Cap nut 3.12 Angle safety valve
2.13 Blank flange 3.13 Selfclosing valve

MAN Diesel 198 38 662.3
MAN B&W Appendix A
Page 2 of 3
3.14 Quickopening valve 4 Control and regulation parts
3.15 Quickclosing valve 4.1 Handoperated
3.16 Regulating valve 4.2 Remote control
3.17 Kingston valve 4.3 Spring
3.18 Ballvalve (cock) 4.4 Mass
3.19 Butterfly valve 4.5 Float
3.20 Gate valve 4.6 Piston
3.21 Doubleseated changeover valve 4.7 Membrane
3.22 Suction valve chest 4.8 Electric motor
Suction valve chest with nonreturn

3.23 4.9 Electromagnetic
valves
Doubleseated changeover valve,

3.24 5 Appliances
straight
3.25 Doubleseated changeover valve, angle 5.1 Mudbox
3.26 Cock, straight through 5.2 Filter or strainer
3.27 Cock, angle 5.3 Magnetic filter
3.28 Cock, threeway, Lport in plug 5.4 Separator
3.29 Cock, threeway, Tport in plug 5.5 Steam trap
3.30 Cock, fourway, straight through in plug 5.6 Centrifugal pump
3.31 Cock with bottom connection 5.7 Gear or screw pump
Cock, straight through, with bottom

3.32 5.8 Hand pump (bucket)
conn.
3.33 Cock, angle, with bottom connection 5.9 Ejector
Cock, threeway, with bottom connec-

3.34 5.10 Various accessories (text to be added)
tion

MAN Diesel 198 38 662.3
MAN B&W Appendix A
Page 3 of 3
Indicating instruments with ordinary

5.11 Piston pump 7
symbol designations
6 Fittings 7.1 Sight flow indicator
6.1 Funnel 7.2 Observation glass
6.2 Bellmounted pipe end 7.3 Level indicator
6.3 Air pipe 7.4 Distance level indicator
6.4 Air pipe with net 7.5 Counter (indicate function)
6.5 Air pipe with cover 7.6 Recorder
6.6 Air pipe with cover and net
6.7 Air pipe with pressure vacuum valve
Air pipe with pressure vacuum valve with

6.8
net
6.9 Deck fittings for sounding or filling pipe
Short sounding pipe with selfclosing

6.10
cock
6.11 Stop for sounding rod
The symbols used are in accordance with ISO/R 5381967, except symbol No. 2.19
178 30 614.1
Fig. A.01.01: Symbols for piping

MAN Diesel 198 38 662.3

S90me-C9 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

S90me-C9 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

S90me-C9 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2-TII 198 84 51-8.0

MAN Diesel & Turbo

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2-TII 198 84 51-8.0

Engine Design ....................................................................... 1

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

Subject Section Subject Section

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

Subject Section Subject Section

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

Subject Section Subject Section

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

Subject Section Subject Section

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

Subject Section Subject Section

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

Subject Section Subject Section

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

Subject Section Subject Section

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2

The Fuel Optimised ME Tier II .2 Engine

Engine design and IMO regulation compli-

In the hydraulic system, the normal lube oil is used

MAN B&W ME/ME-C/-GI TII .2 engines

Tier II fuel optimisation ME Advantages

MAN B&W ME/ME-C/-GI TII .2 engines

Differences between MC/MC-C and Local Operating Panel (LOP)

Engine side control console

Mechanical cylinder lubricators.

The Engine Control System of the ME engine

Hydraulic power supply unit

Hydraulic cylinder units, including:

Electronically controlled starting air valves

Electronically controlled auxiliary blowers

Integrated electronic governor functions

Electronically controlled Alpha lubricators

MAN B&W ME/ME-C/-GI TII .2 engines

Engine Type Designation

Emission regulation TII IMO Tier level

(blank) Fuel oil only

B Exhaust valve controlled

Concept E Electronically controlled

G Green Ultra long stroke

MAN B&W MC/MC-C, ME/MEC/MEB/-GI engines 198 38 243.9

Power, Speed and Fuel Oil

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2-TII

MAN B&W S90ME-C9

SFOC for engines with layout on L1 - L3 line [g/kWh]

SFOC for engines with layout on L2 - L4 line [g/kWh]

Fig 1.03.01: Power, speed and fuel

MAN B&W S90ME-C9.2-TII

Engine Power Range and Fuel Oil Consumption

Engine Power Specific Fuel Oil Consumption (SFOC)

During runningin periods and under special con-

The engine power figures given in the tables re-